diff options
Diffstat (limited to '18213-h')
| -rw-r--r-- | 18213-h/18213-h.htm | 14577 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18213-h/images/fig001.jpg | bin | 0 -> 291129 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18213-h/images/fig002.jpg | bin | 0 -> 276653 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18213-h/images/fig003.jpg | bin | 0 -> 552712 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18213-h/images/fig004.jpg | bin | 0 -> 247432 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18213-h/images/fig005.jpg | bin | 0 -> 218427 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18213-h/images/fig006.jpg | bin | 0 -> 53474 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18213-h/images/fig007.jpg | bin | 0 -> 146269 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18213-h/images/fig008.jpg | bin | 0 -> 154609 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18213-h/images/fig009.jpg | bin | 0 -> 155364 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18213-h/images/fig010.jpg | bin | 0 -> 182016 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18213-h/images/fig011.jpg | bin | 0 -> 161218 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18213-h/images/fig012.jpg | bin | 0 -> 185777 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18213-h/images/fig013.jpg | bin | 0 -> 153392 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18213-h/images/fig014.jpg | bin | 0 -> 175716 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18213-h/images/fig015.jpg | bin | 0 -> 129498 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18213-h/images/fig016.jpg | bin | 0 -> 110986 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18213-h/images/fig017.jpg | bin | 0 -> 123574 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18213-h/images/fig018.jpg | bin | 0 -> 64554 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18213-h/images/fig019.jpg | bin | 0 -> 141139 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18213-h/images/fig020.jpg | bin | 0 -> 198418 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18213-h/images/fig021.jpg | bin | 0 -> 133427 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18213-h/images/fig022.jpg | bin | 0 -> 147741 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18213-h/images/fig023.jpg | bin | 0 -> 189111 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18213-h/images/fig024.jpg | bin | 0 -> 173058 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18213-h/images/fig025.jpg | bin | 0 -> 187279 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18213-h/images/fig026.jpg | bin | 0 -> 92987 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18213-h/images/fig027.jpg | bin | 0 -> 107978 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18213-h/images/fig028.jpg | bin | 0 -> 178404 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18213-h/images/fig029.jpg | bin | 0 -> 79238 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18213-h/images/fig030.jpg | bin | 0 -> 170350 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18213-h/images/fig031.jpg | bin | 0 -> 156535 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18213-h/images/fig032.jpg | bin | 0 -> 170416 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18213-h/images/fig033.jpg | bin | 0 -> 146208 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18213-h/images/fig034.jpg | bin | 0 -> 183314 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18213-h/images/fig035.jpg | bin | 0 -> 160298 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18213-h/images/fig036.jpg | bin | 0 -> 140273 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18213-h/images/fig037.jpg | bin | 0 -> 157670 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18213-h/images/fig038.jpg | bin | 0 -> 521669 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18213-h/images/fig039.jpg | bin | 0 -> 59516 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18213-h/images/fig040.jpg | bin | 0 -> 100904 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18213-h/images/fig041.jpg | bin | 0 -> 97566 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18213-h/images/fig042.jpg | bin | 0 -> 104738 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18213-h/images/fig043.jpg | bin | 0 -> 112085 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18213-h/images/fig044.jpg | bin | 0 -> 144457 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18213-h/images/fig045.jpg | bin | 0 -> 174470 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18213-h/images/fig046.jpg | bin | 0 -> 115334 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18213-h/images/fig047.jpg | bin | 0 -> 173270 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18213-h/images/fig048.jpg | bin | 0 -> 213084 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18213-h/images/fig049.jpg | bin | 0 -> 213811 bytes |
50 files changed, 14577 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/18213-h/18213-h.htm b/18213-h/18213-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a4f7fa4 --- /dev/null +++ b/18213-h/18213-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,14577 @@ +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN"> +<html> +<head> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"> +<title>The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Story of the Great War, Volume III (of 12), by Francis J. Reynolds, Allen L. Churchill, and Francis Trevelyan Miller</title> + <style type="text/css"> + <!-- + body { background: white; color: black; + margin-left: 15%; margin-right: 15%; } + h1 { text-align: center; margin-top: 4em; } + h2 { text-align: center; margin-top: 2em; } + h3.pg { text-align: center; margin-top: 0em; } + hr { height: 1px; width: 10%; color: black; + margin: 1em; background: white; + margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; } + p { margin-top: 0.3em; margin-bottom: 0.3em; } + p.part { font-size: x-large; padding: 2em; + text-align: center; } + p.indent { text-indent: 1em; text-align: justify; } + p.center { text-align: center; } + P.footnote { font-size: smaller; } + p.subtitle { text-align: center; font-size: large; + margin-top: 1em; margin-bottom: 1em; } + p.bquote { margin-left: 4em; margin-right: 4em; } + table.center { margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; + font-size: small; text-align: center; + margin-top: 1em; margin-bottom: 1em; } + td.right { text-align: right; } + img { border: 0px; } + td.drawn { text-align: right; font-size: smaller; } + div.picbox { border: thin solid black; text-align: center; + margin: 1em; padding: 2em; } + hr.full { width: 100%; + height: 5px; } + pre {font-size: 75%; } + --> + </style> +</head> +<body> +<h1>The Project Gutenberg eBook, The Story of the Great War, Volume III (of +12), Edited by Francis J. Reynolds, Allen L. Churchill, and Francis +Trevelyan Miller</h1> +<pre> +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at <a href = "http://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a></pre> +<p>Title: The Story of the Great War, Volume III (of 12)</p> +<p> The War Begins, Invasion of Belgium, Battle of the Marne</p> +<p>Editor: Francis J. Reynolds, Allen L. Churchill, and Francis Trevelyan Miller</p> +<p>Release Date: April 19, 2006 [eBook #18213]</p> +<p>Language: English</p> +<p>Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1</p> +<p>***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE STORY OF THE GREAT WAR, VOLUME III (OF 12)***</p> +<p> </p> +<h3 class="pg">E-text prepared by Robert J. Hall</h3> +<p> </p> +<hr class="full"> +<p> </p> + +<table class="center" style="width: 622px;"> +<tr><td> + <a name="fig001"></a><a href="images/fig001.jpg"> + <img src="images/fig001.jpg" width="622" height="420" alt="Fig. 1"> + </a> +</td></tr> +<tr><td style="color: #DD3333; background: white;"> +<i>King George V of Britain and King Albert of Belgium +inspecting Belgian troops. The youth is the Prince of Wales, and +beside him is Major General Pertab Singh of the Indian army</i></td></tr> +</table> + +<h1> +<i>The</i><br /> +<span style="color: #DD3333; background: white;">STORY OF THE<br /> +GREAT WAR</span> +</h1> + +<div style="text-align: center; padding: 2em;"> +<table border="0" style="margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;"> +<tr><td style="text-align: left;"> +THE WAR BEGINS<br /> +INVASION OF BELGIUM<br /> +BATTLE OF THE MARNE +</td></tr> +</table> +</div> + +<p class="subtitle">VOLUME III</p> + +<h2>CONTENTS</h2> + +<table> + <tr><td colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"> + PART I.—GREAT BATTLES OF THE WESTERN ARMIES</td></tr> + <tr><td colspan="2"></td></tr> + + <tr><td>CHAPTER</td><td></td></tr> + <tr><td colspan="2"></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">I.</td> + <td><a href="#chapter_I">ATTACK ON BELGIUM</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">II.</td> + <td><a href="#chapter_II">SIEGE AND CAPTURE OF LIEGE</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">III.</td> + <td><a href="#chapter_III">BELGIUM'S DEFIANCE</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">IV.</td> + <td><a href="#chapter_IV">CAPTURE OF LOUVAIN—SURRENDER OF + BRUSSELS</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">V.</td> + <td><a href="#chapter_V">COMING OF THE BRITISH</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">VI.</td> + <td><a href="#chapter_VI">CAMPAIGNS IN ALSACE AND LORRAINE</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">VII.</td> + <td><a href="#chapter_VII">SIEGE AND FALL OF NAMUR</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">VIII.</td> + <td><a href="#chapter_VIII">BATTLE OF CHARLEROI</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">IX.</td> + <td><a href="#chapter_IX">BATTLE OF MONS</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">X.</td> + <td><a href="#chapter_X">THE GREAT RETREAT BEGINS</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">XI.</td> + <td><a href="#chapter_XI">FIGHTING AT BAY</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">XII.</td> + <td><a href="#chapter_XII">THE MARNE—GENERAL PLAN OF BATTLE + FIELD</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">XIII.</td> + <td><a href="#chapter_XIII">ALLIED AND GERMAN BATTLE PLANS</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">XIV.</td> + <td><a href="#chapter_XIV">FIRST MOVES IN THE BATTLE</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">XV.</td> + <td><a href="#chapter_XV">GERMAN RETREAT</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">XVI.</td> + <td><a href="#chapter_XVI">CONTINUATION OF THE BATTLE OF THE + MARNE</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">XVII.</td> + <td><a href="#chapter_XVII">CONTINUATION OF THE BATTLE OF THE + MARNE</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">XVIII.</td> + <td><a href="#chapter_XVIII">OTHER ASPECTS OF THE BATTLE OF THE + MARNE</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">XIX.</td> + <td><a href="#chapter_XIX">"CROSSING THE AISNE"</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">XX.</td> + <td><a href="#chapter_XX">FIRST DAY'S BATTLES</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">XXI.</td> + <td><a href="#chapter_XXI">THE BRITISH AT THE AISNE</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">XXII.</td> + <td><a href="#chapter_XXII">BOMBARDMENT OF RHEIMS AND + SOISSONS</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">XXIII.</td> + <td><a href="#chapter_XXIII">SECOND PHASE OF BATTLE OF THE + AISNE</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">XXIV.</td> + <td><a href="#chapter_XXIV">END OF THE BATTLE</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">XXV.</td> + <td><a href="#chapter_XXV">"THE RACE TO THE SEA"</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">XXVI.</td> + <td><a href="#chapter_XXVI">SIEGE AND FALL OF ANTWERP</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">XXVII.</td> + <td><a href="#chapter_XXVII">YSER BATTLES—ATTACK ON + YPRES</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">XXVIII.</td> + <td><a href="#chapter_XXVIII">ATTACKS ON LA BASSEE AND ARRAS</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">XXIX.</td> + <td><a href="#chapter_XXIX">GENERAL MOVEMENTS ON THE FRENCH AND + FLANDERS FRONTS</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">XXX.</td> + <td><a href="#chapter_XXX">OPERATIONS AROUND LA BASSEE AND + GIVENCHY</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">XXXI.</td> + <td><a href="#chapter_XXXI">END OF SIX MONTHS' FIGHTING IN THE + WEST</a></td></tr> + + <tr><td colspan="2"></td></tr> + <tr><td colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"> + PART II.—NAVAL OPERATIONS</td></tr> + <tr><td colspan="2"></td></tr> + + <tr><td class="right">XXXII.</td> + <td><a href="#chapter_XXXII">STRENGTH OF THE RIVAL NAVIES</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">XXXIII.</td> + <td><a href="#chapter_XXXIII">FIRST BLOOD—BATTLE OF THE + BIGHT</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">XXXIV.</td> + <td><a href="#chapter_XXXIV">BATTLES ON THREE SEAS</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">XXXV.</td> + <td><a href="#chapter_XXXV">THE GERMAN SEA RAIDERS</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">XXXVI.</td> + <td><a href="#chapter_XXXVI">BATTLE OFF THE FALKLANDS</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">XXXVII.</td> + <td><a href="#chapter_XXXVII">SEA FIGHTS OF THE OCEAN PATROL</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">XXXVIII.</td> + <td><a href="#chapter_XXXVIII">WAR ON GERMAN TRADE AND + POSSESSIONS</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">XXXIX.</td> + <td><a href="#chapter_XXXIX">RAIDS ON THE ENGLISH COAST</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">XL.</td> + <td><a href="#chapter_XL">RESULTS OF SIX MONTHS' NAVAL + OPERATIONS</a></td></tr> + <tr><td colspan="2"></td></tr> + + <tr><td colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"> + PART III.—THE WAR ON THE EASTERN FRONT</td></tr> + <tr><td colspan="2"></td></tr> + + <tr><td class="right">XLI.</td> + <td><a href="#chapter_XLI">GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE THEATRE + OF WAR</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">XLII.</td> + <td><a href="#chapter_XLII">THE STRATEGIC VALUE OF RUSSIAN + POLAND</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">XLIII.</td> + <td><a href="#chapter_XLIII">AUSTRIAN POLAND, GALICIA, AND + BUKOWINA</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">XLIV.</td> + <td><a href="#chapter_XLIV">THE BALKANS—COUNTRIES AND + PEOPLES</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">XLV.</td> + <td><a href="#chapter_XLV">THE CAUCASUS—THE BARRED DOOR</a></td></tr> + <tr><td colspan="2"></td></tr> + + <tr><td colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"> + PART IV.—THE AUSTRO-SERBIAN CAMPAIGN</td></tr> + <tr><td colspan="2"></td></tr> + + <tr><td class="right">XLVI.</td> + <td><a href="#chapter_XLVI">SERBIA'S SITUATION AND RESOURCES</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">XLVII.</td> + <td><a href="#chapter_XLVII">AUSTRIA'S STRENGTH AND STRATEGY</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">XLVIII.</td> + <td><a href="#chapter_XLVIII">AUSTRIAN SUCCESSES</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">XLIX.</td> + <td><a href="#chapter_XLIX">THE GREAT BATTLES BEGIN</a></td></tr> + <tr><td class="right">L.</td> + <td><a href="#chapter_L">FIRST VICTORY OF THE SERBIANS</a></td></tr> +</table> + +<h2>LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS</h2> + +<p class="bquote"> +<a href="#fig001">KING GEORGE V REVIEWING THE ARMIES IN FRANCE</a><br /><br /> +<a href="#fig006">GREAT SIEGE GUN IN ACTION BRIDGE</a><br /> +<a href="#fig007">DESTROYED BY THE BELGIANS AT LIEGE</a><br /> +<a href="#fig008">BELGIAN FIELD GUN IN ACTION</a><br /> +<a href="#fig009">FORTRESS TOWN OF NAMUR</a><br /> +<a href="#fig010">CITY OF MALINES, BELGIUM</a><br /> +<a href="#fig011">MACHINE GUN CREW IN A WHEAT FIELD</a><br /> +<a href="#fig012">HEAVY BELGIAN ARTILLERY IN ACTION</a><br /> +<a href="#fig013">BELGIANS INTRENCHED ALONG A RAILWAY</a><br /><br /> +<a href="#fig018">OBSERVER IN A RUINED CHATEAU</a><br /> +<a href="#fig019">BAYONET CHARGE OF FRENCH INFANTRY</a><br /> +<a href="#fig020">BRITISH NAVAL BRIGADE AT LIERRE</a><br /> +<a href="#fig021">CITY OF LILLE UNDER FIRE</a><br /> +<a href="#fig022">WALL FALLING UNDER SHELL FIRE</a><br /> +<a href="#fig023">HOUSE-TO-HOUSE FIGHT AT YPRES</a><br /> +<a href="#fig024">FIGHT IN AN ARGONNE VILLAGE</a><br /> +<a href="#fig025">RALLY OF THE LONDON SCOTTISH</a><br /><br /> +<a href="#fig029">GERMAN LOOKOUTS IN A TREETOP</a><br /> +<a href="#fig030">GERMAN PRISONERS IN CHAMPAGNE</a><br /> +<a href="#fig031">LOUVAIN LANCERS ON THE FRENCH COAST</a><br /> +<a href="#fig032">COMRADES AIDING A WOUNDED CUIRASSIER</a><br /> +<a href="#fig033">RED CROSS DOCTOR DRESSING AVIATOR'S WOUNDS</a><br /> +<a href="#fig034">NAVE AND CHOIR OF NOTRE DAME, RHEIMS</a><br /> +<a href="#fig035">RUINS OF NOTRE DAME</a><br /> +<a href="#fig036">FRENCH MARINES DINING ASHORE</a><br /><br /> +<a href="#fig039">SEARCHLIGHTS ON A BATTLESHIP</a><br /> +<a href="#fig040">WALKÜRE, WRECKED AT PAPEETE</a><br /> +<a href="#fig041">SYDNEY, AUSTRALIAN CRUISER</a><br /> +<a href="#fig042">EMDEN AGROUND AFTER THE SYDNEY'S VICTORY</a><br /> +<a href="#fig043">RESCUING SAILORS AFTER THE FIGHT NEAR THE FALKLAND +ISLANDS</a><br /> +<a href="#fig044">CANADIANS SHIPPING FIELD ARTILLERY</a><br /> +<a href="#fig045">INTERIOR OF A SUBMARINE</a><br /> +<a href="#fig046">WRECK OF THE BLÜCHER IN THE NORTH SEA BATTLE</a> +</p> + +<h2>LIST OF MAPS</h2> + +<p class="bquote"> +<a href="#fig003">BELGIUM-FRANCO-GERMAN FRONTIER</a><br /> +<a href="#fig002">FRANCE, PICTORIAL MAP OF</a><br /> +<a href="#fig004">BELGIUM, BEGINNING OF GERMAN INVASION OF</a><br /> +<a href="#fig005">ALSACE-LORRAINE, FRENCH INVASION OF</a><br /> +<a href="#fig014">BATTLE OF MONS AND RETREAT OF ALLIED ARMIES</a><br /> +<a href="#fig015">BATTLE OF THE MARNE—BEGINNING ON SEPTEMBER 5, +1914</a><br /> +<a href="#fig016">BATTLE OF THE MARNE—SITUATION ON SEPTEMBER 9, +1914</a><br /> +<a href="#fig017">BATTLE OF THE MARNE—END OF GERMAN RETREAT AND +THE INTRENCHED LINE ON THE AISNE RIVER</a><br /> +<a href="#fig026">LIEGE FORT, GERMAN ATTACK OF</a><br /> +<a href="#fig027">ANTWERP, SIEGE AND FALL OF</a><br /> +<a href="#fig028">FLANDERS, BATTLE FRONT IN</a><br /> +<a href="#fig037">GERMAN AND ENGLISH NAVAL POSITIONS</a><br /> +<a href="#fig047">WAR IN THE EAST—RELATION OF THE EASTERN COUNTRIES +TO GERMANY</a><br /> +<a href="#fig048">THE BALKANS, PICTORIAL MAP OF</a><br /> +<a href="#fig049">SERBIAN AND AUSTRIAN INVASIONS</a> +</p> + +<p class="part">PART I—GREAT BATTLES OF THE WESTERN ARMIES</p> + +<hr> + +<h2><a name="chapter_I">CHAPTER I</a></h2> + +<p class="subtitle">ATTACK ON BELGIUM</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The first great campaign on the western battle grounds in the European +War began on August 4, 1914. On this epoch-making day the German +army began its invasion of Belgium—with the conquest of France +as its ultimate goal. Six mighty armies stood ready for the great +invasion. Their estimated total was 1,200,000 men. Supreme over +all was the Emperor as War Lord, but Lieutenant General Helmuth +van Moltke, chief of the General Staff, was the practical director +of military operations. General van Moltke was a nephew of the great +strategist of 1870, and his name possibly appealed as of happy +augury for repeating the former capture of Paris. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The First Army was assembled at Aix-la-Chapelle in the north of +Belgium, within a few miles of the Dutch frontier. It was under +the command of General van Kluck. He was a veteran of both the +Austrian and Franco-Prussian Wars, and was regarded as an able +infantry leader. His part was to enter Belgium at its northern +triangle, which projects between Holland and Germany, occupy Liege, +deploy on the great central plains of Belgium, then sweep toward +the French northwestern frontier in the German dash for Paris and +the English Channel. His army thus formed the right wing of the +whole German offensive. It was composed of picked corps, including +cavalry of the Prussian Guard. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The Second Army had gathered in the neighborhood of Limbourg under +the command of General von Bülow. Its advance was planned +down the valleys of the Ourthe and Vesdre to a junction with Von +Kluck at Liege, then a march by the Meuse Valley upon Namur and +Charleroi. In crossing the Sambre it was to fall into place on +the left of Von Kluck's army. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The German center was composed of the Third Army under Duke Albrecht +of Württemberg, the Fourth Army led by the crown prince, and +the Fifth Army commanded by the Crown Prince of Bavaria. It was +assembled on the line Neufchateau-Treves-Metz. Its first offensive +was the occupation of Luxemburg. This was performed, after a somewhat +dramatic protest by the youthful Grand Duchess, who placed her +motor car across the bridge by which the Germans entered her +internationally guaranteed independent state. The German pretext +was that since Luxemburg railways were German controlled, they +were required for the transport of troops. Preparations were then +made for a rapid advance through the Ardennes upon the Central +Meuse, to form in order upon the left of Von Bülow's army. A +part of the Fifth Army was to be detached for operations against +the French fortress of Verdun. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The Sixth Army was concentrated at Strassburg in Alsace, under +General von Heeringen. As inspector of the Prussian Guards he bore +a very high military reputation. For the time being General von +Heeringen's part was to remain in Alsace, to deal with a possibly +looked for strong French offensive by way of the Vosges or Belfort. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The main plan of the German General Staff, therefore was a wide +enveloping movement by the First and Second Armies to sweep the +shore of the English Channel in their march on Paris, a vigorous +advance of the center through the Ardennes for the same destination, +and readiness for battle by the Sixth Army for any French force +which might be tempted into Alsace. That this plan was not developed +in its entirety, was due to circumstances which fall into another +place. +</p> + +<table class="center" style="width: 600px;"> +<tr><td> + <a name="fig002"></a><a href="images/fig002.jpg"> + <img src="images/fig002.jpg" width="600" height="375" alt="Fig. 2"> + </a> +</td></tr> +<tr><td>PICTORIAL MAP OF FRANCE</td></tr> +</table> + +<p class="indent"> +The long anticipated <i>Day</i> dawned. Their vast military machine +moved with precision and unity. But there was a surprise awaiting +them. The Belgians were to offer a serious resistance to passage +through their territory—a firm refusal had been delivered at +the eleventh hour. The vanguard was thrown forward from Von Kluck's +army at Aix, to break through the defenses of Liege and seize the +western railways. This force of three divisions was commanded by +General von Emmich, one of them joining him at Verviers. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the evening of August 3, 1914, Von Emmich's force had crossed +into Belgium. Early on the morning of August 4, 1914, Von Kluck's +second advance line reached Visé, situated on the Meuse +north of Liege and close to the Dutch frontier. Here an engagement +took place with a Belgian guard, which terminated with the Germans +bombarding Visé. The Belgians had destroyed the river bridge, +but the Germans succeeded in seizing the crossing. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +This was the first actual hostility of the war on the western battle +grounds. With the capture of Visé, the way was clear for Von +Kluck's main army to concentrate on Belgian territory. By nightfall, +Liege was invested on three sides. Only the railway lines and roads +running westward remained open. +</p> + +<table class="center" style="width: 637px;"> +<tr><td> + <a name="fig003"></a><a href="images/fig003.jpg"> + <img src="images/fig003.jpg" width="637" height="516" alt="Fig. 3"> + </a> +</td></tr> +<tr><td>BELGIUM AND THE FRANCO-GERMAN BORDER</td></tr> +</table> + +<hr> + +<h2><a name="chapter_II">CHAPTER II</a></h2> + +<p class="subtitle">SIEGE AND CAPTURE OF LIEGE</p> + +<p class="indent"> +A view of Liege will assist in revealing its three days' siege, +with the resulting effect upon the western theatre of war. Liege +is the capital of the Walloons, a sturdy race that in times past +has at many a crisis proved unyielding determination and courage. +At the outbreak of war it was the center of great coal mining and +industrial activity. In the commercial world it is known everywhere +for the manufacture of firearms. The smoke from hundreds of factories +spreads over the city, often hanging in dense clouds. It might +aptly be termed the Pittsburg of Belgium. The city lies in a deep, +broad cut of the River Meuse, at its junction with the combined +channels of the Ourthe and Vesdre. It stretches across both sides, +being connected by numerous bridges, while parallel lines of railway +follow the course of the main stream. The trunk line from Germany +into Belgium crosses the Meuse at Liege. For the most part the +old city of lofty houses clings to a cliffside on the left bank, +crowned by an ancient citadel of no modern defensive value. Whatever +picturesqueness Liege may have possessed is effaced by the squalid +and dilapidated condition of its poorer quarters. To the north +broad fertile plains extend into central Belgium, southward on the +opposite bank of the Meuse, the Ardennes present a hilly forest, +stream-watered region. In its downward course the Meuse flows out +of the Liege trench to expand through what is termed the Dutch +Flats. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Liege, at the outbreak of the war, was a place of great wealth +and extreme poverty—a Liege artisan considered himself in +prosperity on $5 a week. It was of the first strategic importance +to Belgium. Its situation was that of a natural fortress, barring +the advance of a German army. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The defenses of Liege were hardly worth an enemy's gunfire before +1890. They had consisted of a single fort on the Meuse right bank, +and the citadel crowning the heights of the old town. But subsequently +the Belgian Chamber voted the necessary sums for fortifying Liege +and Namur on the latest principles. From the plans submitted, the +one finally decided upon was that of the famous Belgian military +engineer Henri Alexis Brialmont. His design was a circle of detached +forts, already approved by German engineers as best securing a +city within from bombardment. With regard to Liege and Namur +particularly, Brialmont held that his plan would make passages of +the Meuse at those places impregnable to an enemy. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +When the German army stood before Liege on this fourth day of August, +in 1914, the circumference of the detached forts was thirty-one miles +with about two or three miles between them, and at an average of +five miles from the city. Each fort was constructed on a new model +to withstand the highest range and power of offensive artillery +forecast in the last decade of the nineteenth century. When completed +they presented the form of an armored mushroom, thrust upward from +a mound by subterranean machinery. The elevation of the cupola in +action disclosed no more of its surface than was necessary for the +firing of the guns. The mounds were turfed and so inconspicuous that +in times of peace sheep grazed over them. In Brialmont's original +plan each fort was to be connected by infantry trenches with sunken +emplacements for light artillery, but this important part of his +design was relegated to the dangerous hour of a threatening enemy. +This work was undertaken too late before the onsweep of the Germans. +Instead, Brialmont's single weak detail in surrounding each fort +with an infantry platform was tenaciously preserved long after +its uselessness must have been apparent. Thus Liege was made a +ring fortress to distinguish it from the former latest pattern of +earth ramparts and outworks. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Six major and six minor of these forts encircled Liege. From north +to south, beginning with those facing the German frontier, their +names ran as follows: Barchon, Evegnée, Fleron, Chaud-fontaine, +Embourg, Boncelles, Flemalle, Hollogne, Loncin, Lantin, Liers, +and Pontisse. The armaments of the forts consisted of 6-inch and +4.7-inch guns, with 8-inch mortars and quick firers. They were +in the relative number of two, four, two and four for the major +forts, and two, two, one and three for the minor <i>fortins</i>, +as such were termed. The grand total was estimated at 400 pieces. +In their confined underground quarters the garrisons, even of the +major forts, did not exceed eighty men from the engineer, artillery +and infantry branches of the service. Between Fort Pontisse and +the Dutch frontier was less than six miles. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +It was through this otherwise undefended gap that Von Kluck purposed +to advance his German army after the presumed immediate fall of +Liege, to that end having seized the Meuse crossing at Visé. +The railway line to Aix-la-Chapelle was dominated by Fort Fleron, +while the minor Forts Chaudfontaine and Embourg, to the south, +commanded the trunk line by way of Liege into Belgium. On the plateau, +above Liege, Fort Loncin held the railway junction of Ans and the +lines running from Liege north and west. Finally, the forts were +not constructed on a geometric circle, but in such manner that +the fire of any two was calculated to hold an enemy at bay should +a third between them fall. This was probably an accurate theory +before German guns of an unimagined caliber and range were brought +into action. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In command of the Belgian forts at Liege was General Leman. He had +served under Brialmont, and was pronounced a serious and efficient +officer. He was a zealous military student, physically extremely +active, and constantly on the watch for any relaxation of discipline. +These qualities enabled him to grasp at the outset the weakness +of his position. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +If the Germans believed the refusal to grant a free passage for +their armies through Belgium to be little more than a diplomatic +protest, it would seem the Belgian Government was equally mistaken +in doubting the Germans would force a way through an international +treaty of Belgian neutrality. Consequently, the German crossing +of the frontier discovered Belgium with her mobilization but half +complete, mainly on a line for the defense of Brussels and Antwerp. +It had been estimated by Brialmont that 75,000 men of all arms +were necessary for the defense of Liege on a war footing, probably +35,000 was the total force hastily gathered in the emergency to +withstand the German assault on the fortifications. It included +the Civic Guard. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +General Leman realized, therefore, that, without a supporting field +army, it would be impossible for him to hold the German hosts before +Liege for more than a few days—a week at most. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +But he hoped within such time the French or British would march to +his relief. Thus his chief concern was for the forts protecting the +railway leading from Namur down the Meuse Valley into Liege—the +line of a French or British advance. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the afternoon of August 4, 1914, German patrols appeared on +the left bank of the Meuse, approaching from Visé. They +were also observed by the sentries on Forts Barchon, Evegnée +and Fleron. German infantry and artillery presently came into view +with the unmistakable object of beginning the attack on those forts. +The forts fired a few shots by way of a challenge. As evening fell, +the woods began to echo with the roar of artillery. Later, Forts +Fleron, Chaudfontaine and Embourg were added to the German bombardment. +The Germans used long range field pieces with powerful explosive +shells. The fire proved to be remarkably accurate. As their shells +exploded on the cupolas and platforms of the forts, the garrisons +in their confined citadels began to experience that inferno of +vibrations which subsequently deprived them of the incentive to +eat or sleep. The Belgians replied vigorously, but owing to the +broken nature of the country, and the forethought with which the +Germans took advantage of every form of gun cover, apparently little +execution was dealt upon the enemy. However, the Belgians claimed +to have silenced two of the German pieces. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In the darkness of this historic night of August 4, 1914, the flames +of the fortress guns pierced the immediate night with vivid streaks. +Their searchlights swept in broad streams the wooded slopes opposite. +The cannonade resounded over Liege, as if with constant peals of +thunder. In the city civilians sought the shelter of their cellars, +but few of the German shells escaped their range upon the forts +to disturb them. +</p> + +<table class="center" style="width: 594px;"> +<tr><td> + <a name="fig004"></a><a href="images/fig003.jpg"> + <img src="images/fig004.jpg" width="594" height="884" alt="Fig. 4"> + </a> +</td></tr> +<tr><td>BEGINNING OF GERMAN INVASION OF BELGIUM</td></tr> +</table> + +<p class="indent"> +This exchange of artillery went on until near daybreak of August +5, 1914, when infantry fire from the woods to the right of Fort +Embourg apprised the defenders that the Germans were advancing to +the attack. The Germans came on in their customary massed formation. +The prevalent opinion that in German tactics such action was employed +to hearten the individual soldier, was denied by their General +Staff. In their opinion an advantage was thus gained by the +concentration of rifle fire. Belgian infantry withstood the assault, +and counter-attacked. When dawn broke, a general engagement was +in progress. About eight o'clock the Germans were compelled to +withdraw. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The first engagement of the war was won by the Belgians. It was +reported that the Belgian fire had swept the Germans down in thousands, +but this was denied by German authorities. Up to this time the +German forces before Liege were chiefly Von Kluck's vanguard under +Von Emmich, his second line of advance, and detachments of Von +Bülow's army. On the Belgian side no attempt was made to follow +up the advantage. The reason given is that the Germans were seen +to be in strong cavalry force, an arm lost totally in the military +complement of Liege. The German losses were undoubtedly severe, +especially in front of Fort Barchon. This was one of the major +forts, triangular in shape, and surrounded by a ditch and barbed +wire entanglements. The armament of these major forts had recently +been reenforced by night, secretly, with guns of heavier caliber +from Antwerp. As they outmatched the German field pieces of the +first attack, presumably the German Intelligence Department had +failed in news of them. An armistice requested by the Germans to +gather in the wounded and bury the dead was refused. Thereupon +the artillery duel recommenced. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +A hot and oppressive day disclosed woods rent and scarred, standing +wheat fields shell-plowed and trampled, and farm houses set ablaze. +The bringing of the Belgian wounded into Liege apprised the citizens +that their side had also suffered considerably. Meanwhile, the +Germans were reenforced by the Tenth Hanoverian Army Corps, from +command of which General von Emmich had been detached to lead Von +Kluck's vanguard, also artillery with 8.4-inch howitzers. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The bombardment on this 5th day of August, 1914, now stretched +from Visé around the Meuse right bank half circle of forts +to embrace Pontisse and Boncelles at its extremities. In a few +hours infantry attack began again. The Germans advanced in masses +by short rushes, dropping to fire rifle volleys, and then onward +with unflinching determination. The forts, wreathed in smoke, blazed +shells among them; their machine guns spraying streams of bullets. +The Germans were repulsed and compelled to retire, but only to +re-form for a fresh assault. Both Belgian and German aeroplanes +flew overhead to signal their respective gunners. A Zeppelin was +observed, but did not come within range of Belgian fire. The Belgians +claim to have shot down one German aeroplane, and another is said +to have been brought to earth by flying within range of its own +artillery. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +During the morning of August 5, Fort Fleron was put out of action +by shell destruction of its cupola-hoisting machinery. This proved a +weak point in Brialmont's fortress plan. It was presently discovered +that the fire of the supporting forts Evegnée and Chaudfontaine +could not command the lines forming the apex of their triangle. +Further, since the Belgian infantry was not in sufficient force +to hold the lines between the forts, a railway into Liege fell +to the enemy. The fighting here was of such a desperate nature, +that General Leman hastened to reenforce with all his reserve. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +This battle went on during the afternoon and night of August 5, +into the morning of August 6, 1914. But the fall of Fort Fleron +began to tell in favor of the Germans. Belgian resistance perforce +weakened. The ceaseless pounding of the German 8.4-inch howitzers +smashed the inner concrete and stone protective armor of the forts, +as if of little more avail than cardboard. At intervals on August +6, Forts Chaudfontaine, Evegnée and Barchon fell under the +terrific hail of German shells. A way was now opened into the city, +though, for the most part, still contested by Belgian infantry. A +party of German hussars availed themselves of some unguarded path +to make a daring but ineffectual dash to capture General Leman +and his staff. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +General Leman was consulting with his officers at military headquarters, +on August 6, 1914, when they were startled by shouts outside. He +rushed forth into a crowd of citizens to encounter eight men in +German uniform. General Leman cried for a revolver to defend himself, +but another officer, fearing the Germans had entered the city in +force, lifted him up over a foundry wall. Both Leman and the officer +made their escape by way of an adjacent house. Belgian Civic Guards +hastening to the scene dispatched an officer and two men of the +German raiders. The rest of the party are said to have been made +prisoners. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The end being merely a question of hours, General Leman ordered +the evacuation of the city by the infantry. He wisely decided it +could be of more service to the Belgian army at Dyle, than held in +a beleaguered and doomed city. Reports indicate that this retreat, +though successfully performed, was precipitate. The passage of it +was scattered with arms, equipment, and supplies of all kinds. +An ambulance train was abandoned, twenty locomotives left in the +railway station, and but one bridge destroyed in rear beyond immediate +repair. After its accomplishment, General Leman took command of the +northern forts, determined to hold them against Von Kluck until +the last Belgian gun was silenced. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Early on August 7, 1914, Burgomaster Kleyer and the Bishop of Liege +negotiated terms for the surrender of the city. It had suffered +but slight damage from the bombardment. Few of the citizens were +reported among the killed or injured. On behalf of the Germans it +must be said their occupation of Liege was performed in good order, +with military discipline excellently maintained. They behaved with +consideration toward the inhabitants in establishing their rule +in the city, and paid for all supplies requisitioned. They were +quartered in various public buildings and institutions, probably to +the number of 10,000. The German troops at first seemed to present +an interesting spectacle. They were mostly young men, reported as +footsore from their long march in new, imperfectly fitting boots, +and hungry from the lack of accompanying commissariat. This is proof +that the German's military machine did not work to perfection at the +outset. Later, some hostile acts by Belgian individuals moved the +German military authorities to seize a group of the principal citizens, +and warn the inhabitants that the breaking of a peaceful attitude +would be at the risk of swiftly serious punishment. Precautions to +enforce order were such as is provided in martial law, and carried +out with as little hardship as possible to the citizens. The Germans +appeared anxious to restore confidence and win a feeling of good +will. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +For some days after the capitulation of the city the northern forts +continued a heroic resistance. So long as these remained uncaptured, +General Leman maintained that, strategically, Liege had not fallen. +He thus held in check the armies of Von Kluck and Von Bülow, +when every hour was of supreme urgency for their respective onsweep +into central Belgium and up the Meuse Valley. The Germans presently +brought into an overpowering bombardment their ll-inch siege guns. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On August 13, 1914, Embourg was stricken into ruin. On the same +day the electric lighting apparatus of Fort Boncelles having been +destroyed, the few living men of its garrison fought through the +following night in darkness, and in momentary danger of suffocation +from gases emitted by the exploding German shells. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Early in the morning of August 14, 1914, though its cupolas were +battered in and shells rained upon the interior, the commander +refused an offer of surrender. A little later the concrete inner +chamber walls fell in. The commander of Boncelles, having exhausted +his defensive, hoisted the white flag. He had held out for eleven +days in a veritable death-swept inferno. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Fort Loncin disputed with Boncelles the honor of being the last to +succumb. The experience of its garrison differed only in terrible +details from Boncelles. Its final gun shot was fired by a man with +his left hand, since the other had been severed. Apparently a shell +exploded in its magazine, and blew up the whole fort. General Leman +was discovered amid its débris, pinned beneath a huge beam. +He was released by his own men. When taken to a trench, a German +officer found that he was merely unconscious from shock. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +When sufficiently recovered, General Leman was conducted to General +von Emmich to tender his personal surrender. The two had previously +been comrades at maneuvers. The report of their meeting is given +by a German officer. The guard presented the customary salute due +General Leman's rank. General von Emmich advanced a few steps to +meet General Leman. Both generals saluted. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +"General," said Von Emmich, "you have gallantly and nobly held your +forts." +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +"I thank you," Leman replied. "Our troops have lived up to their +reputation. War is not like maneuvers, <i>mon +Général</i>," he added with a pointed smile. "I ask +you to bear witness that you found me unconscious." +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +General Leman unbuckled his sword to offer it to the victor. Von +Emmich bowed. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +"No, keep it," he gestured. "To have crossed swords with you has +been an honor." +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Subsequently the President of the French Republic bestowed on Liege +the Cross of the Legion of Honor. To its motto in this instance +might have been added appropriately: Liege, the Savior of Paris. +The few days of its resistance to an overwhelming force enabled +the Belgium army to improve its mobilization, the British to throw +an expeditionary army into France, and the French to make a new +offensive alignment. It will forever remain a brilliant page in war +annals. In a military estimate it proved that forts constructed on +the lastest scientific principles, but unsupported by an intrenched +field army, crumple under the concentrated fire of long-range, +high-power enemy guns. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The fall of the northern and eastern Liege forts released Von Kluck's +army for its march into central Belgium. Meanwhile the Belgian army +had been concentrated on a line of the River Dyle, with its left +touching Malines and its right resting on Louvain. Its commander, +General Selliers de Moranville, made his headquarters in the latter +city. The Belgian force totaled 110,000 men of all complements. +Whether this included the reinforcement by the Liege infantry is +uncertain. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +During August 10 and 11, 1914, General Moranville threw forward +detachments to screen his main body in front of the German advance. +On the 11th a rumor that the French had crossed the Sambre, moved +General Moranville to extend his right wing to Eghezee, with the +hope of getting in touch with the Allies. That the French and British +were hastening to his support could not be doubted. They were already +overdue, but assuredly would come soon. That was the Belgian reliance, +passing from mouth to mouth among the Court, Cabinet Ministers, +General Staff, down to the factory toilers, miners, and peasants +on their farms. The Sambre report, like many others in various +places, proved unfounded. +</p> + +<hr> + +<h2><a name="chapter_III">CHAPTER III</a></h2> + +<p class="subtitle">BELGIUM'S DEFIANCE</p> + +<p class="indent"> +A view of the general situation in Belgium will assist in clearing +the way for swiftly following events. Germany had invaded Belgium +against the diplomatic and active protests of its Government. But +the German Government still hoped that the heroic resistance of +Liege would satisfy Belgian national spirit, and a free passage +of German troops now be granted. The German Emperor made a direct +appeal to the King of the Belgians through the medium of the Queen +of Holland. From the German point of outlook their victory could +best be attained by the march through Belgium upon Paris. The German +Government asserted that the French and British contemplated a +similar breach of Belgian neutrality. To their mind, it was a case +of which should be on the ground first. On the other hand, the +Allies pronounced the German invasion of Belgium an unprovoked +assault, and produced countertestimony. The controversy has continued +to this day. But the war as it progressed has seen many breaches of +neutrality, and a certain resignation to the inevitable has succeeded +the moral indignation so easily aroused in its early stages. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Let us now glance at the condition of Belgium when war was declared. +The Belgians were an industrial and not a militant people. They had +ample reason to yearn for a permanent peace. Their country had been +the cockpit of Europe from the time of Cæsar until Waterloo. +The names of their cities, for the most part, represented great +historic battle fields. Again and again had the ruin of conflict +swept over their unfortunately situated land. At all periods the +Belgians were brave fighters on one side or the other, for Belgium +had been denied a national unity. Doubtless, therefore, they welcomed +the establishment of their independent sovereignty and the era of +peace which followed. Historically, they had suffered enough, with +an abundance to spare, from perpetual warfare. Their minds turned +hopefully toward industrial and commercial activity, stimulated +by the natural mineral wealth of their soil. Thus the products +of their factories reached all countries, South America, China, +Manchuria, and Central Africa, especially of later years, where +a great territory had been acquired in the Congo. The iron and +steel work of Liege was famous, Antwerp had become one of the chief +ports of Europe and growing into a financial power. But owing to +the confined boundaries of Belgium, there grew to be a congestion +of population. This produced a strong democratic and socialistic +uplift which even threatened the existence of the monarchy. Also, +all that monarchy seemed to imply. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The Belgians, doubtless with memories of the past, despised and hated +the display of military. Consequently it was only with difficulty, +and in the face of popular opposition, that the Belgium Government +had succeeded with military plans for defense, but imperfectly +carried out. Herein, perhaps, we have the keynote to Belgium's +desperate resistance to the German invaders. In the light of the +foregoing, it is easily conceivable that the Germans represented +to the Belgians the military yoke. They were determined to have +none of it, upon any overtures or terms. But they relied on France +and England for protection, when common prudence should have made +the mobilization of an up-to-date army of 500,000 men ready for +the call to repel an invader on either of the frontiers, instead +of the practically helpless force of 110,000. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The German General Staff did not believe the Belgians intended +to raise a serious barrier in their path. But with the crisis, +democratic Belgium united in a rush to arms, which recalls similar +action by the American colonists at the Revolution. Every form of +weapon was grasped, from old muskets to pitchforks and shearing +knives. It was remarked by a foreign witness that in default of +properly equipped armories, the Belgians emptied the museums to +confront the Germans with the strangest assortment of antiquated +military tools. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +As testimony of Belgian feeling, the Labor party organ "Le Peuple" +issued the following trumpet blast: "Why do we, as irreconcilable +antimilitarists, cry 'Bravo!' from the bottom of our hearts to +all those who offer themselves for the defense of the country? +Because it is not only necessary to protect the hearths and homes, +the women and the children, but it is also necessary to protect at +the price of our blood the heritage of our ancient freedom. Go, +then, sons of the workers, and register your names as recruits. We +will rather die for the idea of progress and solidarity of humanity +than live under a régime whose brutal force and savage violence +have wiped outright." +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The Belgian General Staff, foreseeing dire consequences from such +inflaming press utterances, warned all those not regularly enlisted +to maintain a peaceful attitude. Disregard of this admonition later +met with heavy retribution. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On Wednesday, August 12, 1914, a German cavalry screen, thrown in +advance of the main forces, came in touch with Belgian patrols. +A series of engagements took place. The Germans tried to seize +the bridges across the Dyle at Haelen, and at Cortenachen on the +Velpe, a tributary of the former river, mainly with the object of +outflanking the Belgian left wing. The Belgians are said to have +numbered some 10,000 of all arms, and were successful in repulsing +the Germans. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On August 13, 1914, similar actions were continued. At Tirlemont +2,000 German cavalry swept upon the town, but were beaten off. At +Eghezee on the extreme Belgian right—close to Namur and the +historic field of Ramillies—another brush with the Germans +took place. Belgian cavalry caught a German cavalry detachment +bivouacked in the village. Sharp fighting through the streets ensued +before the Germans withdrew. In spite of the warning of the Belgian +General Staff, and similar advance German notices, the citizens +of some of these and other places began sniping German patrols. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Meantime, moving over the roads toward Namur, toiled the huge German +42-centimeter guns. The German General Staff had taken to mind +the lesson of Liege. Each gun was transported in several parts, +hauled by traction engines and forty horses. Of this, with the +advance of Von Kluck and Von Bülow, the Belgian General Staff +was kept in total ignorance by the German screen of cavalry. So +ably was this screen work performed that the Belgians were led +to believe the Germans had succeeded in placing no more than two +divisions of cavalry, together with a few detachments of infantry +and artillery, on Belgian soil. They, in fact, regarded the German +cavalry skirmishing as a rather clumsy offensive. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +As we have seen, the resistance of Forts Boncelles and Loncin at +Liege held back the main German advance from seven to ten days. +Their fall released into German control the railway junction at +Ans. With that was included the line from Liege up the left bank +of the Meuse to Namur. Also, another line direct to Brussels. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On August 15, 1914, the cavalry screen was withdrawn, and four +German army corps were revealed to the surprised Belgian line. +In this emergency, clearly their only hope lay with the French. +In Louvain, Brussels, and Antwerp, anxious questions lay on all +lips. "Why do not the French hasten to our aid? When will they +come? Will the British fail us at the twelfth hour?" +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Eager watchers at Ostend beheld no sign of the promised transports +to disembark a British army of support in the day of overwhelming +need. About this time some French cavalry crossed the Sambre to +join hands with the Belgian right wing near Waterloo. But it was +little more than a detachment. The French General Staff was occupied +with a realignment, and had decided not to advance into Belgium +until they could do so in force sufficient to cope with the Germans. +The Belgian General Staff saw there was no other course but to +fall back, fighting rear-guard actions until the longed-for French +army was heralded by the thunder of friendly guns. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The Belgian army was thus withdrawn from the River Gethe to hold +Aerschot on its left stubbornly through August 14, 1914. Diest, +St. Trond, and Waremme fell before the German tidal wave without +resistance. Von Kluck's main army endeavored to sweep around the +Belgian right at Wavre, but was checked for a brief space. +</p> + +<hr> + +<h2><a name="chapter_IV">CHAPTER IV</a></h2> + +<p class="subtitle">CAPTURE OF LOUVAIN—SURRENDER OF BRUSSELS</p> + +<p class="indent"> +During August 17, 1914, the German center was hurled forward in +irresistible strength. The citizens of the villages in its path +fled precipitously along the roads to Brussels. At intersections +all kinds of vehicles bearing household effects, together with live +stock, blocked the way to safety. The uhlan had become a terror, +but not without some provocation. Tirlemont was bombarded, reduced, +and evacuated by the Belgian troops. The latter made a vigorous +defensive immediately before Louvain, but their weakness in artillery +and numbers could not withstand the overwhelming superiority of +the Germans. They were thrust back from the valley of the Dyle to +begin their retreat on Antwerp, chiefly by way of Malines. This +was to elude a successful German envelopment on their Louvain right. +They retired in good order, but their losses had been considerable. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +This body was the Belgian right wing, which fell back to take up +a position before Louvain. Here it fought a well-sustained action +on August 19, 1914, the purpose of which was to cover the retreat +of the main army by way of Malines on Antwerp. The Belgian right +wing thus became a rear guard. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +It withstood the German attack until the early morning of August +20, 1914, when, separated from the main body, the overpowering +number of German guns and men drove it back to a final stand between +Louvain and Brussels. If its losses had been heavy, the carrying away +of the wounded proved that it still maintained a fighting front. +The retreat of the main army on Antwerp was part of Brialmont's +plan for the defense of Belgium, since the position of Brussels +was not capable of a strong defense. By this time the main army +was safely passing down the valley of the Dyle to the shelter of +the Antwerp forts, leaving the right wing to its fate. Louvain +thus fell to the Germans. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Toward noon of August 20, 1914, the burgomaster and four sheriffs +awaited at one of the city gates, the first German appearance. +This proved to be a party of hussars bearing a white flag. They +conducted the burgomaster to the waiting generals at the head of the +advance column. In token of surrender the burgomaster was requested +to remove his scarf of office, displaying the Belgian national +colors. The German terms were then pronounced. A free passage of +troops through the city was to be granted, and 3,000 men garrisoned +in its barracks. In return, cash was to be paid for all supplies +requisitioned, and a guarantee given for the lives and property +of the inhabitants. The Germans further agreed to maintain the +established civil power, but warned that hostile acts by civilians +would be severely punished. These terms were in general in conformity +with the rules of war governing the military occupation of an enemy +city. In this respect emphasis should be laid on the fact that +under these rules the hostile act of any civilian places him in +the same position as a spy. His recognized sentence is death by +court-martial. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The Germans entered Louvain with bands playing, and singing in +a great swelling chorus: "Die Wacht am Rhein" and "Hail to the +War Lord." They marched to quick time, but in passing through the +great square of the Gare du Nord broke into the parade goose step. +In the van were such famous regiments as the Death's Head and Zeiten +Hussars. The infantry wore heavy boots, which, falling in unison, +struck the earth with resounding blows, to echo back from the house +walls. Thus cavalry, infantry, and artillery poured through Louvain +in a gray-green surge of hitherto unimagined military might. This, +for the latter part of the 20th and the day following. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +At first the citizens looked on from the sidewalks in a spellbound +silence. Scarcely one seemed to possess the incentive to breathe +a whisper. Only the babies and very small children regarded the +awe-inspiring spectacle as something provided by way of entertainment. +For the rest of the citizens it was dumbfounding beyond human +comprehension. Cavalry, infantry, and artillery rolled on unceasingly +to the clatter of horses' hoofs, the tramp of feet, the rumble +of guns, and that triumphant mighty chorus. There was nothing of +aforetime plumed and gold-laced splendor of war about it, but the +modern Teutonic arms on grim business bent. Except for a curious +glance bestowed here and there, the German troops marched with +eyes front, and a precision as if being reviewed by the emperor. +A few shots were heard to stir instant terror among the citizen +onlookers, but these were between the German advance guard and +Belgian stragglers left behind in the city. Presently the side +streets became dangerous to pedestrians from onrushing automobiles +containing staff officers, and motor wagons of the military train. +General von Arnim, in command, ordered the hauling down of all +allied colors, but permitted the Belgian flag to remain flying +above the Hôtel de Ville. He promptly issued a proclamation +warning all citizens to preserve the peace. It was both placarded +and announced verbally. The latter was performed by a minor city +official, ringing a bell as he passed through the streets accompanied +by policemen. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Toward evening of August 20, 1914, the cafés and restaurants +filled up with hungry German officers and men; every hotel room +was occupied, and provision shops speedily sold out the stores on +their shelves. The Germans paid in cash for everything ordered, and +preserved a careful attitude of nonaggression toward the citizens. +But subconsciously there ran an undercurrent of dread insecurity. +At the outset a German officer was said to have been struck by a +sniper's bullet. Somewhat conspicuously the wounded officer was +borne on a litter through the streets, followed by the dead body of +his assailant. Very promptly a news curtain was drawn down around +the city, cutting it off from all information of the world without. +Artillery fire was heard. Presumably this came from the last stand +of the Belgian rear guard in a valley of the hilly country between +Louvain and Brussels. With sustained optimism to the end, rumor +had it that the artillery fire was that of French and British guns +coming to the relief of Louvain. Toward nightfall one or two groups +of snipers were brought in from the suburbs and marched to the +place of execution. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The feeling of a threatened calamity deepened. Another warning +proclamation was issued ordering all citizens to give up their +arms. Further, everyone was ordered to bed at eight o'clock, all +windows were to be closed and all doors unlocked. A burning lamp +was to be placed in each window. On the claim that German soldiers +had been killed by citizens, the burgomaster and several of the +city officials were secured as hostages. A stern proclamation was +issued threatening with immediate execution every citizen found +with a weapon in his possession or house. Every house from which +a shot was fired would be burned. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +This was on August 22, 1914. By the evening of that day the German +army had passed through Louvain, estimated to the number of 50,000 +men. Only the 3,000 garrison remained in the city. Outwardly, the +citizens resumed their usual daily affairs as if with a sense of +relief, but whispers dropped now and then revealed an abiding terror +beneath. Some time during the next day or two the anticipated calamity +fell upon Louvain. The German officers insisted that sniping was +steadily going on, and the military authorities put into force their +threatened reprisal. The torch, or rather incendiary tablets were +thrown into convicted houses. Larger groups of citizens were led to +execution. Thereupon the "brute" passion dormant in soldiers broke +the bonds of discipline. Flames burst forth everywhere. Beneath the +lurid glow cast upon the sky above Louvain whole streets stood out +in blackened ruin, and those architectural treasures of the Halles +and the University, with its famous library, were destroyed beyond +hope of repair. Only the walls of St. Peter's Church, containing +many priceless paintings, remained. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Meanwhile, on the morning of August 20, 1914, the German army had +swept away the comparatively small Belgian rearguard force before +Brussels, and advanced upon the capital. On the previous 17th the +King of the Belgians removed his Government to Antwerp. The diplomatic +corps followed. Mr. Brand Whitlock, the American Minister, however, +remained. In his capacity as a neutral he had assisted stranded +Germans in Brussels from hasty official and mob peril. He stayed to +perform a similar service for the Belgians and Allies. His success +in these efforts won for him German respect and the gratitude of +the whole Belgian nation. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +A lingering plan for defending Brussels by throwing up barricades +and constructing wire entanglements, to be manned by the Civic +Guard, was abandoned in the face of wiser counsel. It would merely +have resulted in a bombardment, with needless destruction of life +and property. Brussels was defenseless. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In flight before the German host, refugees of all classes were +streaming into Brussels—young and old, rich and poor, priest +and layman. Nearly all bore some burden of household treasure, many +some pathetically absurd family heirloom. Every kind of vehicle +appeared to have been called into use, from smart carriages drawn +by heavy Flemish horses to little carts harnessed to dogs. Over all +reigned a stupefied silence, broken only by shuffling footfalls. +Among them the absence of automobiles and light horses would indicate +all such had been commandeered by the Belgian military authorities. +Their cavalry was badly in need of good light-weight mounts. At +crossroads passage to imagined safety was blocked by farm live +stock driven by bewildered peasants. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On Thursday morning, August 20, 1914, the burgomaster motored forth +to meet the Germans. His reception and the terms dictated by General +von Arnim were almost identically the same as at Louvain. The +burgomaster was perforce compelled to accept. The scene of the +entry of the German troops into Louvain was repeated at Brussels. +There was the same stolidly silent-packed gathering of onlookers on +the sidewalks, the same thundering triumphant march of the German +host. Corps after corps, probably of those who had fought at Liege, +and subsequently passed around the city on the grand sweep toward +the French frontier. Moreover, huge bodies of German troops were +advancing up the valley of the Meuse and through the woods of the +Ardennes. As in Louvain, that night the hotels, restaurants, cafes, +and shops of Brussels were patronized by a rush of trade which +never before totaled such extent in a single day. Bills of purchase +were settled by the Germans in cash. The city was promptly assessed +a war indemnity of $40,000,000. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +With the fall of Brussels, the first objective of the Germans may +be said to have been gained. But the right wing of Von Kluck's +army was still operating northward upon Antwerp. The Belgian army +had escaped him within the circle of Antwerp's forts, so that he +detailed a force deemed to be sufficient to hold the enemy secure. +Then he struck eastward between Antwerp and Brussels at Alost, +Ghent, and Bruges. In his advance he swept several divisions of +cavalry, also motor cars bearing machine guns. Beyond Bruges his +patrol caught their first glimpse of the North Sea, drawing in +toward another much-hoped-for goal on the English Channel. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +But the Belgian army within security of Antwerp had not been routed. +It had retreated in good order, thanks to the resistance of its +right-wing rear guard. General de Moranville promptly reenforced it +with new volunteers to the extent of some 125,000 men. In addition, +he drew upon a fresh supply of ammunition, and new artillery well +horsed. His cavalry, however, were certainly no better and probably +worse than that with which his army had been complemented originally. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On August 23, 1914, obtaining information that the Germans were +in considerably inferior force at Malines, the Belgians began a +vigorous counteroffensive. General de Moranville drove the Germans +out of Malines on the day following. That was in the nature of a +master stroke, for it gave the Belgians control of the shortest +railway from Germany into West Flanders. Further, since Von Kluck +had reached Bruges, and reenforcements under General von Boehn +had passed across the Belgian direct line on Brussels, the great +German right wing was in danger of being caught in a trap. Von +Boehn, therefore, was hurriedly detached rearward to deal with +the Belgian counteroffensive. But this deprived Von Kluck of his +needed reenforcements to overcome 2,000 British marines landed +at Ostend, that, together with the Civic Guard, had beaten back +German patrols from the place. Had the British now landed an army +at Ostend, Von Kluck, between the Belgian and British forces, would +have been in serious danger of annihilation. With the German right +wing thus crumpled, the whole of their offensive would have broken +down. But the British did not come, and so the Belgians were left +to fight it out single handed. This fighting went on for three +weeks, with accurate details lacking. Mainly it was upon the line +Aershot-Dyle Valley-Termonde, with Antwerp for the Belgian base. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On August 24, 1914, a German Zeppelin sailed over Antwerp and dropped +a number of bombs. The Belgians thrust their right wing forward +and recaptured Alost. They advanced their center to a siege of +Cortenburg. Malines seemed secure. To the Belgians this was a historic +triumph. Famous for its manufacture of lace under the name of Mechlin, +almost every street contained some relic of architectural interest. +The Cathedral of St. Rombaut, the seat of a cardinal archbishop, +held upon its walls some of Van Dyck's masterpieces. Margaret of +Austria had held court in its Palais de Justice. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In this emergency, Von Boehn was heavily reenforced with the Third +Army Corps, reserves from the south, and 15,000 sailors and marines. +His army was now between 250,000 and 300,000 men. This placed +overwhelming odds against the Belgians. But for four days they fought +a stubborn battle at Weerde. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +This was from September 13 to 16, 1914, and resulted in the capture +of the Louvain-Malines railway by the Germans. The Belgians had +now fought to the extremity of what could be expected without aid +from the Allies. The sole action left for them was to fall back for +a defense of Antwerp. Von Kluck's right wing of the whole German +offensive had completed its task on Belgian soil. +</p> + +<hr> + +<h2><a name="chapter_V">CHAPTER V</a></h2> + +<p class="subtitle">COMING OF THE BRITISH</p> + +<p class="indent"> +We now come to the arrival of the British on the Continent. In +using the term British, it, is expressly intended to comprise the +united forces of the British Isles. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On August 3, 1914, the British Government practically gave up hope +that war with Germany could be avoided, though it would appear to +have lingered until the ultimatum to Germany to vacate Belgian +soil remained unanswered. On that day the army was mobilized at +Aldershot. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On August 5, 1914, Lord Kitchener was recalled at the outset from +a journey to Egypt, and appointed Minister of War. No more fortunate +selection than this could have been made. Above all else, Lord +Kitchener's reputation had been won as an able transport officer. +In the emergency, as Minister of War, the responsibility for the +transport of a British army oversea rested in his hands. On August +5, 1914, the House of Commons voted a credit of $100,000,000, and +an increase of 500,000 men to the regular forces. Upon the same +day preparations went forward for the dispatch of an expeditionary +army to France. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The decision to send the army to France, instead of direct to a +landing in Belgium, would seem to have been in response to an urgent +French entreaty that Great Britain mark visibly on French soil +her unity with that nation at the supreme crisis. For some days +previously British reluctance to enter the war while a gleam of hope +remained to confine, if not prevent, the European conflagration, +had created a feeling of disappointment in France. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The British expeditionary army consisted at first—that is +previous to the Battle of the Marne—of two and a half army +corps, or five divisions, thus distributed: First Corps, Sir Douglas +Haig; Second Corps, General Smith-Dorien; Fourth Division of the +Third Corps, General Pulteney. The Sixth Division of the Third +Corps and the Fourth Corps under General Rawlinson were not sent to +France till after the end of September, 1914. It contained besides +about one division and a half of cavalry under General Allenby. A +British division varies from 12,000 to 15,000 men (three infantry +brigades of four regiments each; three groups of artillery, each +having three batteries of six pieces; two companies of sappers, and +one regiment of cavalry). The force totaled some 75,000 men, with +259 guns. The whole was placed under the command of Field Marshal +Sir John French, with Lieutenant General Sir Archibald Murray, +Chief of Staff. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Field Marshal French was sixty-two and was two years younger than +Lord Kitchener. His responsibilities were great, how great no one at +the beginning of the war realized his capabilities for the developing +scope of the task untried, but as a serious and courageous officer +he fully merited the honors he had already won. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +By August 7, 1914, Admiral Jellicoe was able to guarantee a safe +passage for the British army across the English Channel. A fortunate +mobilization of the British Grand Fleet in the North Sea for maneuvers +shut off the German Grand Fleet from raiding the Channel. There +was nothing to criticize in the manner in which the Expeditionary +Army was thrown into France. Its equipment was ready and in all +details fully worthy of German military organization. From arms +to boots—the latter not long since a scandal of shoddy +workmanship—only the best material and skill had been accepted. +Its transport proved the genius of Lord Kitchener in that brand of +military service. The railways leading to the ports of embarkation, +together with passenger steamships—some of them familiar +in American ports—were commandeered as early as the 4th of +August. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +During the night of August 7, 1914, train after train filled with +troops steamed toward Southampton, and some other south-coast ports. +Complements were also embarked at Dublin, Avonmouth, and the Bristol +Channel. In the middle of the night citizens of small towns along +the route were awakened by the unceasing rumble of trains. They +had no conception of its import. They did not even realize that +war had actually burst upon the serenity of their peaceful lives. +Each transport vessel was placed in command of a naval officer, +and guarded in its passage across the channel by light cruisers and +torpedo destroyers. The transport of the whole Expeditionary Army +was completed within ten days, without the loss of a man and with +a precision worthy of all military commendation. But such secrecy +was maintained that the British public remained in ignorance of its +passage until successfully accomplished. American correspondents, +however, were not yet strictly censored, so that their papers published +news of it on August 9. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On Sunday, August 9, 1914, two British transports were observed +making for the harbor of Boulogne. The weather was all that could +be wished, the crossing resembled a bank-holiday excursion. For +some days previously the French had taken a gloomy view of British +support. But French fishermen returning from Scotland and English +ports maintained confidence, for had not British fishermen told +them the French would never be abandoned to fall a prey to the +enemy. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +When the two advance British transports steamed into view, "Les +Anglais," at last everyone cried. At once a hugely joyful reversion +of feeling. The landing of the British soldiers was made a popular +ovation. Their appearance, soldierly bearing, their gentleness +toward women and children, their care of the horses were showered +with heartfelt French compliments. Especially the Scotch Highlanders, +after their cautious fashion, wondered at the exuberance of their +welcome. For the brave Irish, was not Marshal MacMahon of near-Irish +descent and the first president of the Third Republic? The Irish +alone would save that republic. Women begged for the regimental +badges to pin on their breasts. In turn they offered delicacies of +all kinds to the soldiers. For the first time in a hundred years +the British uniform was seen on French soil. Then it represented +an enemy, now a comrade in arms. The bond of union was sealed at +a midnight military mass, celebrated by English-speaking priests, +for British and French Catholic soldiers at Camp Malbrouch round +the Colonne de la Grande Armée. The two names recalled the +greatest of British and French victories—Blenheim, Ramillies, +and Oudenarde, Ulm, Austerlitz, and Jena. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Meanwhile, officers of the French General Staff had journeyed to +London to confer with the British General Staff regarding the camping +and alignment of the British troops. Meanwhile, also, the British +reserves and territorials were called to the colors. The latter +comprised the militia, infantry and artillery, and the volunteer +yeomanry cavalry, infantry and artillery. The militia was the oldest +British military force, officered to a great extent by retired +regular army men, its permanent staffs of noncommissioned officers +were from the regular army, and it was under the direct control of +the Secretary of State for War. The volunteer infantry, artillery, +and yeomanry cavalry were on a somewhat different basis, more nearly +resembling the American militia, but the British militia were linked +with regular-line battalions. The reserves, militia and volunteers, +added approximately 350,000 well-trained men for immediate home +defense. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On Sunday, August 17, 1914, it was officially announced that the +whole of the British Expeditionary Army had landed in France. +Conferences between the British and French General Staffs resulted +in the British army being concentrated first at Amiens. From that +point it was to advance into position as the left wing of the united +French and British armies, though controlled by their separate +commanders. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The French Fifth Army had already moved to hold the line of the +River Sambre, with its right in touch with Namur. Cavalry patrols +had been thrown forward to Ligny and Gembloux, where they skirmished +with uhlans. Charleroi was made French headquarters. It was the +center of extensive coal-mining and steel industry. Pit shafts +and blast furnaces dominated the landscape. Historically it was +the ground over which Blücher's Fourth Army Corps marched +to the support of the British at Waterloo. Now the British were +supporting the French upon it against their former ally. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On Thursday, August 20, 1914, the British took up their position +on the French left. Their line ran from Binche to Mons, then within +the French frontier stretched westward to Condé. From Mons +to Condé it followed the line of the canal, thus occupying +an already constructed barrier. Formerly Condé was regarded +as a fortress of formidable strength, but its position was not held +to be of value in modern strategy. Its forts, therefore, had been +dismantled of guns, and its works permitted to fall into disuse. +But the fortress of Maubeuge lay immediately in rear of the British +line. In rear again General Sordet held a French cavalry corps +for flank actions. In front, across the Belgian frontier, General +d'Amade lay with a French brigade at Tournai as an outpost. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Before proceeding to British headquarters, General French held +a conference with General Joffre, Commander in Chief of all the +French armies. Until the outbreak of the war, General Joffre was +practically unknown to the French people. He was no popular military +idol, no boulevard dashing figure. But he had seen active service +with credit, and had climbed, step by step, with persevering study +of military science into the council of the French General Staff. +As a strategist his qualities came to be recognized as paramount +in that body. A few years previously he had been intrusted with +the reorganization of the French army, and his plans accepted. +Therefore, when war with Germany became a certainty, it was natural +the supreme command of the French army should fall to General Joffre. +</p> + +<hr> + +<h2><a name="chapter_VI">CHAPTER VI</a></h2> + +<p class="subtitle">CAMPAIGNS IN ALSACE AND LORRAINE</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The French staff apparently had designed a campaign in Upper Alsace +and the Vosges, but the throwing of a brigade from Belfort across +the frontier on the extreme right of their line on August 6 would +seem to have been undertaken chiefly with a view of rousing patriotic +enthusiasm. French aeroplane scouts had brought in the intelligence +that only small bodies of German troops occupied the left bank +of the Rhine. Therefore the opportunity was presented to invade +the upper part of the lost province of Alsace—a dramatic +blow calculated to arouse the French patriotic spirit. Since the +Germans had expended hardly any effort in its defense, leaving, as +it were an open door, it may have been part of the strategic idea +of their General Staff to draw a French army into that region, with +the design of inflicting a crushing defeat. Thus French resistance +in the southern Vosges would have been weakened, the capture of +Belfort, unsupported by its field army, a probability, and a drive +beyond into France by the German forces concentrated at Neubreisach +made triumphant. Doubtless the French General Staff fully grasped +the German intention, but considered a nibble at the alluring German +bait of some value for its sentimental effect upon the French and +Alsatians. Otherwise the invasion of Upper Alsace with a brigade +was doomed at the outset to win no military advantage. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On August 7, 1914, the French dispersed a German outpost intrenched +before Altkirch. Some cavalry skirmishing followed, which resulted +in the French gaining possession of the city. As was to be expected, +the citizens of Altkirch welcomed the French with enthusiasm. The +following morning the French were permitted an uncontested advance +to Mülhausen. That such an important manufacturing center as +Mülhausen should have remained unfortified within striking +distance of the French frontier, that the French entered it without +being compelled to fire a shot, was a surprise to everyone with +the probable exception of the German and French General Staffs. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The citizens of Mülhausen repeated the joyous ovation bestowed +on the French troops in Altkirch. The French uniform was hailed +as the visible sign of deliverance from German dominion, and the +restoration of the lost province to their kindred of the neighboring +republic. The climax of this ebullition was reached in a proclamation +issued by direction of General Joffre. "People of Alsace," it ran, +"after forty years of weary waiting, French soldiers again tread +the soil of your native country. They are the pioneers in the great +work of redemption. What emotion and what pride for them! To complete +the work they are ready to sacrifice their lives. The French nation +with one heart spurs them forward, and on the folds of their flag +are inscribed the magical names Liberty and Right. Long live France! +Long live Alsace!" +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +During August 8, 1914, some intermittent fighting went on in the +vicinity of Mülhausen, which seems to have given the French +general in command the impression that the Germans were not eager +for a counterattack. In turn the Germans may well have been puzzled +that a French brigade instead of an army was thrown into Upper +Alsace for the bait of Mülhausen. Possibly they waited a little +for the main body, which did not come. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Sunday, August 8, 1914, revealed the Germans in such overpowering +strength, that the French were left no other choice than to beat a +hasty retreat. They accordingly fell back upon Altkirch, to intrench +a few miles beyond their own border. Thus ended the French initial +offensive. In military reckoning it achieved little of value. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Meanwhile in the Ardennes on August 13, 1914, the German Crown +Prince, commanding the Fourth Army, advanced from Luxemburg into +the southern Ardennes and captured Neuf-château. His further +objective was to break through the French line somewhere near the +historic ground of Sedan. But at this point some change in the +German plan seems to have taken place. From the maze still enveloping +the opening events of the war, one can only conjecture a reason +which would move such an irrevocable body as the German General +Staff to alter a long-fixed plan. Probably, then, the unanticipated +strength of Belgian resistance foreshadowed the summoning of +reenforcements to Von Kluck's right wing of the whole German army. +We have seen, in fact, how he came to be near a desperate need +at Bruges, and only the heavy reenforcement of Von Boehn enabled +that general to deliver a final defeat to the Belgian field army +at Weerde. Whatever the cause of change of plan may have been, +important forces attached to or intended for the armies of the +Duke of Württemberg and the crown prince were withdrawn to +support the armies of Von Kluck and Von Bülow. These forces +went to form a unit under General von Hausen, a veteran of Sadowa. +This change left the Saxon army of the crown prince with hardly +sufficient strength for a main attack on the French line at Sedan, +but still formidable enough to feel its way cautiously through the +Ardennes to test the French concentration on the central Meuse's +west bank. When the German right had finally settled Liege, the +Saxon army could then join in the united great movement on Paris. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Early on the morning of August 15, 1914, a French detachment of +half an infantry regiment, thrown into Dinant, was surprised by +a mobile Saxon advance force of cavalry, infantry and artillery. +Dinant lies across the Meuse eighteen miles south of Namur. It is +a picturesque ancient town, the haunt of artists and tourists. In +the vicinity are the estates of several wealthy Belgian families, +particularly the thirteenth-century château of Walzin, once the +stronghold of the Comtes d'Ardennes. A bridge crosses the Meuse at +Dinant, which sits mainly on the east bank within shadow of precipitous +limestone cliffs. A stone fort more imposing in appearance than +modern effectiveness crowns the highest cliff summit overlooking +Dinant. The Germans came by way of the east bank to occupy the +suburbs. They presently captured the fort and hoisted the German +flag. Meanwhile the French took possession of the bridge, being +at a considerable disadvantage from German rifle fire from the +cliffs. The solid stone abutments of the bridge, however, enabled +the French to hold that position until strong reenforcements arrived +early in the afternoon. While French infantry cleared the environs +of Germans, their artillery bombarded the fort from the west bank. +Their shells played havoc with the old fort defenses, soon compelling +its evacuation by the Germans. One of the first French artillery +shells blew into shreds the German flag flying triumphantly over +the fort, thus depriving the French of the satisfaction of hauling +it down. Toward evening the Germans retreated toward the Lesse, +followed by the French. In previous wars the forces engaged were +of sufficient strength to designate Dinant a battle, but with the +vast armies of the present conflict it sinks to the military grade +of a mere affair. However, it is called by the French the Battle +of Dinant. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The troops which entered Alsace on August 7, 1914, to the number +of 18,000 to 20,000, belonged to the army of the frontier. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +This first army, which was under the orders of General Dubail, +was intrusted with the mission of making a vigorous attack and +of holding in front of it the greatest possible number of German +forces. The general in command of this army had under his orders, +if the detachment from Alsace be included, five army corps and a +division of cavalry. His orders were to seek battle along the line +Saarburg-Donon, in the Bruche Valley, at the same time possessing +himself of the crests of the Vosges as well as the mountain passes. +These operations were to have as their theaters: (1) the Vosges +Mountains, (2) the plateau of Lorraine to the northwest of Donon, +and (3) the left bank of the Meurthe. This left bank of the Meurthe +is separated from the valley of the Moselle by a bristling slope +of firs, which is traversed by a series of passages, the defiles +of Chipotte, of the Croix Idoux, of the Haut Jacques d'Anozel, of +Vanemont, of Plafond. In these passes, when the French returned +to the offensive in September, 1914, furious combats took place. +The German forces opposed to this first army consisted of five +active army corps and a reserve corps. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The first French army, after a violent struggle, conquered the +passes of the Vosges, but the conquest was vigorously opposed and +took more time than the French had reckoned on. As soon as it had +become master of the Donon and the passes, the first French army +pushed forward into the defile of Saarburg. At St. Blaise it won +the first German colors, took Blamont and Cirey (August 15, 1914), +seized the defiles north of the canal of the Marne and the Rhine, +and reached Saarburg. Here a connection was established with the +army of Lorraine, which had commenced its operations on the 14th. +A violent battle ensued, known under the name of the Battle of +Saarburg. The left wing of the French army attacked August 19, 1914; +it hurled itself at the fortified positions, which were copiously +fringed with heavy artillery. In spite of the opposition it made +progress to the northwest of Saarburg. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the 20th the attack was renewed, but from the beginning it was +evident that it could not succeed and that the duty intrusted to +the Eighth Army Corps of opening up the way for the cavalry corps +could not be accomplished. This army corps had gone through a trying +ordeal as a result of the bombardment by the heavy German artillery +established in fortified positions, covering distances all measured +in advance, with every group and French battery presenting a sure +target and the action of the French cannon rendered useless. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +If the left wing of the First Army found itself checked, the center +and the right on the other hand were in an excellent position and +were able to advance. But at this point (August 21, 1914) the Second +French Army (the army of Lorraine) met a serious reverse in the +region of Morhange and was compelled to retreat. This retreat left +the flank of the First Army gravely unprotected, and as a consequence +this army was also obliged to fall back. This rear-guard movement +was accomplished over a very difficult piece of country down to +the Baccarat-Ban de Sapt-Provenchère line, south of the +Col du Bonhomme. It was found necessary to abandon the Donon and +the Col de Sapt. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The task committed to the Second Army, that of Lorraine under De +Castlenau, was to protect Nancy, then to transfer itself to the +east, advancing later to the north and attacking in a line parallel +to that taken by the First Army on the Dieuze-Château Salins +front in the general direction of Saarbrücken. Its mission +was therefore at once both offensive and defensive: to cover Nancy +and continue toward the west the attack of the First Army. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +After having repulsed, August 10 and 11, 1914, the strong German +attacks in the region of Spincourt and of Château Salins +the Second Army took the offensive and went forward almost without +stopping during four days of uninterrupted fighting. Penetrating +into Lorraine, which had been annexed, it reached the right bank +of the Selle, cut off Marsal and Château Salins, and pushed +forward in the direction of Morhange. The enemy fell back; at Marsal +he even left behind enormous quantities of ammunition. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +As a matter of fact, he fell back on positions that had been carefully +fortified in advance and whence his artillery could bombard at an +almost perfectly accurate range. August 20, 1914, made a violent +counterattack on the canal of Salines and Morhange in the Lake +district. The immediate vicinity of Metz furnished the German army +with a vast quantity of heavy artillery, which played a decisive +role in the Battle of Morhange. The French retreated, and during +this rear-guard movement the frontier city of Lunéville +was for some days occupied by the Germans. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Thus the First and Second Armies failed in their offensive and saw +themselves obliged to retreat, but their retreat was accomplished +under excellent circumstances, and the troops, after a couple of +days of rest, found themselves in a condition again to take the +offensive. The First Army gave energetic support to the Second +Army, which was violently attacked by the Germans in the second +week of August. The German attack, which was first arrayed against +Nancy, turned more and more to the east. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The battle, at first waged in the Mortagne basin, was gradually +extended to the deep woods on the left bank of the Meurthe and on +to Chipotte, Nompatelize, etc. The battles that have been named +the Battle of Mortagne, the Battle of the Meurthe, the Battle of +the Vosges, all waged by the First Army, were extremely violent +in the last week of August and the first two weeks of September. +These combats partly coincided with the Battle of the Marne; they +resulted, at the end of that battle, in the German retreat. The +Second Army renewed the offensive August 25, 1914; it decisively +checked the march of the German army and commenced to force it +back. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The instructions issued to General de Castelnau directed him everywhere +to march forward and make direct attacks. The day of August 25, +1914, was a successful day for the French; everywhere the Germans +were repulsed. From August 26 till September 2, 1914, the Second +Army continued its attacks. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +At this point the commander in chief having need of important forces +at his center and at his right relieved the Second Army of much of +its strength. This did not prevent it from engaging in the great +Battle of Nancy and winning it. It was September 4, 1914, that this +battle began and it continued till the 11th, the army sustaining +the incessant assaults of the Germans on its entire front advanced +from Grand Couronne. The German emperor was personally present at +this battle. There was at Dieuze a regiment of white cuirassiers +at whose head it was his intention to make a triumphal entry into +Nancy. Heavy German artillery of every caliber made an enormous +expenditure of ammunition; on the Grand Mont d'Amance alone, one +of the most important positions of the Grand Couronne of Nancy, +more than 30,000 howitzer shells were fired in two days. The fights +among the infantry were characterized on the entire front by an +alternation of failure and success, every point being taken, lost +and retaken at intervals. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The struggle attained to especial violence in the Champenoux Forest. +On September 5, 1914, the enemy won Maixe and Remereville, which +they lost again in the evening, but they were unable to dislodge +the French from the ridge east of the forest of Champenoux. The +Mont d'Amance was violently bombarded; a German brigade marched +on Pont-à-Mousson. The French retook Crevic and the Crevic +Wood. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the 7th the Germans directed on Ste. Geneviève, north +of the Grand Couronne, a very violent attack, which miscarried. +Ste. Geneviève was lost for a time, but it was retaken on +the 8th; more than 2,000 Germans lay dead on the ground. The same +day the enemy threw themselves furiously on the east front, the +Mont d'Amance, and La Neuvelotte. South of the Champenoux Forest +the French were compelled to retire; they were thrown back on the +ridge west of the forest. On the 9th a new bombardment of Mont +d'Amance, a struggle of extreme violence, took place on the ridge +west of the forest of Champenoux, the French gaining ground. General +Castelnau decided to take the direct offensive, the Germans giving +signs of great fatigue. On the 12th they retired very rapidly. They +evacuated Lunéville, a frontier town, where they left a great +quantity of arms and ammunition. The French began immediately to +pursue them, the Germans withdrawing everywhere over the frontier. +</p> + +<hr> + +<h2><a name="chapter_VII">CHAPTER VII</a></h2> + +<p class="subtitle">SIEGE AND FALL OF NAMUR</p> + +<p class="indent"> +When the Germans occupied Brussels on August 20, 1914, we observed +that corps after corps did not enter the city, but swept to the +south. This was Von Kluck's left wing moving to attack the Allies +on the Sambre-Mons front. The forces which passed through Brussels +were Von Kluck's center, advancing south by east to fall in line +beside the right wing, which had mainly passed between Brussels +and Antwerp to the capture of Bruges and Ghent. The whole line +when re-formed on the French frontier would stretch from Mons to +the English Channel—the great right wing of the German armies. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Meanwhile, Von Bülow's second army had advanced up the valley +of the Meuse, with its right sweeping the Hisbaye uplands. Some +part of this army may have been transported by rail from Montmedy. +Its general advance in columns was directed chiefly upon the Sambre +crossings. As Von Kluck's wide swing through Belgium covered a +greater distance, Von Bülow's army was expected to strike +the Allies some twenty-four hours earlier. Its march, therefore, +was in the nature of an onrush. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +But Von Bülow was now in the full tide of fighting +strength—an amazing spectacle to chance or enforced witnesses. +Well may the terrified peasants have stood hat in hand in the midst +of their ruined villages. Any door not left open was immediately +broken down and the interior searched. Here and there a soldier +could be seen carrying a souvenir from some wrecked château. +But for the most part everyone fled from before its path, leaving +it silent and abandoned. The field gray-green uniforms were almost +invisible in cover, in a half light, or when advancing through mist. +No conceivable detail seemed to have been overlooked. Each man +carried a complete equipment down to handy trifles, the whole weighed +to the fraction of an ounce, in carefully estimated proportions. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +But this was not enough. Waiting for each column to pass were men +with buckets of drinking water, into which the soldiers dipped +their aluminum cups. Temporary field post offices were established +in advance, so that messages could be gathered in as the columns +passed. Here and there were men to offer biscuits and handfuls of +prunes. In methodical, machine-like progress came the ammunition +wagons, commissariat carts, field kitchens, teams of heavy horses +attached to pontoons, traction engines hauling enormous siege guns, +motor plows for excavating trenches, aeroplanes, carriages containing +surgeons, automobiles for the commanders, and motor busses in which +staff officers could be seen studying their maps. On some of these +vehicles were chalked Berlin-Paris. No branch of the service was absent, +no serviceable part if it overlooked—not even a complement of +grave diggers. It moved forward always at an even pace, as if on +parade, with prearranged signals passed down the line when there +was any obstacle, a descent or bend in the road. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The tramp of many thousands cast into the atmosphere clouds of +fine dust, but even those in rear marched through it as if their +lungs were made of steel. No permission was granted to open out +for the circulation of air, though it was the month of August. +It is safe to assert there was not a single straggler in Von +Bülow's army. At the first sign of it he was admonished with +a vigor to deter his comrades. Discipline was severely maintained. +At every halt the click of heels, and rattle of arms in salute +went on down the line with the sharp delivery of orders. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On Wednesday, August 12, 1914, the town of Huy, situated midway +between Liege and Namur, was seized. It possessed an old citadel, +but it was disarmed, and used now only as a storehouse. Some Belgian +detachments offered a slight resistance at the bridge, but were +speedily driven off. The capture of Huy gave the Germans control +of the railway from Aix-la-Chapelle to France, though broken at +Liege by the still standing northern forts. But they secured a +branch line of more immediate service, running from Huy into Central +Belgium. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On August 15, 1914, Von Bülow's vanguard came within sight +of Namur. Before evening German guns were hurling shells upon its +forts. Began then the siege of Namur. Namur, being the second fortress +hope of the Allies—the pivot upon which General Joffre had +planned to swing his army into Belgium in a sweeping attack upon +the advancing Germans—a brief survey of the city and +fortifications will be necessary. The situation of the city is +not as imposing as that of Liege. For the most part it sits on a +hillside declivity, to rest in the angle formed by the junction of +the Sambre and Meuse. It is a place of some historic and industrial +importance, though in the latter respect not so well known as Liege. +To the west, however, up the valley of the Sambre, the country +presents the usual features of a mining region—pit shafts, +tall chimneys issuing clouds of black smoke, and huge piles of +unsightly débris. While away to the north stretches the great +plain of Central Belgium, southward the Central Meuse offers a more +picturesque prospect in wooded slopes rising to view-commanding +hilltops. Directly east, the Meuse flows into the precipitous cut +on its way to Liege. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +But in Belgian eyes the fame of Namur lay to a great extent in its +being the second of Brialmont's fortress masterpieces. Its plan +was that of Liege—a ring of outer detached forts, constructed +on the same armor-clad cupola principle. At Namur these were nine +in number, four major forts and five <i>fortins</i>. The distance +between each fort was on the average two and a half miles, with +between two and a half to five miles from the city as the center +of the circumference. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Facing Von Bülow's advance, fort Cognlée protected +the Brussels railway, while the guns of Marchovelette swept the +space between it and the left bank of the Meuse. In the southwest +angle formed by the Meuse, forts Maizeret, Andoy and Dave continued +the ring. Again in the angle of the Sambre and Meuse forts St. +Héribert and Malonne protected the city. North of the Sambre, +forts Suarlée and Emines completed the circle. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In the emergency Namur possessed one advantage over Liege. The +resistance of Liege gave Namur due warning of the German invasion, +and some days to prepare for attack. General Michel was in command +or the garrison of Namur, which comprised from 25,000 to 30,000 +men. Doubtless reports had come to him of the situation at Liege. +He immediately set to work to overcome the cause of the failure +of Brialmont's plan at Liege, by constructing trenches between +the forts, protected by barbed wire entanglements, and mines in +advance of the German approach. As his circumference of defense +was less than that of Liege, his force promised to be capable of +a more prolonged resistance. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Besides the Allies were close at hand. Only eighteen miles separated +him from strong detachments of French infantry and artillery at +Dinant. As we have seen French cavalry had been thrown forward +as far as Gembloux on the road to Brussels, but ten miles to the +northeast of Namur. Somewhere between that place and Charleroi +French Chasseurs d'Afrique had advanced to occupy outpost positions. +His position appeared by no means hopeless—considerably better +than the unsupported field army at Liege. The armor of his forts was +calculated to withstand the 36-lb. shells of the heaviest German +fieldpieces, but comparatively slight damage was anticipated from the +known heavier howitzers. If the Germans purposed to assault Namur +in mass formation, as they had done at Liege, General Michel had +every reason to feel confident he could repulse them with tremendous +losses. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +But the Germans had learned a severely taught lesson at Liege. They +had no intention of repeating those tactics. Behind a remarkable +screen of secrecy, they managed to conceal from General Michel—as +they did from the Allies—the existence of their enormous +siege guns. Whether they brought into action at Namur their famous +42-centimeters, capable of throwing a shell of high explosive power +weighing 2,500 lbs., is uncertain. In fact, it is still doubtful +where they were first fired at the allied enemy. Two are said to +have assisted in the final destruction of the northern forts of +Liege, and two were seen rolling over the field of Waterloo. The +Germans remained silent upon the subject, and nothing definite +about their first discharge was disclosed. But unquestionably their +fire was capable of demolishing into ruin any fort on earth within +a short period. It is certain, however, the Germans brought against +Namur their 28-centimeter guns, and probably some of 21-centimeter +caliber. These artillery weapons were quite formidable enough to +reduce the Namur forts. The former threw a shell of 750 pounds +from a range of three miles—beyond the reach of the Namur +guns. The latter projected shells of 250 pounds. The Germans are +said to have employed thirty-two of the heavier caliber guns, and +a large number of 21-centimeter. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Thus Namur was doomed before the bombardment commenced. Von Bülow's +left wing advanced up the Meuse north bank from Huy, some part of +it crossing to the south bank at Ardenne, where it came in touch +with the Saxon army. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +At sundown of August 20, 1914, Von Bülow was in position before +Namur, three miles from its defenses. Darkness fell upon a hot +and sultry August atmosphere. Presently the flashes and boom of +the German guns began a bombardment of the trenches between forts +Cognelée and Marchovelette. It continued through the night. +But the Belgian fortress guns were outranged. It would have been +a mere waste of ammunition to reply. Neither could the Belgian +infantry venture on a counterattack, for the Germans were clearly +observed in overwhelming strength. At the outset the Germans devoted +their efforts to clearing the trenches of the Belgian infantry, +leaving the forts for subsequent demolition. The unfortunate Belgian +infantry, therefore, could do nothing but fire intermittent rifle +volleys, without any effect upon the Germans. They bravely bore +this storm of shells for ten hours. Not a man who lifted his head +above the German machine gun-swept parapets but was not instantly +killed or wounded. Thus the majority of the officers were killed, +and the ranks within the trenches decimated. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Toward morning on August 21, 1914, the Belgians could stand the +tornado of death no longer. The demoralized troops fled from the +trenches, leaving the gap between forts Cognelée and +Marchovelette open. The Germans then opened fire on the forts. In +comparison with the new German siege howitzers, the old-fashioned +Belgian guns proved to be weak weapons. The tremendous pounding of +the German shells not only smashed the fort cupolas, and crumpled +into ruin the interior stone and steel protective armor, but quickly +put the Belgian guns out of action. Thus while fort Maizeret received +some 1,200 German shells at the speed of twenty to the minute, it +was able to reply with only ten shots. Forts Marchovelette and +Maizeret were the first to fall. Seventy-five men of the Marchovelette +garrison were found dead amid its ruins—nearly its total +complement. +</p> + +<table class="center" style="width: 560px;"> +<tr><td> + <a name="fig005"></a><a href="images/fig005.jpg"> + <img src="images/fig005.jpg" width="560" height="868" alt="Fig. 5"> + </a> +</td></tr> +<tr><td>FRENCH INVASION OF ALSACE-LORRAINE</td></tr> +</table> + +<p class="indent"> +Early on Friday morning of August 21, 1914, forts Andoy, Dave, St. +Héribert and Malonne were subjected to a similar furious +bombardment. After three hours of the cannonade Andoy, Dave and St. +Héribert surrendered. During the morning the Germans thrust +a force into the southern angle of the Sambre and Meuse. Here the +Belgian infantry offered a vigorous resistance. It was hoped that the +French at Dinant would hasten to their relief. But Dinant was for +the second time within a few days the scene of conflict. Some 6,000 +French Turcos and artillery did arrive, but too late to be of use in +helping to save Namur. Shells now began to drop in the city while +aeroplanes flung down bombs. A thunderstorm rumbled in combination +with the continuous roar of the German guns. A panic took hold of +the citizens. Distracted men, women and children huddled together +in spellbound terror, or sought the shelter of their cellars. The +more superstitious pronounced this to be the end of all things, +from the eclipse of the sun which darkened the sky. Fort Malonne +succumbed sometime during the afternoon of August 21, 1914. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +As at Liege, with General Leman, so in Namur General Michel foresaw +the city and forts' fate was imminent. Only the northwest forts +Suarlée, Emines and Cognelée held out. The Belgians +and French had been defeated by the Germans in the angle of the +Sambre and Meuse. The horizon revealed no sign of a French army +advancing. General Michel, therefore, decided upon the evacuation of +the city by the Belgian infantry. It was successfully accomplished, +though even more in the nature of a flight than at Liege. But General +Michel went with them, instead of remaining, like General Leman, +to fight the defense of his fortress to the last. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The retreating Belgians on August 22, 1914, had some adventurous +wandering before them. They had first to cut their way through +a body of German troops, then to become involved with a French +force near Charleroi. It took them seven days to reach Rouen by way +of Amiens. There they were embarked for sea transport to Ostend. +At Ostend, they joined the main Belgian army after its retreat +from Antwerp. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On Sunday morning, August 23, 1914, the Germans began the bombardment +of Fort Suarlée. This fort repeated the heroic resistance +of Fort Boncelles at Liege. It held out until the afternoon of +August 25. It was apparently then blown up by the explosion of +its own magazine, thus again repeating the end of Fort Loncin at +Liege. Meantime the Germans had succeeded in reducing Forts +Cognelée and Emines. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The Germans entered Namur on the afternoon of August 23, 1914. There +seems to have been some oversight in the plan, for the advance guard +found themselves under fire of their own guns directed upon the citadel +and the Grande Place. This, however, was speedily rectified. Their +behavior was much the same as at Louvain and Brussels. They marched +in with bands playing and singing patriotic songs. Proclamations +were at once issued warning the citizens not to commit any hostile +act. The inhabitants were far too cowed to contemplate anything +but submission. Good discipline was preserved, and though the city +took fire that night there is nothing to show it was from German +design. The citizens were induced to come forth from their cellars +and hiding places to reopen the cafés and shops. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +General von Bülow entered Namur on Monday morning August 24, +1914. He was accompanied by Field Marshal Baron von der Goltz, +recently appointed Governor General of Belgium. Previous to the former +Balkan War he had been employed in reorganizing the Turkish army. An +onlooker in Namur thus describes the German Field Marshal:—"An +elderly gentleman covered with orders, buttoned in an overcoat up +to his nose, above which gleamed a pair of enormous spectacles." +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +General Michel attributed his defeat to the German siege guns. The +fire was so continuous upon the trenches that it was impossible +to hold them, and the forts simply crumpled under the storm of +shells. But back of General Michel's plea the allied Intelligence +Departments lacked efficiency or energy, or both, in not gaining +more than a hint, at any rate, of the enormous German siege guns +until they were actually thundering at the gates. +</p> + +<hr> + +<h2><a name="chapter_VIII">CHAPTER VIII</a></h2> + +<p class="subtitle">BATTLE OF CHARLEROI</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Toward the end of the third week of August, 1914, the atmosphere +of every European capital became tense with the realization that a +momentous crisis was impending. It was known that the French-British +armies confronted German armies of equal, if not of superior strength. +In Paris and London the military critics wrote optimistically that +the Germans were marching into a trap. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The British army had arrived at the front in splendid fighting +trim. It was difficult to restrain the impetuous valor of the French +soldiers. The skies were bright and there was confidence that the +Germans would unquestionably meet with a crushing defeat. Let us +glance at the line of the French and British armies stretched along +the Belgian frontier. It ran from within touch of Namur up the right +bank of the Sambre, through Charleroi to Binche and Mons, thence +by way of the coal barge canal just within the French frontier +to Condé. For the choice of a great battle ground there was +nothing particularly attractive about it in a military sense. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +There is evidence to show in an official communiqué from +General Joffre published on August 24, 1914, that it was intended to +be merely the left wing of a gigantic French battle offensive—on +the adopted German plan—from Condé to Belfort. "An +army," runs the communiqué, "advancing from the northern +part of the Woevre and moving on Neufchâteau is attacking the +German forces which have been going through the Duchy of Luxemburg +and are on the right bank of the Samoy. Another army from the region +of Sedan is traversing the Belgian Ardennes and attacking the German +forces marching between the Lesse and the Meuse. A third army from +the region of Chimay has attacked the German right between the +Sambre and the Meuse. It is supported by the English army from the +region of Mons." +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +These attacks comprised chiefly the battle of Dinant and cavalry +skirmishing, but the purpose of General Joffre was otherwise made +plain in throwing advance French troops across the Belgian frontier +into Ligny and Gembloux on the road to a recapture of Brussels. +This we have previously noted in another connection. The rout of +the French army in Lorraine, however, put an end to the grand +Condé-Belfort offensive. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Thus the Namur-Condé line became a main defensive position +instead of an offensive left wing sweep through Belgium upon Germany. +As such it was well enough—if its pivot on the fortress of +Namur held secure. Liege had already proved its vulnerability, but +it would seem that the French General Staff joined with General +Michel, the Commander of Namur, in believing the Namur forts would +give a better account. The French General Staff were informed of +the approximate strength of the advancing armies of Von Kluck and +Von Bülow, and had nothing to fear from inferiority in numbers. +The staff never gave out the strength of their forces, but there is +reason for believing the great armies were nearly equally matched +after mobilization—about 1,200,000 men. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Let us now see what was developing in the Ardennes away to the +French right. It has been established that woods, particularly +in summer, form the best cover from the observation or attacks +of airmen. The spreading, leafy boughs are difficult to penetrate +visually from a height of even a few hundred feet, at least to +obtain accurate information of what is transpiring beneath. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +French air scouts brought in correct information that they had +seen the armies of the Duke of Württemberg and crown prince +massed along the southern Luxemburg and Belgian forest region. +But under the foliage there was another army unseen—that +of General von Hausen. The French moved their Fifth Army up to +position on the line of the Sambre. They advanced their Third Army, +commanded by General Ruffey, upon Luxemburg, and their Fourth Army +under General de Langle de Cary across the River Semois to watch +the Meuse left bank and gain touch with General Lanzerac. General +de Cary came from Sedan, throwing out detachments upon the Meuse +left bank. These operations were to confront the armies of the +Duke of Württemberg and crown prince. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +But the French apparently knew nothing of the movements of the +army of General von Hausen. Their air scouts either could not +distinguish it from the armies of the Duke of Württemberg +and the crown prince, amid the forest of the Ardennes, or they +did not observe it at all. To the army of General von Hausen there +clings a good deal of mystery. When last noted by us, previous to +the minor battle of Dinant, it had been formed by forces drawn +from the armies of the Duke of Württemberg and crown prince. +Ostensibly at that time, it was destined to support, as a separate +field force, the armies of Von Kluck and von Bülow. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Possibly the Germans had begun to doubt how long Liege could hold +out. Von Kluck was compelled to mark time in his impetuous march +on Central Belgium. His losses had been heavy. Support in strength +seemed urgent. But this need passed as the Liege forts fell one +after the other under the fire of the German siege guns. General +von Hausen was released for action elsewhere. Thus we may assume, +he was ordered to follow the armies of the Duke of Württemberg +and crown prince down through the Ardennes to strike the Meuse +south of Namur. By this time he had been substantially reenforced. +Now under his command were the complete Twelfth and Nineteenth +Corps, and the Eleventh Reserve Corps. Also a cavalry division of +the Prussian Guard, with some other detachments of cavalry. His +Eleventh Reserve Corps were Hessians, the Twelfth and Nineteenth +Corps were Saxons. The latter two corps were regarded as among the +best in the German army. In the Franco-Prussian War they fought +with conspicuous bravery through every battle in which they were +engaged. They won the battle for Prussia at Gravelotte by turning the +French right and capturing St. Privat. They marched to Sedan under +the crown prince—subsequently the Emperor Frederick—to +occupy the first line in the hard fighting of the Givonne Valley. +During the siege of Paris they occupied a part of the German northern +line, finally to march in triumph into Paris. This infantry and +cavalry of the Prussian Guard stiffened Von Hausen's force into +an army of battle strength. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +We have thus two factors to bear in mind with regard to the French +defensive position at Charleroi—the resisting power of the +Namur forts, and the unknown, to the French, proximity of Von Hausen's +army. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +However substantial was the measure of reliance that the French +General Staff and General Michel placed on the Namur forts, evidently +General von Bülow regarded them as little more than passing +targets for his siege guns. He seemed to have made a comparatively +simple mathematical calculation of almost the number of shells +necessary to fire, and the hours to be consumed in reducing the +Namur forts to masses of débris. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +We can picture General von Bülow as he sat in the motor car +with Marshal von der Goltz—the old gentleman with an overcoat +buttoned up to his nose in August, and huge spectacles. Doubtless +discussion ran mainly upon the impending attack of their Second +Army on the French right. Emphasis would have been laid on the +positions of the armies of the Duke of Württemberg and crown +prince advancing away to their left upon the forces of the French +Generals Ruffey and de Cary. But there was apparently a German +gap here between Von Bülow's army and the armies of the Duke +of Württemberg and crown prince, though we noticed previously +Von Bülow's army came in touch with Saxon troops half way +between Huy and Namur, when a detachment of Von Bülow's left +wing was thrown across the Meuse at Ardenne. This gap was faced +by the French extreme right resting on the southward Namur bend +of the Meuse. It was possibly the "trap" military critics of the +moment foresaw for the Germans. Quite likely the two German generals +Von Bülow and Von der Goltz, chatting in their motor car, +referred to this gap, and it is hardly a stretch of imagination +to suggest a twinkle in the huge glasses of the old gentleman in +the August overcoat, when now and then the name of Von Hausen was +mentioned. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The German attack on the French right began early in the morning +of Friday, August 21, 1914. A party of German hussars crossed the +Meuse, rode through Charleroi, and trotted on toward the Sambre. +At first they were mistaken for a British cavalry patrol. Probably +the populace in Charleroi were not sufficiently familiar at that +time with the British hussar uniform to distinguish it from the +German. In all armies hussar uniforms bear a close resemblance. A +French officer, however, presently detected the situation. After +a skirmish the German hussars were driven off with the loss of a +few killed and wounded. But the raid evidently came out of the gap +as a surprise to the French. The citizens were promptly ordered to +their homes. Barricades were raised in the streets, and mitrailleuses +were placed in sweeping positions. An artillery engagement began at +Jemappe, nine miles above Namur on the left bank of the Sambre, +between Von Bülow's vanguard and the main French right. Later +in the day Von Bülow's vanguard artillery had advanced to +open fire on Charleroi and Thuin, seven miles beyond. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On Saturday, August 22, 1914, Von Bülow attacked Charleroi in +full strength. As we have seen, he had already practically settled +with Namur. Their main assault on Saturday was delivered on the +Sambre bridges at Chatelet and Thuin, below and above Charleroi, +respectively. Sometime on Saturday they succeeded in crossing to +turn Charleroi into one of the most frightful street battle grounds +in history. The conflict raged for the possession of iron foundries, +glass works, and other factories. The thoroughfares were swept by +storms of machine-gun fire. Tall chimneys toppled over and crashed +to the ground, burying defenders grouped near under piles of +débris. Desperate hand-to-hand encounters took place in +workshops, electric-power stations, and manufacturing plants. The +normal whir of machinery, now silent, was succeeded by the crack +and spitting of continuous rifle fire. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The French-Turco and Zouave troops fought with savage ferocity, +with gleaming eyes, using bayonets and knives to contest alleys +and passageways. House doors were battered in to reach those firing +from upper windows. Roofs and yard walls were scaled in chase of +fleeing parties. The Germans were driven out of Charleroi several +times, only to return in stronger force. Similarly with the French. +With each change of victors, the losing side turned to bombard +with a torrent of artillery shells the war-engulfed city. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +At nightfall on August 22, 1914, Charleroi burst into flames. A +dread and significant glow fell upon the sky. Absent were the usual +intermittent flare of blast furnaces. The greater part of Charleroi +had become a heap of ruins. Those of its citizens still alive cowered +in holes or corners for shelter. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The battle of Charleroi went on throughout the night. Early on the +morning of Sunday, August 23, 1914, Von Hausen swept down through +the gap between the armies of Von Bülow and the Duke of +Württemberg. He crossed the Meuse, drove from before him the +French detachments watching it, and advanced to attack the rear +of the French right. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Von Hausen took the French at Charleroi completely by surprise. +At the moment they could comprehend neither where he came from +nor the measure of his strength. But he was in army force. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The French were compelled to withdraw their right from Charleroi. +Von Hausen seized the advantage to hurl his forces upon their rear, +while Von Bülow thundered in assault more vigorously than ever +on the French front. A powerful force was hurled upon them from +an unexpected direction. Presently the retreat of the French Fifth +Army was threatened by the two Saxon corps of Von Hausen's army, +pressing on the French right flank and rear. In this emergency the +retirement of the French Fifth Army appears to have been undertaken +with spontaneous realization of utmost danger. It gave way before +the attacks of Von Bülow and Von Hausen to move southward, +leaving their British left wing without information of defeat. +</p> + +<hr> + +<h2><a name="chapter_IX">CHAPTER IX</a></h2> + +<p class="subtitle">BATTLE OF MONS</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On Friday, August 21, 1914, the British force began to take position +on the French left, forming the line Binche-Mons-Condé. +When finally concentrated it comprised the First and Second Army +Corps, and General Allenby's cavalry division. The regiments forming +the cavalry division were the Second Dragoon Guards, Ninth Lancers, +Fourth Hussars, Sixth Dragoon Guards, with a contingent of the +Household Guards. The First Army Corps was given the right of the +line from Binche to Mons. It was commanded by Sir Douglas Haig. +He was a cavalry officer like the commander in chief, and a +comparatively young man for such a responsibility, but had seen +active service with credit. His corps was comprised of six guards' +battalions. The First Black Watch, Second Munster Fusiliers, The +Royal Sussex, North Lancashire, Northamptons, Second King's Royal +Rifles, Third West Surreys, The South Wales Borderers, Gloucesters, +First Welsh Regiment, Highland Light Infantry, Connaught Rangers, +Liverpools, South Staffords, Berkshires, and First King's Royal +Rifles. The First Irish Guards went into action for the first time +in its history. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The second corps extended from Mons to Condé, commanded by +Sir Horace Smith-Dorrien. General Dorrien was a west of England +man, and turning fifty-six. He had seen active service in the Zulu +War, Egypt, Sudan, the Chitral Relief Force, and Tirah campaign. He +had occupied the positions of adjutant general in India, commander +of the Quetta division, and commander in chief at Aldershot. He +was recognized as a serious military student, and possessing the +approval and confidence of Lord Kitchener. The Second Corps was +composed of Royal Irish Rifles, Wiltshires, South Lancashires, +Worcesters, Gordons, Royal Scots, Royal Irish, Middlesex, Royal +Fusiliers, Northumberland Fusiliers, Royal Scots Fusiliers, Lincolns, +Yorkshire Light Infantry, West Kent, West Riding, Scottish Borderers, +Manchesters, Cornwalls, East Surreys, and Suffolks. To the rear +Count Gleichen commanded the Norfolks, Bedfords, Cheshires, and +Dorsets. On the left of the Second Corps was stationed General +Allenby's cavalry. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In passing we may note that the commander in chief of the British +forces was a cavalry officer, the commander of the First Army Corps +a cavalry officer, and that the cavalry was in comparatively ample +force. Von Mackensen of the German force came from that branch of +the service. Cavalry officers are excellent soldiers, but their +training as such is not promising for the command of modern armies, +mainly of infantry and artillery, with other complements. In war much +has changed since Waterloo, with the value of cavalry retreating +into the background as aeroplanes sweep to the front for scouting +and other purposes. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +From Binche to Condé the line assigned to the British was +approximately twenty-five miles. Their force totaled some 75,000 +men with 259 guns. General French, therefore, had 2,500 men to +the mile of front. This was an insufficient force, as the usual +fighting front for a battalion of a thousand men in defense or in +attack is estimated in all armies at about 425 yards. The British +brigade of four battalions (4,000 rifles) covers a half-mile front. +General French's Third Army Corps having been utilized elsewhere, +he was compelled to use his cavalry in four brigades as reserve. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Previous to the German attack on Charleroi, General Joffre still held +to his plan of a left-wing attack, or rather a counter-attack after +the Germans were beaten. But battles were commencing on other fronts, +properly belonging to the general retreat, which made its execution +doubtful even in an hour of Victory. The capture of Charleroi, of +course, dissipated it as a dream. That General French realized +the superiority in numbers of Von Kluck's advancing army both in +infantry and artillery is nowhere suggested. His airmen had merely +brought in the information that the attack would be in "considerable +force." The French Intelligence Service were led to believe and +informed the British commander that Von Kluck was advancing upon him +with only one corps, or two at the most. Some of General French's +cavalry scouting as far toward Brussels as Soignes, during the 21st +and 22d, confirmed it. But the British proceeded to prepare for +attack immediately on taking position. They set to work digging +trenches. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +While continuing their defensive efforts through Saturday, August +22, 1914, there floated to them a distant rumble from the eastward. +Opinions differed as to whether it was the German guns bombarding +Namur, or a battle in progress on the Sambre. For the most part +British officers and men had but a vague idea of their position, or +the progress of the fighting in the vicinity. Even the headquarters +staff remained uninformed of the desperate situation developing on +the French right at Charleroi. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The headquarters of the British army was at Mons. It lies within +what is known as "le Borinage," that is the boring district of +Belgium, the coal-mining region. In certain physical aspects it +much resembles the same territory of Pennsylvania. Containing one +or two larger towns such as Charleroi and Mons, it is sprinkled +over with villages gathered near the coal pits. Everywhere trolley +lines are to be seen running from the mines to supply the main +railways and barge canals. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Formerly the people were of a rough, ignorant and poverty toiling +type, but of late years have greatly improved with the introduction +of organized labor and education. Previous bad conditions, however, +have left their mark in a stunted and physically degenerate type of +descendants from the mining population of those times. In contrast +to later comers they resemble a race of dwarfs. The men seldom +exceed four feet eight inches in height, the women and children +appear bloodless and emaciated. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The output of the Borinage coal field exceeds twenty million tons +a year. Its ungainly features of shafts, chimneys, and mounds of +débris are relieved in places by woodlands, an appearance +of a hilly country is presented where the pit mounds have been +planted with fir trees. Apart from its mining aspect, Mons is a +city of historic importance. It contains a Gothic cathedral and +town hall of medieval architectural note. It also, cherishes a +special yearly fête of its own on Trinity Sunday, when in +the parade of the Limaçon, or snail, the spectacle of St. +George and the Dragon is presented. With great pride the citizens +of Mons showed the British soldiers of occupation an ancient cannon, +claimed to have been used by their forefathers as an ally of the +English at Crecy. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Especially east of Mons, toward Binche, the British line ran through +this district. Several of the greatest European battles have been +fought in its vicinity—Ramilles, Malplaquet, Jemappe, and +Ligny. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The night of Saturday, August 23, 1914, passed peacefully for the +British soldiers, still working on their trenches. But distant boom +of guns from the east continued to vibrate to them at intervals. +Of its portend they knew nothing. Doubtless as they plied the shovel +they again speculated over it, wondering and possibly regretting +a chance of their having been deprived of the anticipated battle. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Sunday morning, August 24, 1914, dawned brightly with no sign of +the enemy. In Mons and the surrounding villages the workmen donned +their usual holiday attire, women stood about their doors chatting, +children played in the streets. Church bells rung as usual summoning +to public worship. General French gathered his generals for an +early conference. General Joffre's message on Saturday morning, +assured General French of victory, and positively informed him +that Von Kluck was advancing upon him with no more than one or +two army corps. In testimony of it, General French thus wrote a +subsequent official dispatch. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +"From information I received from French headquarters, I understood +that little more than one or at most two of the enemy's army corps, +with perhaps one cavalry division, were in front of my position, +and I was aware of no outflanking movement attempted by the enemy" +(Von Hausen's advance on the right). "I was confirmed in this opinion +by the fact that my patrols encountered no undue opposition in +their reconnoitering operations. The observations of my aeroplanes +seemed also to bear out this estimate." +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +To General French, therefore, his position seemed well secured. +In the light of it he awaited Von Kluck's attack with confidence. +Toward mid-day some German aeroplanes swept up above the woods +in front, and circled over the British line. British marksmen at +once fired on the bodies and hawklike wings of the intruders. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Some tense interest was roused among the men as British aeroplanes +rose to encounter the German aircraft. It was the first real battle +of the sky they had witnessed. General French's cavalry patrols now +brought information that the woods were thick with German troops, +some of them deploying eastward toward their right at Binche. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +At twenty minutes to one the first shots swept from the woods upon +the British line. Presently, Von Kluck's main attack developed +with great rapidity. The German artillery was brought to the front +edge of the woods to hurl a storm of shells on the British trenches. +It was returned with equal vigor. But very soon it became apparent +to British commanders along the line that the German artillery +fire was in far greater volume than what might be expected from +two army corps, whose normal complement would be some 340 guns. +Instead it was estimated 600 German guns were shortly brought into +action. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The battle field was described by the Germans as "an emptiness." +The term is intended to emphasize that the old martial display and +pomp has completely gone. A grand advance upon each other, with +trumpets sounding, banners fluttering, brilliant uniforms, and +splendid cavalry charges, was impossible with long range weapons +hailing storms of bullets and shells of devastating explosive power. +Cover was the all important immediate aim of both attack and defense. +In this respect as we have seen, the German gray-green uniform +assisted by rendering them almost invisible within shelter of such +woods as those before Mons. On the other hand, the brown khaki shade +of the British field uniforms—originally designed for the same +purpose on the sandy wastes of Egypt and Northern India—became +conspicuous upon a green background. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +As the battle of Mons developed, the British line of the Condé +Canal was swept with German shrapnel. German shells, also, began +bursting in the suburbs of Mons and in the near-by villages. Sir +Douglas Haig's right thus came under strong fire. German aeroplanes +assisted by dropping smoke bombs over the British positions to give +the angle of range for their artillery. Thereupon fights above +took place between British and German airmen, while the armies +beneath thundered shot and shell upon each other. The Germans came +on in massed formation of attack. The British were accustomed to +attack in open extended line, and their shooting from any available +cover was generally excellent. They could not understand the German +attack in such close order that they were mowed down in groups of +hundreds. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The German infantry rifle fire, breaking from the shelter of the +woods to encounter a stronger British fire than was anticipated, +was at first ineffective. As to the mass formation they depended +upon overwhelming reserves to take the places of those dead piled +in heaps before the British trenches. It was General Grant's "food +for powder" plan of attack repeated. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Thus the battle raged upon the entire length of the British line, +with repeated advances and retreats on the part of the Germans. +Now and then the bodies almost reached the British trenches, and +a breach seemed in certain prospect. But the British sprang upon +the invaders, bayonet in hand, and drove them back to the shelter +of the woods. The Irish regiments, especially, were considered +invincible in this "cold steel" method of attack, their national +impulsive ardor carrying them in a fury through the ranks of an +enemy. But at Mons always the Germans returned in ever greater +numbers. The artillery increased the terrible rain of shells. Pen +pictures by British soldiers vividly describe the battle somewhat +conflictingly. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +"They were in solid square blocks, standing out sharply against the +skyline, and you couldn't help hitting them. It was like butting +your head against a stone wall.... They crept nearer and nearer, +and then our officers gave the word. A sheet of flame flickered +along the line of trenches and a stream of bullets tore through the +advancing mass of Germans. They seemed to stagger like a drunken +man hit between the eyes, after which they made a run for us.... +Halfway across the open another volley tore through their ranks, +and by this time our artillery began dropping shells around them. +Then an officer gave an order and they broke into open formation, +rushing like mad toward the trenches on our left. Some of our men +continued the volley firing, but a few of our crack shots were +told off for independent firing.... They fell back in confusion, +and then lay down wherever cover was available. We gave them no +rest, and soon they were on the move again in flight.... This sort +of thing went on through the whole day." +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +From another view we gather that "We were in the trenches waiting +for them, but we didn't expect anything like the smashing blow +that struck us. All at once, so it seemed, the sky began to rain +down bullets and shells. At first they went wide... but after a +time... they got our range and then they fairly mopped us up.... +I saw many a good comrade go out." +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +During the early part of the battle Von Kluck directed his main +attack upon the British right, with a furious artillery bombardment +of Binche and Bray. This was coincident with the crumpling of the +French right at Charleroi by the army of Von Bülow, and its +threatened retreat by that of Von Hausen. The retirement of the +French Fifth Army, therefore, left General Haig exposed to a strong +flank attack by Von Kluck. Confronted with this danger, General Haig +was compelled to withdraw his right to a rise of ground southward of +Bray. This movement left Mons the salient of an angle between the +First and Second British Army Corps. Shortly after this movement +was performed, General Hamilton, in command of Mons, found himself in +peril of converging German front and flank attacks. If the Germans +succeeded in breaking through the British line beyond Mons, he +would be cut off and surrounded. General Hamilton informed his +superior, General French, of this danger, and was advised in return +"to be careful not to keep the troops in the salient too long, but, +if threatened seriously to draw back the center behind Mons." +</p> + +<div class="picbox"> + +<p class="subtitle"> +<span style="font-size: x-large;">GERMAN HOSTS INVADE</span><br /> +AND<br /><span style="font-size: x-large;">CONQUER BELGIUM</span> +</p> + +<p class="bquote"> +SIEGE GUN. FORTRESSES OF LIEGE, NAMUR, MALINES. VALIANT RESISTANCE +BY THE BELGIANS +</p> + +<table class="center" style="width: 344px;"> +<tr><td> + <a name="fig006"></a><a href="images/fig006.jpg"> + <img src="images/fig006.jpg" width="344" height="614" alt="Fig. 6"> + </a> +</td></tr> +<tr><td> +One of the great siege guns that destroyed the fortresses in Belgium +and northern France and made possible the first great drive of +the German armies</td></tr> +</table> + +</div> + +<div style="text-align: center;"> +<table class="center" style="width: 584px;"> +<tr><td> + <a name="fig007"></a><a href="images/fig007.jpg"> + <img src="images/fig007.jpg" width="584" height="346" alt="Fig. 7"> + </a> +</td></tr> +<tr><td> +This bridge over the Meuse at Liege was blown up by +the Belgians to delay the German advance. The German army crossed +on pontoon bridges</td></tr> +</table> + +<table class="center" style="width: 584px;"> +<tr><td> + <a name="fig008"></a><a href="images/fig008.jpg"> + <img src="images/fig008.jpg" width="584" height="349" alt="Fig. 8"> + </a> +</td></tr> +<tr><td> +Belgian gunners and field gun in action on the firing +line between Termond and St. Giles, Belgium</td></tr> +</table> + +<table class="center" style="width: 583px;"> +<tr><td> + <a name="fig009"></a><a href="images/fig009.jpg"> + <img src="images/fig009.jpg" width="583" height="348" alt="Fig. 9"> + </a> +</td></tr> +<tr><td> +The fortress town of Namur, Belgium, whose once +impregnable fortifications were shattered in a few days by the great +German siege guns</td></tr> +</table> + +<table class="center" style="width: 587px;"> +<tr><td> + <a name="fig010"></a><a href="images/fig010.jpg"> + <img src="images/fig010.jpg" width="587" height="344" alt="Fig. 10"> + </a> +</td></tr> +<tr><td> +The city of Malines Belgium, from which the inhabitants +fled as the Germans advanced from Brussels</td></tr> +</table> + +<table class="center" style="width: 581px;"> +<tr><td> + <a name="fig011"></a><a href="images/fig011.jpg"> + <img src="images/fig011.jpg" width="581" height="344" alt="Fig. 11"> + </a> +</td></tr> +<tr><td> +A Belgian machine-gun corps taking up their position +in a beet field at Lebbeke on learning of the approach of the German +invaders</td></tr> +</table> + +<table class="center" style="width: 582px;"> +<tr><td> + <a name="fig012"></a><a href="images/fig012.jpg"> + <img src="images/fig012.jpg" width="582" height="350" alt="Fig. 12"> + </a> +</td></tr> +<tr><td> +Belgian artillery replying to the fire of the Germans. +Though hidden by trees, this battery could be detected by aeroplane +scouts</td></tr> +</table> + +<table class="center" style="width: 587px;"> +<tr><td> + <a name="fig013"></a><a href="images/fig013.jpg"> + <img src="images/fig013.jpg" width="587" height="347" alt="Fig. 13"> + </a> +</td></tr> +<tr><td> +Belgian soldiers intrenched along a railway line. +The fine roads and railways of Belgium and France aided the rapid +advance of the invaders</td></tr> +</table> +</div> + +<p class="indent"> +A little after General French had sent General Hamilton this warning, +he received a telegram from General Joffre which he describes as "a +most unexpected message." General Joffre's telegram conveyed the +first news to General French not only that the French Fifth Army +had been defeated and was in retreat—the first intimation +even that the French right at Charleroi under General Lanrezac +was in peril—but that at least three German army corps were +attacking the British. Doubtless the German smashing of General +Joffre's planned grand counterattack, after the Germans were to +be beaten, was disheartening as well as a sore disappointment. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +General French possessed 75,000 men. It was now disclosed that in +front Von Kluck was hurling upon him 200,000 men, Von Bülow +was hammering on his right, Von Hausen in pursuit of the French +threatened his rear, while some 50,000 Germans were enveloping +his left. He had no option but to order a retreat. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Dealing with the combined action of the French and British in this +critical period a French military writer says: +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +"The French armies of the center—that is to say, the Third +and Fourth Armies—had as their mission the duty of attacking +the German army in Belgian Luxembourg, of attempting to put it +to flight and of crumpling it up against the left flank of the +German main body at the north. This offensive on the part of the +French center began on August 21, 1914. The Third Army (General +Ruffey) followed from the east to the west the course of the Semoy, +a tributary on the right of the Meuse. The Fourth Army operated +between the Meuse and the Lesse. The Germans occupied the plateau +which extends from Neufchâteau to Paliseul. It is uncertain +territory, covered with heaths and thick woods, and lends itself +poorly to the reconnaissance work of aviators or cavalry patrols. +There are no targets for the artillery. The Germans had strongly +fortified the ground. The infantry of the Fourth Army which hurled +itself against these positions was thrown hack; still fighting it +fell back over the Meuse. The pursuit by the Germans was punctuated +by strong counterattacks, which inflicted great losses on them. The +Third Army was similarly checked in its march on Neufchâteau +by the superior forces of the crown prince and was thrown back on +the Semoy. Thus the offensive actions undertaken by the armies +of the French center miscarried. Not only were they unable to lend +their aid to the armies of the left, but they saw themselves obliged +to retreat. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +"The situation could only be reestablished by a victory on the +part of the Fifth French Army operating in conjunction with the +army of General French. This army, however, found itself in the +presence of German forces of great strength, consisting of the +crack corps of the German army. On the 22d the Germans at the cost +of considerable losses succeeded in passing the Sambre, and General +Lanrezac fell back on Beaumont-Givet, being apprehensive of the danger +which threatened his right. On the 24th the British army retreated, +in the face of a German attack, on to the Maubeuge-Valenciennes +line. It appeared at first that the British had in front of them +at most an army corps, with perhaps a corps of cavalry. They were +apprised, however, about five o'clock in the evening that three +army corps were advancing against them, while a fourth was marching +against their left along the road from Tournai in a turning movement. +General French effected his retreat during the night behind the +salient of Mons. Threatened on August 24 by the strength of the +whole German army, he fled backward in the direction of Maubeuge." +</p> + +<hr> + +<h2><a name="chapter_X">CHAPTER X</a></h2> + +<p class="subtitle">THE GREAT RETREAT BEGINS</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The German hosts now stood at the gates of France. It was a mighty +spectacle. The soldiery of the Kaiser which had swept their way into +Belgium, there to meet the unexpected resistance of the defenders +of King Albert, had reached their goal—the French frontier. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +About the middle of August, 1914, General Joffre, assigned to the +British Expeditionary Force, commanded by Sir John French, the task +of holding Mons against the powerful German advance. The British +force formed the left wing of the line of front that stretched for +some two hundred miles close to the Belgian frontier. Extending +from Arras through the colliery towns of Mons and Charleroi, the +extreme western front of the armies was held by General D'Amade +at Arras, with about 40,000 reserve territorial troops; by General +French, with 80,000 British regulars, at Mons; by the Fifth French +Army of 200,000 first-line troops, under General Lanrezac, near +Charleroi; and by a force of 25,000 Belgian troops at Namur. The +total Allied troops in this field of battle were thus about 345,000 +men. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Opposed to them, on the north, were about 700,000 German troops, +General von Kluck farthest to the west, Generals von Bülow +and von Hausen around the Belgian fortress of Namur, Grand Duke +Albrecht of Württemberg in the neighborhood of Maubeuge, and +finally, on the extreme left of the German line, the Army of the +Moselle, under Crown Prince Wilhelm. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The position of the Allied armies was based on the resisting power +of Namur. It was expected that Namur would delay the German advance +as long as Liege had done. Then the French line of frontier +fortresses—Lille, with its half-finished defenses; Maubeuge, with +strong forts and a large garrison; and other strongholds—would +form a still more useful system of fortified points for the Allies. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The German staff, however, had other plans. At Liege they had rashly +endeavored to storm a strong fortress by a massed infantry attack, +which had failed disastrously until their new Krupp siege guns +had been brought up. These quickly demolished the defenses. These +siege guns, therefore, which had thus fully demonstrated their +value against fortifications soon brought about the total defeat +of the French offensive, and compelled the Allies to retreat from +Belgium and northern France. The Germans lost no time in investing +Namur, and on Saturday, as noted above, August 22, 1914, the fortress +fell into the invaders' hands. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the same day, August 22, 1914, the Fifth French Army, under the +lead of General Lanrezac, was enduring the double stress of Von +Bülow's army thundering against its front, and Von Hausen's two +army corps pressing hard upon its right flank and rear, threatening +its line of retreat. Against such terrific odds the French line at +Dinant and Givet broke, exposing the flank and rear of the whole +army; and by the evening of that day, August 22, the passages of +the River Sambre, near Charleroi, had been forced, and the Fifth +Army was falling back, contesting every mile of the ground with +desperate rear-guard action. The British, meanwhile, defending the +Mons position, were in grave danger of being cut off, enveloped, +and destroyed. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Sir John French had put his two army corps into battle array. He +had about thirty miles of front to defend, with Mons nearly in +the center. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On Sunday afternoon, August 23, 1914, the full weight of the German +onset fell for the first time upon the British. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +All that night the British were under the fire of German artillery. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Sir John French realized the danger of his Maubeuge-Jenlain position, +and on Monday evening, August 23, 1914, realizing the importance +of putting a substantial barrier, such as the Somme or the Oise, +between his force and the enemy, gave orders for the retirement +to be continued at five o'clock the next morning, August 24, 1914. +He had decided upon a new position about the town of Le Cateau, +east of Cambrai. Before dawn, August 25, 1914, the southward march +over rough, hilly country was resumed, and toward evening of August +25, 1914, after a long, hard day's fighting march over the highroads, +in midsummer heat and thundershowers, the Guards Brigade and other +regiments of the Second Corps, wet and weary, arrived at the little +market town of Landrecies. From Landrecies, after an encounter with +a German column, they marched south toward Wassigny on Guise. +</p> + +<table class="center" style="width: 583px;"> +<tr><td> + <a name="fig014"></a><a href="images/fig014.jpg"> + <img src="images/fig014.jpg" width="583" height="370" alt="Fig. 14"> + </a> +</td></tr> +<tr><td>BATTLE OF MONS AND RETREAT OF ALLIED ARMIES</td></tr> +</table> + +<p class="indent"> +While the night attack on Landrecies was raging, the Germans, taxing +their men to the uttermost, marched four other corps through the +tract of country between the west side of the forest and the road +from Valenciennes to Cambrai. These corps were in a position along +Smith-Dorrien's front before dawn of Wednesday, August, 26, 1914, +and in the earliest hours of the morning it became apparent that +the Germans were determined to throw the bulk of their strength +against the British battalions which had moved up to a position +south of the small town of Solesmes, extending to the south of +Cambrai. Thus placed, this force could shield the Second Corps, now +beginning its retreat under pressure of the German army advancing +from Tournai. These troops under General Snow were destined to +play an important part in the impending battle of Le Cateau. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +By sunrise the guns of the four German corps were firing from positions +facing the British left, and gray-green masses of infantry were +pressing forward in dense firing lines. In view of this attack, +General Smith-Dorrien judged it impossible to continue his retreat +at daybreak. The First Corps was at that moment scarcely out of +difficulty, and General Sordêt—whose troops had been +fighting hard on the flank of the Fifth French Army, with General +Lanrezac, against General von Bülow's hosts—was unable +to help the British, owing to the exhausted state of his cavalry. +The situation was full of peril; indeed, Wednesday bade fair to +become the most critical day of the retreat. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +As the day of August 26, 1914, wore on, General von Kluck, abandoning +frontal attacks, began to use his superior numbers in a great enveloping +move on both flanks, and some of his batteries secured positions +from which they could enfilade the British line. Smith-Dorrien, +having no available reserves, was thus virtually ringed by enemy +guns on one side and by hostile infantry on all sides. "It became +apparent," says Sir John French's dispatch, "that if complete +annihilation was to be avoided, a retirement must be attempted; +and the order was given to commence it about 3.30 p.m. The movement +was covered with the most devoted intrepidity and determination by +the artillery, which had suffered heavily, and the fine work done +by the cavalry in the farther retreat from the position assisted +materially in the completion of this difficult and dangerous operation. +The saving of the left wing could never have been accomplished +unless a commander" (Sir Horace Smith-Dorrien) "of rare coolness +had been present to personally conduct the operation." +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +This retirement foreshadowed the end of the battle. Worn out by +repeated repulses, the Germans had suffered too heavily to continue +their attacks or to engage in an energetic pursuit. According to +General French's estimate, the British losses during the trying +period from August 23 to August 26, 1914, inclusive, were between +5,000 and 6,000 men, and the losses suffered by the Germans in +their pursuit and attacks across the open country, owing largely to +their dense formation, were much greater. The Battle of Le Cateau +gave the Germans pause. Further retreat of the British could now +be resumed in orderly array; for by now General Sordêt with +his cavalry was relieving the pressure on the British rear, and +General D'Amade with his two reserve divisions from the neighborhood +of Arras was attacking General von Kluck's right, driving it back +on Cambrai. Disaster to the British forces was averted, though the +peril of German interposition between the Allied army and Paris +would soon compel still further withdrawals. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Covered by their gunners, but still under heavy fire of the German +artillery, the British began again to retire southward. Their retreat +was continued far into the night of August 26, 1914, and through +the 27th and 28th; on the last date—after vigorous cavalry +fighting—the exhausted troops halted on a line extending +from the French cathedral town of Noyon through Chauny to La +Fère. There they were joined by reenforcements amounting +to double their loss. Guns to replace those captured or shattered +by the enemy were brought up to the new line. There was a breathing +space for a day, while the British made ready to take part in the +next great encounter. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +This fourth week in August marked a decisive period in the history +of the Great War. All the French armies, from the east to the west, +as well as the British army, were in retreat over their frontiers. +To what resolution had the French commander in chief come? That +was the question on every lip. What at that moment was the real +situation of the French army? Certainly the first engagements had +not turned out as well as the French could have hoped. The Germans +were reaping the reward of their magnificent preparation for the +war. Their heavy artillery, with which the French army was almost +entirely unprovided, was giving proof of its efficacy and its worth. +The moral effect of those great projectiles launched from great +distances by the immense German guns was considerable. At such +great distances the French cannons of 75, admirable as they were, +could make no effective reply to the German batteries. The French +soldiers were perfectly well aware that they were the targets of the +great German shells while their own cannon could make no parallel +impression on the enemy. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The German army revealed itself as an extraordinary instrument +of war. Its mobility and accouterments were perfect. It had aver +a hundred thousand professional non-commissioned officers or +subofficers, admirably suited to their work, with their men marching +under the control of their eye and finger. In the German army the +active corps, as well as the reserve carps, showed themselves, +thanks to these noncommissioned officers, marvelously equipped. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In the French army the number of noncommissioned officers by profession +totaled hardly half the German figures. The German army, moreover, +was much more abundantly supplied with machine guns than the French. +The Germans had almost twice as many, and they understood how to +use them in defense and attack better than the French. They had +moreover, to a degree far superior to that of the French, studied +the use of fortifications in the field, trenches, wire entanglements, +and so on. The Germans were also at first better trained than the +French reservists; they had spent langer periods in the German +army, and their reserve carps were almost equal to the active carps. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In the French army, on the other hand, an apprenticeship and training +of several weeks were required to give to the divisions of reserve +their full worth. At the end of two weeks, nevertheless, thanks +to the marvelous elasticity of the French soldier and the warlike +qualities of the race, the training was completed. At the beginning +of the month of September the reserve divisions fought with the +same skill, the same keenness, and the same swing as the active +army carps. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Moreover, certain incompetencies had revealed themselves in the +French high command. These General Jaffre attended to without the +loss of an instant. Every general that appeared to him incapable +of fulfilling the task allotted to him was weeded out on the spot, +without considering friendships or the bonds of comradeship, or +intimacy that might be between them. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +As things were seen in Paris, all may be summed up in this formula: +That the German army was better prepared for war than the French +army, for the simple reason that Germany had long prepared for the +war, because she had it in view, a thing which could not be said +of France. But the French army revealed right from the beginning the +most admirable and marvelous qualities. The soldiers fought with a +skill and heroism that have never been equaled. Sometimes, indeed, +their enthusiasm and courage carried them too far. It mattered +little. In spite of losses, in spite even of retreat, the morale +of the whole French army on the entire front from Alsace to the +Somme remained extraordinarily high. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The violation of Belgian neutrality and the passage of the German +armies through Belgium had been foreseen by the French General +Staff, but opinions differed in regard to the breadth of the turning +movement likely to be made by the German right wing in crossing +Belgian territory. Among French experts some were of opinion that +the Germans would confine themselves to the right bank of the Meuse, +while others thought that they would cross the Meuse, and make a much +vaster turning movement, thus descending on France in a direction +due north and south. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +If the violation of Belgian neutrality was no surprise to the French +Staff, it was nevertheless hardly expected that the Germans would +be able to put in line with such rapidity at the outset all their +reserve formations. Each army corps was supported by its reserve +corps, which showed itself as quick in mobilization and preparation +as the active corps. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Germany, while maintaining sufficient forces on the Russian front, +was still able to put in the field for its great offensive against +France a more numerous body of troops than would have been believed +in France. This permitted them to maintain in Alsace, in Lorraine, +and in Belgian Luxembourg armies as numerous as those which faced +them on the French side, and at the same time to mass the major +part of their troops on the right so as to pour into the valley +of the Oise their chief invading forces. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +This explains why the French left, which was exposed to the offensive +of the German right, was obliged to make a rapid retreat, permitting +the German armies of General von Kluck and General von Bülow +to advance with all speed in the direction of Paris. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The French military staff, as soon as they perceived the danger +that threatened, proceeded to a new alignment of forces. As long +as this alignment of forces could not be effected the retreat had +to continue. As soon as it was accomplished, as soon as General +Joffre had his armies well in hand and the situation of his troops +well disposed, he checked the retreat, gave the signal for the +offensive, and so followed the great Battle of the Marne. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The German plan consisted, therefore, in delivering the main blow +through the medium of the right wing of the German forces, consisting +of the army of Von Kluck, the army of Von Bülow, and the army +of Von Hausen, which were to march with all speed in the direction +of Paris. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +What plan had the French staff in mind to oppose to this plan of +the Germans? Its plan aimed at checking and holding the greatest +possible number of Germans by a vigorous offensive in Alsace and +Lorraine so as to prevent them from joining the three first German +armies which threatened Paris. In support of this offensive of the +armies of Alsace and Lorraine, the central French armies attacked +in the direction of the Ardennes and Belgian Luxembourg with the +object of checking the center of the German armies and then turning +toward the west so as to cooperate in the offensive of the French +forces which, aided by the British army and the Belgian army, were +fighting in Belgium. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The French armies, which are numbered from the right to the +left—that is, from the east to the west—comprised: +A detachment of the Army of Alsace that was dissolved toward the +end of the month of August; the First Army (General Dubail); the +Second Army (General de Castelnau); the Third Army (General Ruffey, +replaced at the end of August, 1914, by General Sarrail); the Fourth +Army (General de Langle de Cary); the Fifth Army (General Lanrezac, +replaced in the last days of August, 1914, by General Franche +d'Espérey). At the right of this army was stationed the British +army under the command of General French. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +To what resolution did General Joffre, come? On that memorable +evening of the 24th, and on that morning of the 25th, two alternatives +presented themselves before him. Should they, rather than permit +the enemy to invade the soil of France, make a supreme effort to +check the Germans on the frontier? +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +This first apparent solution had the evident advantage of abandoning +to the enemy no part of the national soil, but it had some serious +inconveniences. The attack of the German armies operating on the +right (Generals von Kluck, von Bülow, von Hausen) were extremely +menacing. In order to parry this attack it was necessary considerably +to reenforce the French left, and for that purpose to transfer from +the right to the left a certain number of army corps. That is what +the military call, in the language of chess players, "to castle" the +army corps. But this movement could not be accomplished in a few +hours. It required, even with all the perfection of organization +shown by the French railways during this war, a certain number of +days. As long as this operation from the right to the left had +not been accomplished, as long as the left wing of the French army +and even the center remained without the reenforcement of elements +taken from the right, it would have been extremely imprudent, not +to say rash, for the French high command to attempt a decisive +battle. If General Joffre had risked a battle immediately he would +have been playing the game without all his trumps in hand and would +have been in danger of a defeat, and even of a decided disaster, +from which it might have been impossible to recover. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The second alternative consisted in drawing back and in profiting +from a retreat by putting everything in shipshape order to bring +about a new grouping of forces. They would allow the Germans to +advance, and when the occasion showed itself favorable the French +armies, along with the British army, would take the offensive and +wage a decisive battle. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +It was to this second decision that General Joffre came. As soon as +on August 25, 1914, he had made up his mind as to what the French +retreat was going to lead he gave orders for a new marshaling of +forces and for preparations with a view to the offensive. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +General Joffre has made no objection to the publication of his +orders in detail from that date, August 25, 1914, down to the Battle +of the Marne. They constitute an eloquent and convincing document. +The series of orders were contained in the "Bulletin des Armées +de la République Française," June 6, 1915, Sunday. +The first of these orders, dated August 25, 1914, runs as follows: +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +"The projected offensive movement not having been found possible +of execution, the consequent operations will be so conducted as +to put in line, on our left, by the junction of the Fourth and +Fifth Armies, the British army, and new forces recruited from the +eastern district, a body capable of taking the offensive while +other armies for the needed interval hold in check the efforts of +the enemy...." +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The retreating movement was regulated so as to bring about the following +disposition of forces preparatory to an offensive: +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +"In the Amiens district a new grouping of forces, formed of elements +conveyed by rail (Seventh Corps, four divisions of reserve, and +perhaps another active army corps), brought together from August +27 to September 2, 1914. This body will remain ready to take the +offensive in the general direction of St. Pol-Arras or Arras-Bapaume." +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The same general instructions of August 25, 1914, marks out the +zones of march, and says: +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +"The movement will be covered by the rear guards spread out at +favorable points of vantage so as to utilize every obstacle for +the purpose of checking, by brief and violent counterattacks in +which the artillery will play the chief part, the march of the +enemy or at least to retard it." +</p> + +<p class="bquote"> +(Signed) J. JOFFRE. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The object of this maneuver is thus already on August 25, 1914, +clearly indicated; it looked not to a defensive, but to an offensive +movement, which was to be resumed as soon as circumstances appeared +favorable. Much is made clear in these orders of General Joffre, +which are characterized by perspicuity, foresight, and precision. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The retreat was effected; but it was only a provisional retreat. +Whenever an occasion presented itself to counterattack the enemy +for the purpose of delaying his advance, that occasion was to be +taken advantage of. And that is, in fact, what took place. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Two days later, on August 27, 1914, General Joffre brought together, +using army corps and divisions recruited elsewhere, a supplementary +army, the Ninth Army, which was detailed to take its place between +the Fourth and Fifth Armies. He intrusted its command to a general, +who, while commanding the Twentieth Corps, had distinguished himself +by his brilliant conduct in Lorraine, General Foch. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The establishment of the army of Manoury on the left of the French +armies so as to fall on the right flank of the Germans when they +marched on Paris; the establishment of a strong army under one +of the best French generals at the center for the purpose of +encountering the main weight of the German army; such were the +two decisions of the French commander in chief, taken on August +25 and 27, 1914, which contained in germ the victory of the Marne, +waged and won two weeks later. +</p> + +<hr> + +<h2><a name="chapter_XI">CHAPTER XI</a></h2> + +<p class="subtitle">FIGHTING AT BAY</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The forces of France also had been fighting to protect their retreat +southward in these August days of 1914. After the passages of the +Sambre were forced, during the great Mons-Charleroi battle, the +Fifth French Army was placed in very perilous straits by the failure +of the Fourth Army, under General Langle, to hold the Belgian river +town of Givet. Hard pressed in the rear by General von Bülow's +army, and on their right by General von Hausen commanding the Saxon +Army and the Prussian Guard, the Fifth Army of France had to retire +with all possible speed, for their path of retreat was threatened +by a large body of Teutons advancing on Rocroi. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On August 23, 1914, holding their indomitable pursuers in check +by desperate rear-guard action, with their two cavalry divisions +under General Sordêt galloping furiously along the lines of +the western flank to protect the retiring infantry and guns, the +Fifth Army unexpectedly turned at Guise. At that point considerable +reenforcements in troops and material arrived, making the Fifth +Army the strongest in France. It now defeated and drove over the +Oise the German Guard and Tenth Corps, and then continued its +retirement. But the left wing of the French army was unsuccessful, +and Amiens and the passages of the Somme had to be abandoned to +the invaders. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On Sunday, August 23, 1914, the Fourth Army, operating from the +Meuse, was heavily outnumbered by the Saxon army around the river +town of Dinant. They fell back, after furious fighting for the +possession of the bridges, which the French engineers blew up as +the army withdrew southward to the frontier. Soon after, at Givet, +the Germans succeeded in wedging their way across the Meuse. Some +advanced on Rocroi and Rethel, and other corps marched along the +left bank of the Meuse, through wooded country, against a steadily +increasing resistance which culminated at Charleville, a town on +the western bank of the river. There a determined stand was made. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On August 24, 1914, the town of Charleville was evacuated, the +civilians were sent away to join multitudes of other homeless refugees, +and then the French also retired, leaving behind them several machine +guns hidden in houses, placed so that they commanded the town and +the three bridges that connected it with Mézières. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The German advance guards reached the two towns next day, August +25, 1914, which, as we know, witnessed the British retirement toward +Le Cateau. Unmolested, they rode across the three bridges into the +quiet, empty streets. Suddenly, when all had crossed, the bridges +were blown up behind them by contact mines, and the German cavalrymen +were raked by the deadly fire of the machine guns. Nevertheless, +finding their foes were not numerous, they made a courageous stand, +waiting for their main columns to draw nearer. Every French machine +gunner was silenced by the Guards with their Maxims; but when the +main invading army swept into view along the river valley, the French +artillery from the hills around Charleville mowed down the heads of +columns with shrapnel. Still the Teutons advanced with reckless +courage. While their artillery was engaged in a duel with the French, +German sappers threw pontoon bridges across the river, and finally +the French had to retire. Between Charleville and Rethel there was +another battle, resulting in the abandonment of Mézières +by the French. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The retreating army crossed the Semois, a tributary of the Meuse, +which it enters below Mézières, and advanced toward +Neufchâteau; but they were repulsed by the Germans under the +Duke of Württemberg. At Nancy on August 25, 1914, there was +another engagement between the garrison of Toul and the army of +the Crown Prince of Bavaria; after fierce onslaughts the garrison +was compelled to yield and retire. Finally, on August 27, 1914, +at Longwy, a fortified town near Verdun, the army of the German +crown prince succeeded in bursting into France after a long siege, +and marched toward the Argonne. Thus from the western coast almost +to Verdun there was a general Franco-British retreat. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On August 28, 1914, pressed by the German armies commanded by Von +Kluck on the west, by Von Hausen from Dinant and Givet, by Von +Bülow from Charleroi and Namur, the Allies were pushed back upon +a line stretching roughly from Amiens through Noyon-Le Fère +to Mézières; while their forces east of the Meuse +between Mézières and Verdun were retreating before +Duke Albrecht of Württemberg, and to the southeast of Verdun +before the Bavarians. All northern France was thus open to the +invaders. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +After the battle of Le Cateau, however, the Germans slackened their +pursuit for a very brief interval; partly because the terrific strain +of marching and fighting was telling upon them no less than upon +the Allies, partly because the engineers had blown up the bridges +over every river, canal, and stream, behind the retreating armies, +and partly because, under directions from the French commander in +chief, General Manoury was organizing a new force on the British +left, a new Sixth Army, mainly reserve troops, one corps of line +troops, and General Sordêt's cavalry. On the right of the +British were General Lanrezac's troops; then, between Lanrezac's +Fifth Army and the Fourth Army, came a Ninth Army, under General +Foch, formed of three corps from the south. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Counterattacks were ordered by the French general in chief, continued +during the entire retreat and had frequently brilliant results. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On August 29, 1914, a corps of the Fifth Army and of the divisions +of reserve attacked with success in the direction of St. Quentin +with the object of withdrawing the pressure on the British army. +Two other corps and a division of reserves joined issue with the +Prussian Guard and the Tenth Corps of the German army which debouched +from Guise. This was a very violent battle, known under the name +of the Battle of Guise. At the end of the day, after various +fluctuations in the fight, the Germans were thrown completely over +the Oise and the entire British front was relieved. The Prussian +Guard on that occasion suffered great losses. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +August 27, 1914, the Fourth Army under General de Langle de Cary +succeeded likewise in throwing the enemy across the Meuse as he +endeavored to secure a footing on the left bank. The success continued +on the 28th; on that day a division of this army (First Division of +Morocco under the orders of General Humbert) inflicted a sanguinary +defeat on a Saxon army corps in the region of Signy l'Abbaye. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Thanks to these brilliant successes, the retreat was accomplished in +good order and without the French armies being seriously demoralized; +as a matter of fact, they were actually put to flight at no point. +All the French armies were thus found intact and prepared for the +offensive. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The right wing of the German army marched in the direction of Paris +at great speed, and the rapidity of the German onslaught obliged the +French General Staff to prolong the retreat until they were able +to establish a new alignment of forces. The new army established +on the left of the French armies, and intrusted to General Manoury, +was not able to complete its concentration in the localities first +intended. In place of concentrating in the region of Amiens it +was obliged to operate more to the south. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The situation on the evening of September 2, 1914, as a result +of the vigorous onward march of the German right, was as follows: +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +A corps of German cavalry had crossed the Oise and had reached +Château Thierry. The First German Army (General von Kluck), +consisting of four active army corps and a reserve corps, had passed +Compiègne. The Second Army (General von Bülow), with +three active army corps and two reserve corps, had attained to +the region of Laon. The Third German Army (General van Hausen), +with two active army corps and a reserve corps, had crossed the +Aisne and reached Château Porcin-Attigny. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Farther to the east the Fourth, Fifth, Sixth, and Seventh German +Armies, making about twelve active army corps, four reserve corps, +and numerous Ersatz companies, were in contact with the French +troops (Fourth and Fifth Armies) between Vouziers and Verdun, the +others from Verdun to the Vosges. Such was the situation. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +It may be seen, if a map is consulted, that the Fifth French Army, +commanded from August 30 by General Franchet d'Espérey, +would have found itself in grave peril following on the backward +bending of the British and French forces operating on its left, +if the French had accepted the challenge of a decisive battle. +The French commander in chief resolutely chose the alternative +that obviated such a risk, that is, he decided on a postponement +of the offensive and the continuation of the retreat. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Already on September 1, 1914, he prescribed as the extreme limits of +the retreat the line running through Bray-sur-Seine, Nogent-sur-Seine, +Arcis-sur-Aube, Vitry-le-François, and the region north of +Bar-le-Due. That line would have been reached had it been necessary. +On the other hand, it was his intention to attack before it was +reached if the forces could be offensively arrayed, allowing of +the cooperation of the British army and the army of Manoury on +the left, and on the right that of the divisions of reserve that +had been held on the heights of the Meuse. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Meanwhile, late in the afternoon of August 29, 1914, the British +retirement began afresh, and 10,000 French troops also withdrew from +the Somme, blowing up the bridges as they went. Everywhere along +the roads were crowds of country folk and villagers with wagons and +carts piled high with household goods or carrying aged persons and +children, all in panic flight before the dreaded invaders, fleeing +for refuge in Paris. At various places these stricken multitudes +joined the army ambulances, taking the shortest routes. Rumors of +the coming of the uhlans ran along the straggling lines with tales +of the grievous havoc and ruin which these horsemen, vanguards +of the German columns, had wrought in the land. Hardly had the +retirement begun, when a body of uhlans entered Amiens and demanded +from the mayor the surrender of the town. This was formally given, +and the civilians were ordered, on pain of death, not to create the +slightest disturbance and not to take part in any action, overt +or covert, against the soldiery. Afterward, cavalry, infantry, +and artillery took possession of the town on August 30, 1914. On +the same day a German aeroplane dropped bombs on Paris. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +While retiring from the thickly wooded country south of +Compiègne, the British First Cavalry Brigade were surprised +while dismounted and at breakfast in the early morning of September +1, 1914. Moving figures on the distant skyline first attracted the +attention of those who had field glasses, but in the dim light +their identity was not at first revealed. Suddenly all doubt was +resolved by a rain of shells on the camp. Many men and a large +number of horses were killed. At once the order "Action front!" +rang out, and the remaining horses, five to a man, were hurried to +cover in the rear, while on the left a battery of horse artillery +went into instant action. The German attack was pressed hard, and +the battery was momentarily lost until some detachments from the +British Third Corps, with the guns of the artillery brigade, galloped +up to its support. Then they not only recovered their own guns, +but also succeeded in capturing twelve of the enemy's. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the eventful day of September 3, 1914, the British forces reached +a position south of the Marne between Lagny and Signy-Signets. They +had defended the passage of the river against the German armies +as long as possible, and had destroyed bridges in the path of the +pursuers. Next, at General Joffre's request, they retired some +twelve miles farther southward with a view to taking a position +behind the Seine. In the meantime the Germans had built pontoon +bridges across the Marne, and were threatening the Allies all along +the line of the British forces and the Fifth and Ninth French Armies. +Consequently several outpost actions took place. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +By the 1st of September, 1914, the day of the Russian victories +at Lemberg, Von Kluck's army had reached Senlis, only twenty-five +miles from Paris. Despite this imminent danger, the capital was +remarkably quiet and calm; every day, as fateful event crowded +upon event, seemed to renew the resolution and coolness of the +population. It seemed advisable, however, to transfer the seat of +government for the time being from Paris to Bordeaux, after assuring +the defense of the city by every means that could be devised. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The defenses of Paris consisted of three great intrenched camps, +on the north, east, and southwest, respectively. Of these the most +important is the last, which includes all the fortified area to +the south and west of the Seine. A railway over sixty miles in +length connects all the works, and, under the shelter of the forts, +it could not only keep them supplied with the necessary ammunition +and stores, but also it could be utilized to convey troops from +point to point as they might be needed. However, it was an open +secret that even the outer and newer defenses were not of any great +strength. If the Germans broke through the outlying circle of forts, +the inner line would be of small value, and the city itself would +be exposed to long-range bombardment. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Paris was not ready for a siege, and if attacked it would speedily +fall. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Early in the morning of September 3, 1914, President Poincaré, +accompanied by all the ministers, left Paris, and was followed at +noon by the members of the Senate and Chamber of Deputies, and +the reserves of the Banque de France. The higher courts were also +transferred to Bordeaux. The municipal authority was constituted +by the president of the City Council, and the Council of the Seine +Department, who were empowered to direct civil affairs under the +authority of General Galliéni as military governor, the +prefect of Paris, and the prefect of police. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On his appointment to the command, Galliéni did what he could +to strengthen the defenses. Trenches were dug, wire entanglements +were constructed; and hundreds of buildings that had been allowed +to spring up over the military zone of defense were demolished in +order to leave a clear field of fire. The gates of the city were +barred with heavy palisades backed by sandbags, and neighboring +streets also were barricaded for fighting. Certain strategic streets +were obstructed by networks of barbed wire, and in others pits +were dug to the depth of a man's shoulders. The public buildings +were barricaded with sandbags and guarded with machine guns. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +But while Paris was preparing for siege and assault the French +staff were concentrating their efforts on making a siege impossible +by a decisive stroke against the German advance. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Hardly had the Government left the city when tidings arrived that +instead of marching on Paris, General von Kluck had swung southeastward +toward the crossing of the Marne. This news was obtained by the +allied flying corps, which had made daring flights over the enemy's +line. +</p> + +<hr> + +<h2><a name="chapter_XII">CHAPTER XII</a></h2> + +<p class="subtitle">THE MARNE—GENERAL PLAN OF BATTLE FIELD</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On September 4, 1914, the bugler of Destiny sounded the "Halt!" to +the retreat of the armies of the Allies from the Belgian frontier. +The marvelous fighting machine of the German armies, perhaps the +most superb organization of military potency that has been conceived +by the mind of man, seemed to reach its limit of range. Success +had perched upon the German eagles, and for two weeks there had +been a steady succession of victories. Nevertheless the British +and French armies were not crushed. They were overwhelmed, they +were overpowered, and, under stern military necessity, they were +forced to fall back. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Day after day, under the swinging hammer-head blows of the German +drive, the flower of the forces of the Allies had been compelled +to break. A little less generalship on the part of the defenders, +or a little more recklessness behind that smashing offensive might +have turned this retirement into a rout. Even as it was, the official +dispatches reveal that, while occasional and local retirements had +been considered, such a sweeping retreat was far from contemplated by +Generals Joffre and French. German official dispatches bear testimony +to the intrepid character of the defenders sullenly falling back +and contesting every inch of the way, as much as they do to the +daring and the vivid bravery of the German attackers who hurled +themselves steadily, day after day, upon positions hastily taken +up in the retreat where the retirement could be partly repaid by +the heaviest toll of death. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The great strategical plan of the Germans, which had displayed +itself throughout the entire operations on the western theatre +of war from the very first gun of the campaign, came to its apex +on this September 3, 1914. If the allied armies could develop a +strong enough defense to halt the German offensive at this point, +and especially if they could develop a sufficiently powerful +counteroffensive to strike doubt into the confident expectations +of the armies of the Central Powers, then the strategical plan +had reached a check, which might or might not be a checkmate, as +the fortunes of war might determine. If, on the other hand, the +stand made by the Allies at this point should prove ineffective, +and if the counteroffensive should reveal that the German hosts +had been able to establish impregnable defenses as they marched, +then the original strategic plan of the attackers must be considered +as intact and the peril of France would become greatly intensified. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +It is idle, in a war of such astounding magnitude, to speak about +any one single incident as being a "decisive" one. Such a term can +only rightly be applied to conditions where the opposing powers +each have but one organized army in the field, and these armies +meet in a pitched battle. None the less, the several actions which +are known as the Battles of the Marne may be considered as decisive, +to the extent that they decided the limit of the German offensive +at that point. The German General Staff, taking the ordinary and +obvious precautions in the case of a possible repulse, chose and +fortified in the German rear positions to which its forces might +fall back in the event of retreat. These prepared positions had +a secondary contingent value for the Germans in view of the grave +Russian menace that might call at any moment for a transfer of +German troops from the western to the eastern front. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The Battle of the Marne stopped the advance of the main German army +on that line, forcing it back. +</p> + +<table class="center" style="width: 623px;"> +<tr><td> + <a name="fig015"></a><a href="images/fig015.jpg"> + <img src="images/fig015.jpg" width="623" height="353" alt="Fig. 15"> + </a> +</td></tr> +<tr><td>BATTLE OF THE MARNE—BEGINNING ON SEPTEMBER +5, 1914</td></tr> +</table> + +<p class="indent"> +The scene of the battle ground is one of the most famous in Europe, +not even the plains of Belgium possessing a richer historical +significance than that melancholy plain, the Champagne-Pouilleuse, +upon whose inhospitable flats rested for centuries the curse of a +prophecy, that there would the fate of France be decided, a prophecy +of rare connotation of accuracy, for it refrained from stating what +that fate should be. Yet the historic sense is amplified even more +by remembrance than by prophecy, for in the territory confronting +that huge arc on which 1,400,000 German and Austrian soldiers lay +encamped, awaiting what even the German generals declared to be +"the great decision," there lies, on the old Roman road running +from Chalons a vast oval mound, known to tradition as "the Camp of +Attila." In that country, a Roman general, Aetius, leading a host +of soldiers of whom many were Gauls, broke a vast flood wave of the +Huns as those savage Mongol hordes hurled themselves against Rome's +westernmost possession. On that occasion, however, the Visigoths, +under their King Theodoric, fought side by side with the Gauls. +Then, the dwellers on the banks of the Rhine and on the banks of +the Seine were brothers in arms, now, that same countryside shall +see them locked in deadly conflict. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The morale of tradition is a curious thing, and often will nerve a +sword arm when the most impassioned utterance of a beloved leader +may fail. There were few among the soldiers of France who forgot +that in the south of this same plain of Champagne-Pouilleuse was +the home of Joan of Arc, the Maid of Orleans, patriot and saint, +and more than one French soldier prayed that the same voices which +had whispered in the ear of the virgin of Domremy should guide +the generalissimo who was to lead the armies of France upon the +morrow. Here, tradition again found old alliances severed and new +ones formed, for the Maid of Orleans led the French against the +English, while in the serried ranks awaiting the awful test of +the shock of battle, English and French soldiers lived and slept +as brothers. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The topography of the region of the battle field is of more than +common interest, for modern tactics deal with vaster stretches +of country than would have been considered in any previous war. +This is due, partly, to the large armies handled, partly to the +terrific range of modern artillery, and also to what may be called +the territorial perceptiveness which aeronautical surveys make +possible to a general of to-day. While war has not changed, it is +true that a commander of an army in modern campaign is compelled +to review and to take into account a far larger group of factors. A +modern general must be capable of grasping increased complexities, +and must possess a synthetic mind to be able to reduce all these +complicating factors into a single whole. The first factor of the +battles of the Marne was the topographical factor, the consideration +of the land over which the action was to take place. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Let the River Marne be used as a base from which this topography can +be determined. The Marne rises near Langres, which is the northwest +angle of that pentagon of fortresses (Belfort, Epinal, Langres, +Dijon, and Besançon), which incloses an almost impregnable +recuperative ground for exhausted armies. From Langres the Marne +flows almost north by west for about fifty miles through a hilly +and wooded country, then, taking a more westerly course, it flows +for approximately seventy-five miles almost northwest, across the +Plain of Champagne, past Vitry-le-François and Châlons, +thence almost due westward through the Plateau of Sézanne, by +Epernay, Château Thierry, La Ferté-sous-Jouarre, and +Meaux to join the Seine just south of Paris. In the neighborhood +of Meaux, three small tributaries flow into the Marne—the +Ourcq from the north, and the Grand Morin and Petit Morin from +the east. The Marshes of St. Gond, ten miles long from east to +west and a couple of miles across, lie toward the eastern borders +of the Plateau of Sézanne, and form the source of the Petit +Morin, which has been deepened in the reclamation of the marsh +country. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Once more considering the source of the Marne, near Langres, it +will be noted that the River Meuse rises near by, flowing north +by east to Toul, and then north-northwest past Verdun to Sedan, +where it turns due north, flowing through the Ardennes country +to Namur, in Belgium. To the east of the Meuse lies the difficult +forest clad hill barrier, known as the Hills of the Meuse; to the +east extends (as far as Triaucourt) the craggy and broken wooded +country of the Argonne, a natural barrier which stretches southward +in a chain of lakes and forests. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +West of this impassible country of the Meuse and the Argonne lies +the plain of Champagne-Pouilleuse, which is almost a steppe, bare +and open, only slightly undulating, overgrown with heath, and studded +here and there by small copses of planted firs, naught but a small +portion of the whole being under cultivation. Between the Forest +of the Argonne and this great plain, which is over a hundred miles +long from north to south and forty miles in width, lies a short +stretch of miniature foothills, with upland meadows here and there, +but crossed in every direction by small ravines filled with shrubs +and low second-growth timber. Here lies the source of the Aisne, a +river destined to live in history; and on the farther side begins +the great plain. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the west of the plain of Champagne rises, 300 feet, with a curious +clifflike suddenness, the Plateau of Sézanne. The effect is +as though a geological fault had driven the original plateau from +north to south throughout its entire length, and then as though +there had been a general subsidence of the plain, giving rise to +the clifflike formations known as Les Falaises de Champagne, at +the foot of which runs the road from La Fère-Champenoise +to Rheims. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The disposition and arrangement of the German forces is next to +be considered. It can be assumed that their objective was Paris. +It is also worthy of remembrance that the German tactical method +has always favored the envelopment of the enemy's flanks rather +than a frontal attack aiming to pierce the enemy's center, which +latter was a favorite method of Napoleon I to reach decision. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The tactical method of envelopment demands great numerical superiority, +and on account of the extreme extension of front necessitated is apt +to become dangerous as perforce the center is left weak. Attempts +to envelop, with which the observer is confronted again and again +when considering the military movements of the Central Powers on +the western battle front, were revealed on the morning of September +3, 1914, in the position occupied by the German forces, and, +correspondingly, in the arrangement of the allied armies. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The German right, on September 3, 1914, and September 4, 1914, +at which time it was nearest to its desired goal of Paris, held +the banks of the Marne from Epernay to the banks of the little +tributary the Ourcq, which runs into the Marne from the north. This +extreme right comprised the Second Corps and the Fourth Reserve +Corps, encamped on the western bank of the little stream the Ourcq; +while the Fourth Corps was given the honor of the tip of the right, +being camped on the Marne at La Ferté-sous-Jouarre, supported +by the Third Corps, the Seventh Corps and the Seventh Corps Reserve. +The Ninth Cavalry Division occupied an advanced position west of +Crécy and the Second Cavalry Division occupied an advanced +position near the British army, north of Coulommiers. These troops +constituted the First German Army, under the command of General +von Kluck. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The Allies' left, confronting this position, held strong reserves, +and by the nature of the ground itself, was well placed to prevent +any enveloping movement, dear to the German school of military +tactics. It rested securely on the fortress of Paris, believed +by its constructors to be the most fully fortified city in the +world, and should the German right endeavor to encircle the left +wing of the Allies, should it develop a farther westerly movement, +it would but come in contact with the outer line of those defenses +and thence be deflected in such an enormous arc as to thin the line +beyond the power of keeping it strong enough to resist a piercing +attack at all points. Clearly, then, as long as the extreme left +of the Allies remained in contact with the defenses of Paris, an +enveloping movement was not possible on the easterly flank. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Facing the German extreme right, was the Sixth French Army, one +of the great reserves of General Joffre, which had been steadily +building up since August 29, 1914, with its right on the Marne +and its left at Betz, in the Ourcq Valley, encamped on the western +side of that stream, facing the Second and Fourth Corps of the +Germans. The strengthening of that army from the forces at Paris +was hourly, and while three or four days before it had been felt +that the Sixth French Army was too weak to be placed in so vital +a point—that it should have been supplemented with the Ninth +Army—the results justified the French generalissimo's plans +and more than justified his confidence in the British Army, or +Expeditionary Force, which faced the tip of the German right wing +drive and was encamped on a line from Villeneuve le Comte to Jouy +le Chatel, the center of the British army being at a point five +miles southeast of Coulommiers. This army was under the command +of General Sir John French. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The right center of the German line was held by General von Bülow's +army, consisting of the Ninth Corps, the Tenth Corps, the Tenth +Reserve Corps, and the Guard Corps. This army also was encamped +upon the Marne, stretching from the eastern end of General Von +Kluck's army as far as Epernay. This army thus held the Forests +of Vassy but was confronted by the marshes of St. Gand. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Confronting this right center was, first of all, General Conneau's +Cavalry Corps, which was in touch with the right wing of the British +army under Sir John French. Then, holding the line from Esternay +to Courtaçon lay the Fifth French Army under General +d'Espérey. Full in face of the strongest part of the German +right center stood one of the strongest or General Joffre's new +reserves, the Ninth Army under General Foch, with the marshes of St. +Gond in front or him, and holding a twenty-mile line from Esternay, +past Sézanne to Camp de Mailly, a remarkably well-equipped +army, very eager for the fray. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The hastily replenished corps, largely of Saxons, which had been +General von Hausen's army, lay next to General von Bülow, a +little north of Vitry, and as it proved, a weak spot in the German +line. The left center of the attacking force was under the command of +the Duke of Württemberg and extended across the whole southern +end of the plain of Champagne to the upper streams of the Aisne +south of St. Menhould. The extreme left of this advanced line was +the army of the Imperial Crown Prince, holding the old line on the +Argonne to the south of Verdun. In close relation to this advanced +line, but not directly concerned with the battles of the Marne, were +the armies of the Bavarian Crown Prince, encamped in the plateau +of the Woevre, engaged largely in the task of holding open the +various lines of communication, while far to the south, in the +vicinity of the much battered little town of Mulhouse, lay the +remains of the decimated army or the Alsace campaigns under General +von Heeringen. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Facing this left center came General Langle's Fourth French Army, +covering the southern side of the plain of Chalons, it lay south +of Vitry-le-François, and faced due north. On this army, +it was expected, the brunt of the drive would fall. At this point +the French battle line made a sharp angle, the Third French Army, +commanded by General Sarrail, occupying a base from Bar-le-Duc +to Verdun. It thus faced almost west, skirting the lower edge of +the Forest of Argonne. At the same time it was back to back with +the Second French Army, which covered the great barrier of forts +from Verdun to Toul and Epinal, while the First French Army held +the line from Epinal to Belfort. +</p> + +<hr> + +<h2><a name="chapter_XIII">CHAPTER XIII</a></h2> + +<p class="subtitle">ALLIED AND GERMAN BATTLE PLANS</p> + +<p class="indent"> +So much for the actual disposition of the armies. The question +of preponderance of numbers, of advantages of position, and of +comparative fighting efficiency is the next factor with which to +be reckoned. The numbers were fairly evenly matched. About twelve +days before this fateful day of September 3, 1914, there were +approximately 100 German divisions as against seventy-five French, +British, and Belgian divisions. But, during those twelve days, +French and British mobilization advanced with hectic speed, while, +at the same time, Germany was compelled to transfer ten or perhaps +fifteen of her divisions to the eastern theater of war. It follows, +therefore, that there were about 4,000,000 soldiers in all the +armies that confronted each other in the week of September 3-10, +1914, of whom, probably, 3,000,000 were combatants. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +An early estimate placed the German strength at 1,300,000 combatants, +and the Allies at about 1,700,000. A later French estimate put +the Germans at 1,600,000, with the Allies between 1,400,000 and +1,500,000. The preponderance of efficiency of equipment lay with +the Germans. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The plans of the German campaign at this time, so far as they can +be determined from the official orders and from the manner in which +the respective movements were carried out, were three-fold. The +first of these movements was the order given to General von Kluck +to swirl his forces to the southeast of Paris, swerving away from +the capital in an attempt to cut the communications between it +and the Fifth French Army under General d'Espérey. This +plan evidently involved a feint attack upon the Sixth French Army +under General Manoury (though General Pare took charge of the larger +issues of this western campaign), coupled with a swift southerly +stroke and an attack upon what was supposed to be the exposed western +flank of General d'Espérey's army. The cause of the failure +of this attempt was the presence of the British army, as has been +shown in the alignment of the armies given above, and as will be +shown in detail later, in the recital of the actual progress of +the fighting. Important as was this movement, however, it was the +least of the three elements in General von Moltke's plan for the +shattering of the great defense line of the Allies. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The second element in this plan was, contrary to Germany's usual +tactics, the determination to attack the center of the French line +and break through. Almost three-quarters of a million men were +concentrated on this point. The armies of General von Bülow, +General Hausen and the Duke of Württemberg were massed in +the center of the line. There, however, General Foch's new Ninth +Army was prepared to meet the attack. It will be remembered that, +in the disposition of the troops, these respective armies were +facing each other across the great desolate plain, the ancient +battle ground. If the German center could break through the French +center, and if at the same time General von Kluck, commanding the +German right, could execute a swift movement to the southeast, +the Fifth French Army would be between two fires, together with +such part of the Ninth Army as lay to the westward of the point +to be pierced. This strategic plan held high promise, and it would +have menaced the whole interior of France southward from the plain +of Champagne, but even this second part of the plan, important +as it was, does not appear to have been the crucial point in the +campaign. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The glory of the victory, if indeed victory it should prove, as +the successes of the previous two weeks had led the Germans to +believe, was to be given to the crown prince. With a great deal +of trouble and with far more delay than had been anticipated, the +crown prince's army had at last managed to get within striking +distance of the forefront of the great battle line. His forces +occupied the territory north of Verdun to a southern point not +far from Bar-le-Duc. Here the German secret service seems to have +been as efficient, as it failed to be with regard to conditions +only fifty miles away. General Sarrail's army, which confronted +the army of the crown prince, was somewhat weak. It consisted of +about two army corps with reserve divisions. Nor could General Joffre +send any reenforcements. Every available source of reenforcements +had been drawn upon to aid the Sixth Army, encamped upon the banks +of the Ourcq, in order that Paris might be well guarded. No troops +could be spared from the Fifth and Ninth Armies, which had to bear +the brunt of the attack from the German center. General Sarrail, +therefore, had to depend on the natural difficulties of the country +and to avoid giving battle too readily against the superior forces +by which he was confronted. It was a part of the plan of the French +generalissimo, however, to feel the strength of the German center, +and if it proved that they could be held, to release several divisions +and send them to the aid of General Sarrail. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Subordinate to this contemplated attack by the crown prince, yet +forming a part of it, and, in a measure, a fourth element in the +campaign, was the double effort from the garrisons of Metz and +Saarbrucken, combining with the armies of the Bavarian Crown Prince +and the forces of General von Heeringen. The Second French Army, +therefore, could not come to the aid of the Third, except in desperate +need, for it was in the very forefront of the attack on Nancy. If the +German left could pierce the French lines at Nancy and pour through +the Gap of Lorraine, it would be able to take General Sarrail's army +in the rear at Bar-le-Duc, and would thus completely hem it in, +at the same time isolating Verdun, which, thus invested in the +course of time must fall, forming an invaluable advanced fortress +to the German advance. +</p> + +<table class="center" style="width: 616px;"> +<tr><td> + <a name="fig016"></a><a href="images/fig016.jpg"> + <img src="images/fig016.jpg" width="616" height="349" alt="Fig. 16"> + </a> +</td></tr> +<tr><td>BATTLE OF THE MARNE—SITUATION ON SEPTEMBER 9, 1914</td></tr> +</table> + +<p class="indent"> +Before proceeding to the actual working out of this plan of campaign +it may be well to recapitulate it, in order that each development +may be clear. The German plan was to pierce the French line at +three places, at Meaux, at Bar-le-Duc and at Nancy. General von +Kluck, at Meaux, would cut off the Fifth and the Ninth Armies from +communication with their base at Paris, the Bavarian Crown Prince +would weaken General Sarrail's defense in the rear, and if possible +come up behind him, and thus the stage would be set for the great +onrush of the Imperial Crown Prince, who, with an almost fresh army, +and with a most complete and elaborate system of communications +and supplies, should be able to crush the weak point in France's +defense, the army under General Sarrail. Such a victory was designed +to shed an especial luster upon the crown prince and thus upon +the Hohenzollern dynasty, a prestige much needed, for the delays +in the advance of the crown prince's army had already given rise +to mutterings of discontent. From a strategical point of view the +plan was sound and brilliant, the disposition of the forces was +excellently contrived, and the very utmost of military skill had +been used in bringing matters to a focus. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The French plan, is the next to be considered. From official orders +and dispatches and also from the developments of that week, it is +clear that General Joffre had perceived the possibility of such a +plan as the Germans had actually conceived. He had brought back his +armies—and there is nothing harder to handle than a retreating +army—step by step over northern France without losing them +their morale. The loss of life was fearful, but it never became +appalling. The French soldiers had faith in Joffre, even as their +faith in France, and, while the Germans had victories to cheer them +on, the soldiers of the Allies had to keep up their courage under +the perpetual strain of retreat. The administration had evacuated +Paris. Everywhere it seemed that the weakness of France was becoming +apparent. To the three armies in the field, those commanded severally +by General Manoury, Sir John French, and General Lanrezac, the +generalissimo steadily sent reenforcements. But he informed the +French Government that he was not able to save the capital from a +siege. Yet, as after events showed, while these various conditions +could not rightly be considered as ruses upon General Joffre's +part to lure on the Germans, there is no doubt that he understood +and took full advantage of the readiness of the attacking hosts +to esteem all these points as prophetic of future victory. The +first feature of the French plan, therefore, was to lend color to +the German belief that the armies of the Allies were disheartened +and thereby to induce the attacking forces to join the issue quickly. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The second part of the French plan lay in General Joffre's decision +not to do the expected thing. With General Sarrail placed at the +extremest point of danger, it would have been a likely move to +transfer the entire British Expeditionary Force from the left wing +to the weak point at Bar-le-Duc. There is reason to believe that +General von Kluck believed that this had been done. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The third part of the defensive prepared by General Joffre was that +of a determination to turn the steady retreat into a counterdrive. +Time after time had the other generals implored their leader to +give them leave to take the offensive, and on every occasion a +shake of the head had been the reply. Sir John French had wondered. +But when the French officers found themselves in the region of the +Marne, close to the marshes of St. Gond, where in 1814 Napoleon +had faced the Russians, they were more content. It was familiar +as well as historic ground. Even the youngest officer knew every +foot of that ground thoroughly. It was, at the same time, the best +point for the forward leap and one of the last points at which a +halt could be made. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The fourth part of the plan was the holding fast to the point of +Verdun, for thereby the communication of the armies of the Central +Powers was seriously weakened. It is to be remembered that this actual +fighting army of more than a million men depended for food and for +ammunition supplies upon the routes from Belgium and Luxemburg by +way of Mézières and Montmédy, and the circuitous +line to Brussels via St. Quentin. Had Maubeuge fallen a little +earlier the situation of the Central Powers would have been less +difficult, and both commissariat and ammunition problems would +have been easier of solution. But Maubeuge held out until September +7, 1914, and by that time the prime results of the battles of the +Marne had been achieved. To this problem Verdun was the key, for +from Metz through Verdun ran the main line, less than one-half +the length of line to the Belgian bases of supplies, and, owing +to the nature of the country, a line that could be held with a +quarter the number of men. But Verdun stood, and General Joffre +held the two armies back to back, converging on the point at Verdun. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Such was the country over which the battles of the Marne were fought, +such were the numbers and dispositions of the several armies on +each side, and such, as far as can be judged, were the plans and +counterplans of the strategic leaders in the great conflict. +</p> + +<hr> + +<h2><a name="chapter_XIV">CHAPTER XIV</a></h2> + +<p class="subtitle">FIRST MOVES IN THE BATTLE</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The first movement in this concerted plan was taken by the German +extreme right. This was the closing in of General von Kluck's army in +a southeasterly direction. It was a hazardous move, for it required +General von Kluck to execute a flank march diagonally across the +front of the Sixth French Army and the British Expeditionary Force. +At this time, according to the dispatches from Sir John French, the +British army lay south of the Marne between Lagny and Signy-Signets, +defending the passage of the river and blowing up the bridges before +General von Kluck. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On September 4, 1914, air reconnaissances showed that General von +Kluck had stopped his southward advance upon Paris, and that his +columns were moving in a southeasterly direction east of a line +drawn through Nanteuil and Lizy on the Ourcq. Meanwhile the French +and British generals more effectually concealed their armies in +the forests, doing so with such skill that their movements were +unmarked by the German air scouts. All that day General von Kluck +moved his forces, leaving his heavy artillery with about 100,000 +men on the steep eastern bank of the Ourcq and taking 150,000 troops +south across the Marne toward La Ferté Gaucher. He crossed +the Petit Morin and the Grand Morin, all unconscious that scores +of field glasses were trained upon his troops. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Probably believing that the British army had been hurried to the +aid of General Sarrail, General von Kluck advanced confidently. +Having concealment in view, the commanders of the French army and +the British army between them had left a wide gap between the two +armies. Through one of these apparently unguarded openings a strong +body of uhlan patrols advanced, riding southward until they reached +Nogent, south of Paris, and seemingly with the whole rich country +of central France laid wide open to a sharp and sudden attack. +Among the many strange features of this series of the battles of +the Marne this must certainly be reckoned as one. Though possessing +an unequaled military organization, though priding itself on its +cavalry scouts, though aided by aerial scouts, and though well +supplied with spies, yet the Allied armies, with the age-old device +of a forest, were able to cloak their movements from this perfectly +organized and powerful invading army. Much of the credit of this +may be assigned to the French and English aircraft, which kept +German scouting aircraft at a distance. But the Allied generals +were astounded at the result of their maneuver, which, as they +admitted afterward, was merely a military precautionary measure +against the discovery of artillery sites, and a device to keep +the enemy in general ignorance. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On Saturday, September 5, 1914, at the extreme north of the line +of the two armies facing each other across the Ourcq, an artillery +duel began. The offensive was taken by the French, and though in +itself it was not more striking than any of the artillery clashes +that had marked the previous month's fighting, it was significant, +for it marked the beginning of the battles of the Marne. The plans +of General Joffre were complete, but the actual point at which +the furious contest should begin was not yet determined. In the +northern Ourcq section, however, the realization by the French +that they were actually on the offensive at last, that the long +period of retreat was over, could not be restrained. The troops +were eager to get to work with the bayonet, and greatly aided by +their field artillery, in which mobility had been sacrificed to +power, they quickly cleared the hills to the westward of the Ourcq. +By nightfall of September 5, 1914, the country west of the Ourcq +was in French hands. But to cross that river seemed impossible. +General von Kluck's heavy artillery had been left behind to hold +that position, and every possible crossing was covered with its +own blast of death. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Here General von Kluck's generalship was successful. It might have +been regarded as risky to leave 100,000 men to guard a river confronted +by 250,000 picked and reenforced French troops. But General von Kluck's +faith in German guns and German gunnery was not ill-founded. This +was the first of the open-air siege conflicts, and the French army +had no guns which could be used against the German heavy artillery. +Hence it followed that the brilliant work of the Sixth French Army +on this first day of the battles of the Marne achieved no important +result, for the long-range hidden howitzers, manned by expert German +gunners and well supplied with ammunition, defied all attempts at +crossing the little stream of the Ourcq. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +This first day's fighting on the Marne revealed one of France's +chiefest needs—heavy artillery. The French light quick-firing +gun was a deadly weapon, but France had neglected the one department +of artillery in which the Germans had been most successful—the +use of powerful motor traction to move big guns without slackening +the march of an army. General von Kluck's artillery was impregnable +to the French. Indeed, the Germans could not be dislodged from the +Ourcq until the British Expeditionary Force sent up some heavy +field batteries. It was then too late for the withdrawal from the +Ourcq to be of any serious consequence in determining the result +along the battle front. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The afternoon of that day, when the Zouaves were driving the Germans +across the Ourcq with the bayonet and were themselves effectually +stopped by the German wall of artillery fire, General Joffre and +Sir John French met. At last the British commander received the +welcome news from the generalissimo that retreat was over and advance +was about to be begun. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +"I met the French commander in chief at his request," runs the +official dispatch, "and he informed me of his intention to take +the offensive forthwith by wheeling up the left flank of the Sixth +Army, pivoting on the Marne, and directing it to move on the Ourcq; +cross and attack the flank of the First German Army, which was +then moving in a southeasterly direction east of that river. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +"He requested me to effect a change of front to my right—my +left resting on the Marne and my right on the Fifth Army—to +fill the gap between that army and the Sixth. I was then to advance +against the enemy on my front and join in the general offensive +movement. German troops, which were observed moving southeast up +the left bank of the Ourcq on the Fourth, were now reported to be +halted and facing that river. Heads of the enemy's columns were seen +crossing at Changis, La Ferté, Nogent, Château-Thierry, +and Mezy. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +"Considerable German columns of all arms were seen to be converging +on Montmirail, while before sunset large bivouacs of the enemy +were located in the neighborhood of Coulommiers, south of Rebais, +La Ferté-Gaucher, and Dagny. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +"These combined movements practically commenced on Sunday, September +6, at sunrise; and on that day it may be said that a great battle +opened on a front extending from Ermenonville, which was just in +front of the left flank of the Sixth French Army, through Lizy +on the Marne, Maupertuis, which was about the British center, +Courtaçon, which was the left of the Fifth French Army, to +Esternay and Charleville, the left of the Ninth Army under General +Foch, and so along the front of the Ninth, Fourth, and Third French +Armies to a point north of the fortress of Verdun." +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Sunrise on Sunday morning, on a summer day in sunny France, was +the setting for the grim and red carnage which should show in the +next five consecutive days that the German advance was checked, +that the southernmost point had been reached, and that for a long +time to come it would tax the resources of the invaders to hold the +land that already had been won. General Joffre had so arranged his +forces that the most spectacular—and the easiest—part +fell to the British, and it was accomplished with perfection of +detail. But the honors of the battles of the Marne lay with General +Sarrail's army and with the "Iron Division of Toul." +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the same morning, this special army order, issued by Sir John +French, was read to the British troops: +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +"After a most trying series of operations, mostly in retirement, +which have been rendered necessary by the general strategic plan +of the allied armies, the British forces stand to-day formed in +line with their French comrades, ready to attack the enemy. Foiled +in their attempt to invest Paris, the Germans have been driven to +move in an easterly and southeasterly direction with the apparent +intention of falling in strength upon the Fifth French Army. In +this operation they are exposing their right flank and their line +of communications to an attack from the combined Sixth French Army +and the British forces. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +"I call upon the British army in France to now show the enemy its +power and to push on vigorously to the attack beside the Sixth +French Army. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +"I am sure I shall not call upon them in vain, but that, on the +contrary, by another manifestation of the magnificent spirit which +they have shown in the past fortnight, they will fall on the enemy's +flank with all their strength and, in unison with the Allies, drive +them back." +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +As before, the day's fighting began with the efforts of the Sixth +French Army against the Ourcq. Before the Germans could be driven +from the east bank the few villages they occupied on the west bank +had to be taken, and as these were covered by heavy artillery from +the farther bank, the French loss of life was very severe. Yet +these several combats—of which there were as many as there +were villages—were stationary. In every case the Germans +were compelled to cross the river; in every case the artillery made +it impossible for the French to follow them. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +At dawn also everyone of the French armies advanced, and within +two or three hours of sunrise found themselves engaged with the +German front. The spirited order to the troops issued that morning +by General Joffre had left no doubt in the minds of Frenchmen on +the importance of the issue. It read: +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +"At a moment when a battle on which the welfare of the country +depends is going to begin, I feel it incumbent upon me to remind +you all that this is no longer the time to look behind. All our +efforts must be directed toward attacking and driving back the +enemy. An army which can no longer advance must at all costs keep +the ground it has won, and allow itself to be killed on the spot +rather than give way. In the present circumstance no faltering +can be tolerated." +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Yet in spite of the powerful efforts of the French armies they +were all held in check, and General Sarrail was beginning to give +way. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Though the fighting in the center had been stationary on this sixth +of September, 1914, it had been desperate. D'Espérey was +facing the 150,000 men of Von Kluck's army, and the effect of the +British attack on Von Kluck's flank had not yet been felt. He more +than held his own, but at great cost. General Foch, with the Ninth +Army, had a double problem, for he was wrestling with General von +Bülow to hold the southern edge of the Sézanne Plateau, +while General von Hausen's Saxon Army was trying to turn his right +flank. A violent attack, which, for the space of over two hours +seemed likely to succeed, was launched by the Duke of Württemberg +against General Langle and the Fourth Army. The attack was repelled, +but the French losses were proportionately great. There could be +no denial that many such attacks could break through the line. +General Sarrail's army, fighting a losing game, showed marvelous +stubbornness and gameness, but even so, it could not resist being +pushed south of Fort Troyon, itself unable to support the battering +it might expect to receive when the German siege guns should be +brought into place. +</p> + +<table class="center" style="width: 617px;"> +<tr><td> + <a name="fig017"></a><a href="images/fig017.jpg"> + <img src="images/fig017.jpg" width="617" height="347" alt="Fig. 17"> + </a> +</td></tr> +<tr><td>BATTLE OF THE MARNE—END OF GERMAN RETREAT AND +THE INTRENCHED LINE ON THE AISNE RIVER</td></tr> +</table> + +<p class="indent"> +At every point but one the Germans had a right to deem the day +successful. The only reversal had been a minor one before the forest +of Crécy. Yet, of all the generals on that front Von Kluck +alone was in a position to see the gravity of the situation. The +British had caught him on the flank as he tried to pierce the left +wing of General d'Espérey's army, and if he should now retreat, +that army could envelop him and thus catch him between two fires. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Next morning, Monday, September 7, 1914, another glorious summer +morning, saw a resumption of the battle along exactly the same +lines, with the same persistent attack and defense along the eastern +part of the front, and with the British making full use of the +blunder made by the German right. General von Kluck had realized +his plight, but, even so, he had not secured an understanding of +the size of the force that was threatening his flank, and he sent +as a reenforcement a single army corps which had been intrenched +near Coulommiers on the Grand Morin. The British had three full +army corps and were well supplied with cavalry and artillery. Yet +Coulommiers was Von Kluck's headquarters and actually, when the +Germans were driven back and the British troops entered the town, +Prince Eitel, the second son of the kaiser; General von Kluck and +his staff were compelled to run down to their motor cars and escape +at top speed along the road to Rebais, leaving their half-eaten +breakfast on the table, and their glasses of wine half emptied. +One of the most dramatic cavalry actions of this period of the +war took place shortly before noon, when one hundred and seventeen +squadrons of cavalry were engaged. In this action the British were +successful, but the German cavalry were tired and harassed, having +been severely handled the day before. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In this engagement between the British and the German right, all +the odds had been in favor of the British, and success meant merely +the grasping at opportunities that presented themselves. Still, +by constantly striking at General van Kluck's exposed flank, his +frontal attack of General d'Espérey was so weakened, that, +toward evening at the close of two days of continuous and very +severe fighting, the Fifth French Army was able to advance and +hold the position from La Ferté-Gaucher to Esternay. The +ground gained was valuable but not essential, yet it made a profound +impression. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +General d'Espérey's step forward was the Germans' step back. +It meant that the road to Paris was barred. How fully this was +realized may be seen from an order signed by Lieutenant General +Tuelff von Tschepe und Weidenbach and found in the house that had +been occupied by the staff of the Eighth German Army Corps when +the victorious French entered Vitry-le-François. The order +was dated "September 7, 10:30 p. m." and it read as follows: +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +"The object of our long and arduous marches has been achieved. +The principal French troops have been forced to accept battle, +after having been continually forced back. The great decision is +undoubtedly at hand. To-morrow, therefore, the whole strength of +the German army, as well as all that of our Army Corps, are bound +to be engaged all along the line from Paris to Verdun. To save +the welfare and the honor or Germany I expect every officer and +man, notwithstanding the hard and heroic fights of the last few +days, to do his duty unswervingly and to the last breath. Everything +depends on the result of to-morrow." +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Much did, indeed, depend on the result of the morrow, and for the +third day, again, it was General von Kluck's initial move that +brought disaster to the German side. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Why was it that Von Kluck, instead of marching directly on Paris, +as would have been expected, made a detour, having as his object +not the capital but the French army? It may be said in favor of it +that the decision taken by the German General Staff was in conformity +with the military doctrine of Napoleon. According to this doctrine, +a capital, whatever its importance, is never more than an accessory +object, geographical or political. What is of importance is the +strategical object. The strategical object is the essential, the +geographical object is only accessory. Once the essential object +is attained, the accessory object is acquired of itself. Once the +French armies had been beaten, thrown back, and dispersed, Von +Kluck could return to the capital and take it easily. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Conceive of him, on the other hand, attacking the capital with the +army of Manoury on his right, which constituted a serious menace +to his left, and in front or him the British army and the Fifth +French Army; he might have been caught as in a vise between these +forces while all his activity was being absorbed by his attack +on the intrenchments around Paris. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +It has been said that if Von Kluck had won the French capital, as +it seemed he might, the French could not have gained the Battle of +the Marne, and the result of the war might have been very different. +It was, however, no mistake on the part of Von Kluck, no false +maneuver on his part, that determined the victory of the Marne. +Von Kluck did exactly what he ought to have done; the decision +taken by the German General Staff was exactly what it ought to +have taken, and what was foreseen during the whole course of the +war. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +It was on September 4, 1914, in the morning, that the observations +made by the French cavalry, as well as by British aviators and +those of the army of Manoury and the military government of Paris, +made it clear that the German right (Von Kluck's army) was bending +its march toward the southeast in the direction of Meaux and +Coulommiers, leaving behind it the road to Paris. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +At this moment the Fifth French' Army of the left was ready to +meet the German forces in a frontal attack, and it was flanked +toward the northwest by the British army and by General Manoury's +army to the northeast of the capital. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The disposition of forces aimed at in General Joffre's order of +August 25 was thus accomplished; the French escaped the turning +movement, and they were in a position to counter with an enveloping +movement themselves. The wings of the French forces found support +in their maneuvering in their contact with the strongholds of Paris +and Verdun. Immediately the commander in chief decided to attack, +and issued on the evening of September 4 the series of general +orders, given as an appendix to this volume, which announced the +big offensive and eventually turned the tide of battle. +</p> + +<hr> + +<h2><a name="chapter_XV">CHAPTER XV</a></h2> + +<p class="subtitle">GERMAN RETREAT</p> + +<p class="indent"> +That morning of the 8th, then, saw General von Kluck in full retreat. +His frontal attack on General d'Espérey had failed and the +Fifth French Army had advanced. The British were at his flank, and +besides, they had been able to spare some of their heavy artillery +to send to the Sixth Army under General Maunoury, to enable him to +cross the Ourcq. It is by no means certain that even with this +assistance could the Sixth Army have silenced the terrible fire +of those howitzers, but General von Kluck dared no longer leave +his artillery there, it must be taken with him on his retreat, +or become valuable booty. Leaving a few batteries to guard the +crossings of the river, the Ourcq division of the German right +retreated in good order, to rejoin their comrades who had been +so unexpectedly mauled by the British. The honor of this day was, +curiously, not to the victorious, but to the defeated army. Had +General von Kluck done nothing other than conduct his army in retreat +as he did, he would have shown himself an able commander. Sir John +French and General d'Espérey followed up their advantage. +The artillery fire of the British was good and in a running fight, +such as this retreat, the light field artillery of the French did +terrible execution. The brunt of the British fighting was at La +Tretoire. General d'Espérey fought steadily forward all day, +driving the retreating army as closely as he could, but proceeding +warily because of General von Kluck's powerful counterattacks. The +fighting was continuous from the first break of daylight until after +dusk had fallen, and it was in the twilight that the French Army at +last carried Montmirail on the Petit Morin, a feat of strategic +value, since it exposed the right flank of Von Bülow's army, +exposed by the retreat of General von Kluck. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +From this review of the forced retirement of General von Kluck, +it will be seen that the German right was compelled to sustain an +attack at three points, from the Sixth French Army on the banks +of the Ourcq, from the British army in the region of Coulommiers +and from the Fifth French Army near Courtaçon. Each of these +attacks was of a widely different character. The result of this +attack lias been shown in the summary of the three days (four days +on the Ourcq) which resulted in the British capture of Coulommiers +and in the French capture of Montmirail. This was General Joffre's +counteroffensive, and it developed in detail almost exactly along +the lines that he had laid down. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The scene of the fighting across the west bank of the Ourcq was that +of a wide-open country, gently undulating, dotted with comfortable +farmhouses, and made up of a mosaic of green meadow lands and the +stubble of grain fields. The German heavy guns came into action +as soon as the French offensive developed. Tremendous detonations +that shook the earth, and which were followed by sluggish clouds +of an oily smoke showed where the high-explosive shells had struck. +Already, by the evening of the first day's fighting, there were +blazing haystacks and farmhouses to be seen, and the happy and +smiling plain showed scarred and rent with the mangling hand of +war. On the 6th, a sugar refinery, which had been held as an outpost +by a force of 1,800 Germans, was set on fire by a French battery. +The infantry had been successful in getting to within close range +and as the invaders sought to escape from the burning building, +they were picked off one by one by the French marksmen. The French +infantry, well intrenched, suffered scarcely any loss. It was in +brilliant sunshine that the fire broke out, and the conflagration +was so fierce that the empty building sent up little smoke. The +flames scarcely showed in the bright light, and to the onlooker, it +seemed as if some rapid leprous disease was eating up the building. +The situation was horrible for the Germans, either to be trapped and +to perish in the flames, or to face the withering French infantry +fire without any opportunity to fight back. Less than 300 of the +occupants of the refinery won clear. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Wherever the forces met, the slaughter was great and terrible. +In the excitement and the eagerness of the first offensive, the +French seemed to have forgotten the lessons of prudence that the +long retreat should have ingrained into their memory, and they +sought to take every village that was occupied by the Germans with +a rush. The loss of life was greatest at a point four miles east +of Meaux. There, on a sharp, tree-covered ridge, the Germans had +intrenched, and gun platforms had been placed under the screen +of the trees. An almost incessant hail of shrapnel fell on these +lines, and the French infantry charges were repulsed again and +again, with but little loss on the German line. But, meantime, +village after village had been attacked by the French and carried +with the bayonet, and on Sunday, September 6th, 1914, that part +of the battles of the Marne which dealt with the driving back of +the Germans to the line of the Ourcq, was in some of its feature +like a hand-to-hand conflict of ages long gone by. Yet, overhead +aeroplanes circled, on every side shells were bursting, the heavy +smell of blood on a hot day mingled with the explosive fumes, but +the Zouaves and the Turcos fought without ceasing and with a force +and spirit that went far to win for the French the cheering news +that village after village had been freed of the invaders. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +When the night of that Sunday fell, however, on the line of the +Ourcq, the balm of darkness seemed to be almost as much a forgotten +thing as the blessedness of silence. There was no darkness that +night. As the Germans evacuated each village they set fire to it. +The invaders actually held their machine guns at work in the burning +village until the position was no longer tenable. The wind blew +gustily that night, and all the hours long, the Germans collected +their dead, built great pyres of wood and straw and cremated their +comrades who had fallen on the field of honor. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The next day, at this point, developed fighting of the same general +character. One of the most heroic defenses of General von Kluck's +army was that of the Magdeburg Regiment, which held its advanced post +ten minutes too long and consequently was practically annihilated. +Although the French had everywhere shown themselves superior with the +bayonet and at close infighting, even as the Germans had displayed +an incredible courage in advance under gunfire, and rightly held +their heavy artillery to be the finest in the world, in the +mêlée around the colors of the Magdeburg Regiment, +there was nothing to choose for either side. The lieutenant color +bearer was killed, in the midst of a ring of dead, and not until +almost the whole regiment had been killed under the impact of far +superior numbers, were the tattered colors taken into the French +lines. It was on this day, Tuesday, September 8, 1914, that the +British army realizing that it had turned the flank of General von +Kluck's southern divisions sent its heavy batteries to the pressure +on the banks of the Ourcq. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +A graphic picture of the artillery side of the fighting on the +Ourcq was given by one of the artillery officers detached from the +British force. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +"Meaux was still a town of blank shutters and empty streets when +we got there this morning," he wrote, "but the French sappers had +thrown a plank gangway across the gap in the ruined old bridge, +built in A. D. 800, that had survived all the wars of France, only +to perish at last in this one. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +"Smack, smack, smack, smack go the French guns; and then, a few +seconds later, four white mushrooms of smoke spring up over the far +woods and slowly the pop, pop, pop, pop, of the distant explosions +comes back to you. But now it is the German gunners' turn. Bang! +go his guns, two miles away; there is a moment of eerie and +uncomfortable silence—uncomfortable because there is just a +chance they might have altered their range—and then, quite +close by, over the wood where the battery is, come the crashes of +the bursting shells. They sound like a Titan's blows on a gigantic +kettle filled with tons of old iron. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +"At Trilport there is a yawning gap, where one arch of the railway +bridge used to be, with a solitary bent rail still lying across +it. And, among the wreckage of the bridge below, lying on its side +and more than half beneath the water, is the smashed and splintered +ruin of a closed motor car. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +"Beyond the town was a ridge on which the French batteries were +posted. We could see the ammunition wagons parked on the reverse +slope of the hill. More were moving up to join them. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +"The village beyond, Penchard, was thronged with troops and blocked +with ambulance wagons and ammunition carts. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +"Through the rank grass at the side came tramping a long file of +dusty, sweating, wearied men. They carried long spades and picks +as well as their rifles. They had come out of the firing line and +were going back to Penchard for food. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +"Topping the next ridge... the hill slopes steeply down to the +hamlet of Chamvery, just below us. The battery which I mentioned +just now is in the wood on this side of it to our right. The Zouaves' +firing line is lying flat on the hillside a little way beyond the +village, and behind them, farther down the hill, are thick lines of +supports in the cover of intrenchments. It is a spectacle entirely +typical of a modern battle, for there is scarcely anything to see +at all. If it were not for those shells being tossed to and fro +on the right there, and an occasional splutter of rifle fire, one +might easily suppose that the lines of blue-coated men lying about +on the stubble were all dozing in the hot afternoon sun. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +"Even when some of them move they seem to do it lazily, to saunter +rather than to walk.... It is only in the cinematograph or on the +comparatively rare occasions of close fighting at short range that +men rush about dramatically. For one thing, they are too tired to +hurry; and anyhow, what is the use of running when a shell may +burst any minute anywhere in the square mile you happen to be on? +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +"I walked with the company officers who were planning a fresh advance, +map in hand. They had gained the village in which we were that +morning, but at tremendous loss. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +"'Out of my company of 220,' said one captain, 'there are only +100 left. It's the same story everywhere—the German machine +guns. Their fire simply clears the ground like a razor. You just +can't understand how anyone gets away alive. I've had men fall at +my right hand and my left. You can't look anywhere, as you advance, +without seeing men dropping. Of our four officers, two are wounded +and one dead. I am left alone in command.'" +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +This hand-to-hand fighting for the possession of villages on the +west bank of the Marne, this heavy loss to the French troops by +the German artillery, and this sudden check at the Ourcq itself, +until British heavy batteries were sent, marks the character of +what may be called the battle of the Ourcq, the westernmost of +the battles of the Marne. As General von Kluck had divided his +forces, in order to carry out the attempt to pierce the left of +General d'Espérey's army, the German forces in the battle +of the Ourcq were outnumbered almost three to one. In spite of +these odds against them, the extreme German right held for four +days the position it had been given to hold. +</p> + +<hr> + +<h2><a name="chapter_XVI">CHAPTER XVI</a></h2> + +<p class="subtitle">CONTINUATION OF THE BATTLE OF THE MARNE</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Remembering again the general outline of General von Kluck's plan, +that of executing a diagonal movement with 150,000 of his men to +attack the easternmost point of the Fifth Army, and possibly to +envelop it by a flank movement, the continuation of the Battle +of the Marne may be treated with more detail. This part is called +by some the Battle of Coulommiers. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In this battle there was as great a change in morale as in the +battle of the Ourcq. There, the French had been stirred to high +endeavor by the realization that the word to advance had at last +been given. This also operated in part on the British in the battle +of Coulommiers, but, in addition, there was another very important +factor. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The dawn of that Sunday summer morning, September 6, 1914, was +one of great exhilaration for the British forces. The offensive +was begun, the time for striking back had come, and every column +resounded with marching choruses. The countryside was lovely, as +had been all the countryside through which the retreating armies +had passed, gay with the little French homesteads, flower decked +and smiling, heavily laden orchards, and rich grain fields, some +as yet uncut, some newly stacked. Women and children, with here +and there an old man, ran along the line of march ministering to +the wants of their defenders. There was no need for language, as +courtesy and gratitude are universal, and the English were fighting +for "La Belle France." So the morning wore on. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Through the forested region of Crécy the British passed, and +it has been told hereinbefore how they surprised the two cavalry +commands thrust out as scouts by General von Kluck. But, as they +reached the land that had been occupied by the German hosts, the +bearing of the men changed, even as the country changed. The simple +homes of the peasants were in ashes, every house that had showed +traces of comfort had been sacked or gutted with fire. Between +noon and three o'clock in the afternoon of that day three burned +churches were passed. The songs stopped. A black silence fell upon +the ranks. Bloody business was afoot. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +It was in the middle of the afternoon, a slumbrous harvest afternoon, +that a big gun boomed in the distance, and the shell shrieked dolefully +through the air, its vicious whine ceasing with a tremendous sudden +roar as it burst behind the advancing British lines. On the instant, +Sir John French's batteries almost wiped out the German cavalry, +and ten minutes had not elapsed before the full artillery on both +sides had begun a terrific fire that was stunning to the senses. +Under cover of their own fire, the British infantry advanced and +hurled themselves against the outer line of General von Kluck's +Second Army. The attack failed. The British were driven back, but +though the loss of life was sharp, it was not great, as the British +commander had but advanced his men to test out the invader's strength. +The British artillery was well placed, and under its cover the +British made a second advance, this time successful. The Germans +replied with a counterattack which was repulsed, but in that forty +minutes 10,000 men had fallen. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +A dispatch has been quoted from a French soldier, showing the terrible +havoc caused by the German machine guns, and a letter from a German +officer, published in the "Intelligenzblatt" of Berne pays a like +tribute to the artillery of the Allies. Speaking of this very section +or the battle front, he wrote: +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +"We were obliged to retreat as the English were attempting a turning +movement, which was discovered by our airmen. [This refers to the +advance of the British First Army Corps under Sir Douglas Haig +in the direction of La Ferté-sous-Jouarra, which, if it +could have been successfully carried out, would have meant the +entire loss of General von Kluck's southern army.] During the last +two hours we were continually exposed to the fire of the enemy's +artillery, for our artillery had all either been put out of action or +had retreated and had ceased to fire. [This dispatch was evidently, +therefore, written toward the end of the second day, on Monday, +September 6, 1914, when General von Kluck realized that his forward +drive had failed and that he must fall back.] +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +"The enemy's airmen flew above us, describing two circles, which +means, 'there is infantry here.' The enemy's artillery mowed the +ground with its fire. In one minute's time I counted forty shells. +The shrapnel exploded nearer and nearer; at last it reached our +ranks. I quickly hugged a knapsack to my stomach in order to protect +myself as best I could. The shrieks of the wounded rang out on all +sides. Tears came to my eyes when I heard the poor devils moaning +with pain. The dust, the smoke, and the stench of the powder were +suffocating. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +"An order rang out, and bending as low as possible, we started +up. We had to pass right in the line of fire. The men began to +fall like ninepins. God be thanked that I was able to run as I +did. I thought my heart would burst, and was about to throw myself +on the ground, unable to continue, when your image and that of +Bolli rose before my eyes, and I ran on. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +"At last we reached our batteries. Three guns were smashed to pieces, +and the gun carriages were burned. We halted for a few seconds to +take breath. And all the time that whistling and banging of the +shells continued. It is a wonder one is not driven mad." +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Admiration cannot be withheld from General von Kluck for his splendid +fight at the battle of Coulommiers. He was out-generaled, for one +thing, because of his plan—or his orders—to strike +a southeasterly blow; he was outmaneuvered by the presence of a +vastly larger British force than he had any reason to expect, and +he was outnumbered almost two to one. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Through the apple and pear orchards of La Trétoire the battle +was sanguinary; the British (reenforced on September 7, 1914, by +some French divisions) swept through the terrain in widely extended +lines, for close formation was not to be thought of with artillery +and machine guns in front. It was bitter fighting, and the German +right contested every inch of ground stubbornly. Once, indeed, it +seemed that General von Kluck would turn the tables. He rapidly +collected his retreating troops, and with unparalleled suddenness +hurled them back upon the advancing First Corps under Sir Douglas +Haig. Aeroplane scouts decided the issue. Had the British been +compelled to await the onset, or had they been forced to depend +on cavalry patrols, there would have been no opportunity to resist +that revengeful onslaught. But no sooner had the Germans begun +to re-form than Sir Douglas Haig moved his machine guns to the +front and fell back a few hundred yards to a better position. This +happened on September 8, 1914, and may be regarded as the last +offensive move made by General von Kluck's army in the west. On +that same day Coulommiers was invested and Prince Eitel compelled +to flee, and the battle of Coulommiers was won. +</p> + +<hr> + +<h2><a name="chapter_XVII">CHAPTER XVII</a></h2> + +<p class="subtitle">CONTINUATION OF THE BATTLE OF THE MARNE</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The third part of the battle of the Marne, called by some the Battle +of Montmirail, was not marked by special incident. General +d'Espérey's part was to hold firm, and this he did. Not +only by reason of the British assistance on the left, but also +because the strong army of General Foch to the right was a new +army, of greater strength than was known to General von Moltke +and the German General Staff. The battle of Montmirail was won +by the steady resistance of the Fifth Army to the hammer blows +of the German right, and to the quick advantage seized by General +d'Espérey when the British weakened the flank of the force +opposing him. On September 8, 1914, General d'Espérey had +not only held his ground, but had driven General von Kluck back +across the Grand Morin River at La Ferté-Gaucher, and also +across the Petit Morin at Montmirail. Since the British had butted +the Germans back from the Petit Morin at La Trétoire, these +three days of fighting in the battles of Coulommiers and Montmirail +had won the Allies advanced positions across two rivers, and had +so weakened the German right that it was compelled to fall back +on the main army and forego its important strategic advantage on +the east bank of the Ourcq River. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +These three battles, Ourcq, Coulommiers, and Montmirail, constitute +the recoil from Paris, and at the same time they constitute the defeat +of what was hereinbefore shown to be one of the four fundamentals of +the great German campaign plan. With the situation thus cleared, +so to speak, one may now pass to the details of the second part +of the German plan, which was to engage the powerful Ninth and +Fourth Armies, under the command of Generals Foch and Langle, +respectively, to break through them, if possible, but at all hazards +to keep them sufficiently menaced to disable General Joffre from +sending reenforcements therefrom to the army of General Sarrail, +on which the whole force of the army of the crown prince was to +be hurled. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The next section of the Allied armies, then, was General Foch's +Ninth Army, which encountered the German drive at Fère +Champenoise, and which resulted in the severe handling of General von +Bülow's forces. With characteristic perception of the difference +between a greater and a lesser encounter, General Foch called his +share of the battles of the Marne, the "Affair of the Marshes of +St. Gond." This did not culminate until Wednesday, September 9, +1914, so that the German retreat there was one day later than the +final retreat of General von Kluck. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The clash between the armies of General von Bülow and of General +Foch began, as did the battle wrath along the whole front, at dawn of +that fateful Sunday, September 5, 1914. General Foch, a well-known +writer on strategy, had devised his army for defense. He was well +supplied with the famous 75-millimeter guns, holding them massed in +the center of his line. His extreme right and left were mobile and +thrown partly forward to feel the attack of the invading army. But, +in spite of all preparations, General Foch found himself hard-set to +hold his own on September 5, 6, 7, and 8, 1914. The battle continued +incessantly, by night as well as by day, for the artillerists had +found each other's range. There was comparatively little hand-to-hand +fighting at this point, General Foch only once being successful in +luring the Germans to within close firing range. The results were +withering, and General von Bülow did not attempt it a second +time. There seems reason to believe that General von Bülow had +counted upon acting as a reserve force to General von Kluck during +the latter's advance, and that, consequently, he did not think it +prudent to risk heavy loss of life until he knew the situation to +westward of him. There was some sharp "bomb" work at Fère +Champenoise on September 8, and then came the night of the 8th. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +It will be remembered that at the close of the battle of Montmirail +on the evening of September 8, 1914, the western flank of Von +Bülow's army had been exposed by the advance of General +d'Espérey and the retreat of General von Kluck. Information +of this reached Foch, and despite the danger of the maneuver, he +thrust out his mobile left like a great tongue. That night the +weather turned stormy, facilitating this move. At one o'clock in +the morning, the statement has been made, word reached General Foch +indirectly that air patrols had observed a gap in the alignment +of the German armies between General von Bülow's left and +General von Hausen's right. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +During the darkness and the rain, therefore, General Foch had worked +two complete surprises on General von Bülow. He had enveloped +the German commander's right flank, and was safely ensconced there +with General d'Espérey's army behind him, since the latter +had by now advanced to Montmirail. At the same time he had thrust +a wedge between Von Bülow and General von Hausen, threatening +General von Bülow's left flank as well. The first was a seizure +of an opportunity, executed with military promptness, the second +was a bold <i>coup</i>, and its risk might well have appalled a +less experienced general. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Considering the westernmost of these movements first, it will be +seen at once how the enveloping action brought about the "Affair +of the Marshes of St. Gond." General von Bülow's army was +stretched in an arc around the marshes, which, it will be remembered, +have been described as a pocket of clay, low-lying lands mainly +reclaimed, but which become miry during heavy rains. It was General +von Bülow's misfortune, that, on the very night that his flank +was exposed, there should come a torrential downpour. These same +marshes had figured more than once before in France's military +history, and General Foch, as a master strategist, was determined +that they should serve again. When the rain came, he thanked his +lucky stars and acted on the instant. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +When the morning of September 9, 1914, dawned, the left wing of +General Foch's army was not only covering the exposed flank of +General von Bülow's forces, but parts of it were two miles +to the rear. Under the driving rain, morning broke slowly, and +almost before a sodden and rain-soaked world could awake to the fact +that day had come, General Foch had nipped the rear of the flank +of the opposing army, and was bending the arc in upon itself. Under +normal circumstances, such an action would tend but to strengthen +the army thus attacked, since it brings all parts of the army into +closer communication. But General Foch knew that the disadvantages +of the ground would more than compensate for this, since the two +horns of General von Bülow's army could not combine without +crossing those marshes, now boggy enough, and growing boggier every +second. The task was harder than General Foch anticipated, for +the same rainy conditions that provided a pitfall for the Germans +were also a manifest hindrance to the rapid execution of military +maneuvers. But, in spite of all difficulties, by evening of that +day, the flank broke and gave way, and two entire corps from General +von Bülow's right were precipitated into the marshes. Forty +guns were taken—to that time the largest capture of artillery +made by the Allies—and a number of prisoners. Hundreds perished +miserably, but General Foch held back his artillery from an +indiscriminate slaughter of men made helpless in the slimy mud. +Thus ended the "Affair of the Marshes of St. Gond," which broke +still further the German right wing. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Thanks to General Foch's further activities, General von Bülow +had troubles upon his left wing. When dawn of this same day or +torrential rain, September 9, 1914, broke over the hill-road that +runs from Mareuil to Fère-Champenoise, at which point lay +the left of General von Bülow's army, it witnessed a number +of 75-millimeter guns on selected gun sites commanding the right +flank of the German right center. General Foch's daring, the success +of the maneuver, and the fact that the conduct of all the French +armies on that day and the day following seems to be with the full +cognizance of this venture, led inevitably to the conclusion that those +brilliant feats, conceived by General Foch, had been communicated to +General Joffre in time for the French General Staff to direct the +French armies to the right and left of General Foch to cooperate +with his action. Had General Foch been less ably supported, his +wedge might have proved a weak salient open to attack on both sides. +But General Foch's main army to the west kept General von Bülow +busy, and General Langle's army to the east fought too stubbornly +for the Duke of Württemberg to dare detach any forces for +the relief of General von Bülow. General von Hausen's Saxon +Army was weak, at best. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +What were the forces that operated to make this particular point +so weak are not generally known. As, however, the divisions from +Alsace were much in evidence three or four days later, it is more +than probable that these divisions were intended for service at this +point, and also to reenforce General von Kluck's army, but that, +by the quick offensive assumed by General Joffre on the Ourcq, and, +owing to the roundabout nature of the German means of communication, +these expected reenforcements had not arrived. The German official +dispatches point out that General von Bülow's retreat was +necessitated by the retreat of General von Kluck. Of this there is +no doubt, but even military necessity does not quite explain why +General von Bülow bolted so precipitately. His losses were +fearful, and the offensive of General Foch rendered it necessary +for the Germans to fall back on the Aisne. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The armies of the Duke of Württemberg and of the crown prince +may be considered together, for they were combined in an effort +to pierce the French line near the angle at Bar-le-Duc. General +Langle held on desperately against the repeated attacks of the +Duke of Württemberg. Ground was lost and recovered, lost again +and recovered, and every trifling vantage point of ground was fought +for with a bitter intensity. Though active, with all the other +armies, on September 5 and 6, 1914, it was not until September 7 +that General Langle found himself strained to his utmost nerve. If +he could hold, he could do no more, and when night fell on September +7, no person was more relieved than General Langle. Yet the next +day was even worse. Instead of slackening in the evil weather, +the German drive became more furious. The exhausted Fourth Army +fought as though in a hideous nightmare, defended their lines in a +sullen obstinacy that seemed almost stuporous, and countercharged +in a blind frenzy that approached to delirium. It was doubtful if +General Langle's army could hold out much longer. But, when General +von Bülow was compelled to retreat, when General Foch turned his +attention to General von Hausen's Saxon Army, and when General Joffre +found himself in a position to rush reenforcements and reserves to +the aid of General Langle, a new color was given to the affair. +The defense stiffened, and as rapidly as it stiffened, so much the +more did it become patent that the Duke of Württemberg could +not afford to be in an exposed position far in advance of all the +other attacking armies. Wednesday, September 9, 1914, revealed to +the German center the need of falling back on the crown prince's +army, which was the pivot on which the whole campaign swung. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Meantime, the crown prince's army had been steadily victorious. +The weak French army under General Sarrail had been pushed back, +yielding only foot by foot, back, back, along the rugged hill country +of the Meuse. A determined stand was made to protect the little +fort of Troyon, ten miles south of Verdun, for had the Germans +succeeded in taking this, Verdun would have been surrounded. No +army and no generalship could have done more than the Third Army +and General Sarrail did, but they could not hold their ground before +Troyon. On September 7, 1914, the way to Troyon was open, and the +army of the crown prince prepared to demolish it. Then came September +9, 1914, when the allied successes in the western part of the Marne +valley allowed them to send reenforcements. Thus the Third Army +was perceptibly strengthened and hope for Troyon grew. One day +more, certainly two days more, and nothing could have saved Troyon, +but with the whole German line in retreat, the army of the crown +prince could not be left on the advance. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Incredible though it may seem, when the army of the crown prince +besieging Troyon withdrew, that little fort was a mere heap of +ruins. There were exactly forty-four men left in the fort and four +serviceable guns. Even a small storming party could have carried +it without the least trouble, and its natural strength could have +been fortified in such wise as to make it a pivotal point from +which to harry Verdun. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +At the extreme east, on that ring of wooded heights known as the +Grande Couronne de Nancy, and drawn up across the Gap of Nancy, +the Second French Army, under General de Castelnau, successfully +resisted the drive of the Crown Prince of Bavaria. Great hopes had +been placed on this attack, and on September 7, 1914, the German +Emperor had viewed the fight at Nancy from one of the neighboring +heights. Surely a victory for the German arms might come either at +the point where stood the German Emperor or where led the crown +prince. But the fortunes of war decided otherwise. Far from losing +at Nancy, the French took the offensive. After an artillery duel of +terrific magnitude, they drove the Bavarian army from the forests +of Champenous and took Amance. The line of the Meurthe was then +found untenable by the Germans, and on September 12, 1914, General +de Castelnau reoccupied the town of Luneville, which had been in +the hands of the Germans since August 22, 1914. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +With General von Kluck in retreat on September 7, 1914, General +von Bülow hastening to the rear on September 8, 1914, with +the Duke of Württemberg falling back on September 9, 1914, and +the Imperial Crown Prince and the Bavarian Crown Prince retreating +to an inner ring of defense on September 10, 1914, the battles +of the Marne may, in a measure, be said to have concluded. As, +however, the new alignments were made mainly by reason of the +topographical relationships of the Marne and the Aisne Rivers and +the territory contiguous thereto, it is perhaps more in keeping +with the movement to carry forward the German retreat across the +Marne as a part of the same group of conflicts. +</p> + +<hr> + +<h2><a name="chapter_XVIII">CHAPTER XVIII</a></h2> + +<p class="subtitle">OTHER ASPECTS OF THE BATTLE OF THE MARNE</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In dealing with a battle as important as that of the Marne points +of view are valuable. We therefore follow with an account of its +general course and description of its main features by a French +military writer, whose knowledge is based on information that is +largely official. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +"Before the German armies," he says, "became engulfed in the vast +depression that stretches from Paris to Verdun, General Joffre with +admirable foresight had brought together a powerful army commanded +by General Manoury and having as its support the fortified camp of +Paris. As soon as General von Kluck, turning momentarily from the +road to the French capital and bending his march to the southeast, +laid bare his right wing, General Joffre vigorously launched against +his flank the entire army of General Manoury. The brilliant offensive +of this army achieved success from the beginning; it threw back the +German forces. Von Kluck perceived the danger that threatened him, +and the danger was serious, for it only required that Manoury should +advance a little further and he would have been almost totally +defeated. Resolutely, energetically, and with a sang-froid to which +homage must be rendered, Von Kluck proceeded to circumvent this +danger. He ordered back to the north two of his army corps, recrossed +the Marne, and threw himself with intrepidity on Manoury. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +"But the retreat of these two army corps allowed General French and +General Franchet d'Espérey both to drive forward vigorously. +Something resembling the phenomenon of a whirlwind then took place in +the German ranks. The British army made progress toward the north, +the Fifth French Army, commanded by General Franchet d'Espérey, +did the same. General Manoury, assisted by all the troops that +General Gallieni was able rapidly to put at his disposal, made +headway against the furious onslaught of Von Kluck. Thus the entire +German right found itself in a most critical situation. It could not +overcome Manoury, who was threatening its communications, and on +the other hand it found itself powerless to resist the victorious +advance of Generals French and de Franchet d'Espérey. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +"It was the critical moment of the battle. The German General Staff +decided that there was only one method of putting an end to it, +and that was to direct against the army of General Foch in the +center an offensive so violent that the center would be pierced +and the French armies cut in two. If this attack succeeded it would +free at once the German right and separate into two impotent parts +the entire French military force. During the 7th, 8th, and 9th of +September the Imperial Prussian Guard directed to the compassing +of that end all its energy and courage. All in vain. General Foch +not only checked the German onslaught, but drove it back. Thus the +French center was not pierced, Von Kluck was not relieved, and +he found himself in a position that grew more and more critical. +The general retreat of the German armies was the inevitable result. +To this decision the German General Staff came, and on the evening +of September 9 orders were given to all the armies of the right +and center to retire sixty kilometers to the rear. Thus the battle +of the Marne was won by the French." +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The writer then goes on to say: "It was on September 5, toward +the end of the morning, that the general order of General Joffre, +leading to the great battle, reached the French armies. Each separate +army immediately turned and vigorously engaged in battle. The army +of Manoury, the first to get ready, sprang forward to the attack. +It thrust back the German forces which were at first inferior in +number, and it attained on the evening of the 5th the Pinchard-St. +Soulplet-Ver front; but Von Kluck threw two army corps over the Marne +and hurled himself on Manoury. He summoned from Compiègne +all the reenforcements at his disposal, and he placed all his heavy +artillery between Vareddes and May-en-Multien. During the day of +September 6th Manoury made headway toward the Ourcq. On the following +day he advanced at a lesser pace on its left bank, taking and then +losing the villages of Marcilly and Chambry—murderous struggles +maintained amid terrible heat. General Gallieni, who followed the +battle with the utmost attention, hurriedly came to the assistance +of Manoury; he sent to him on the 7th and 8th the Seventh Division, +which had just arrived at Paris, half of the division being transferred +by rail, the other half by means of thousands of automobiles +requisitioned for the purpose. General Joffre likewise sent to +Manoury the Fourth Army Corps, recruited from the Third Army, though +an almost entire division of it was called for by the British to +safeguard the junction of forces. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +"The day of September 8 turned out the most arduous for Manoury; +the Germans, making attacks of extreme violence, won some success. +They occupied Betz, Thury-en-Vallois and Nanteuil-le-Haudouin. Yon +Kluck attacked all his force on the right, and it was at that time +he who threatened Manoury with an encircling movement. The Fourth +French Army Corps, sent forward at full speed by General Joffre and +arriving at the spot, had the order to allow itself to be killed +to the last man, but to maintain its ground. It maintained it. It +succeeded toward evening in checking the advance of the Germans. In +a brilliant action the army of Manoury took three standards. It +rallied the main body of its forces on the left and prepared for +a new attack. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +"During this time the British army, following on the retreat of +part of the forces of Von Kluck, was able to make headway toward +the north. It was the same with the Fifth French Army. The British, +leaving behind it on September 6 the Rosoy-Lagny line, reached +in the evening the south bank of the Great Morin. On the 7th and +8th they continued their march; on the 9th they debouched to the +north of the Marne below Château Thierry, flanking the German +forces which on that day were opposing the army of Manoury. It was +then that the German forces began to retreat, while the British +army, pursuing the enemy, took seven cannon and many prisoners and +reached the Aisne between Soissons and Longueval. The British army +continued till before Coulommiers, and after a brilliant struggle +forced the passage of the Little Morin. The Fifth French Army under +General Franchet d'Espérey made the same advance. It drove +back the three active army corps of the Germans and the reserve +corps that it found facing it. On September 7 it pressed forward +to the Courtacon-Cerneux-Monceaux-les-Provins-Courgivaux-Esternay +line. During the days that followed it reached and crossed the +Marne, capturing in fierce combats some howitzers and machine guns. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +"General Foch showed admirable sang-froid and energy. At the most +critical moment, the decisive hour of the battle, he accomplished a +magnificent maneuver, which is known under the name of the <i>maneuver +of Fère Champenoise</i>. Foch noted a rift between the German +army of Von Bülow and that of Von Hausen. The German Guard +was engaged with the Tenth Division of the reserve in the region +of the marshes of St. Gond. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +"On September 9 Foch resolutely threw into this rift the Forty-Second +Division under General Grossetti, which was at his left, and his +army corps of the left. He thus made a flank attack on the German +forces, notably the Guard which had bent back his army corps on +the right. The effect produced by the flank attack of Manoury on +the right of General von Kluck's army was renewed here. The enemy, +taken aback by this audacious maneuver, did not resist and made a +precipitate retreat. On the evening of the 9th the game was thus +lost to the Germans. Their armies of the right and of the center +were beaten and the retreat followed. The Imperial Guard left in +the marshes of St. Gond more than 8,000 men and almost all its +artillery. Victory henceforth began to perch on the Allied banners +over all the vast battle field." +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Such was this battle of seven days in which almost 3,000,000 men +were engaged. If it is examined in its ensemble, it will be seen +that each French army advanced step by step, opening up the road +to the neighboring army, which immediately gave it support, and +then striking at the flank of the enemy which the other attacked +in front. The efforts of the one were closely coordinated with +the efforts of the other. A deep unity of ideas, of methods, and +of courage animated the whole Allied line. +</p> + +<div class="picbox"> + +<p class="subtitle"> +<span style="font-size: x-large;">FRENCH AND BRITISH ALLIES</span> +<br />RALLY<br /><span style="font-size: x-large;">TO SAVE PARIS</span> +</p> + +<p class="bquote"> +BRITISH INFANTRY AND LONDON SCOTTISH. DESTRUCTION AT YPRES, LILLE, +AND ANTWERP. FRENCH ARMIES +</p> + +<table class="center" style="width: 346px;"> +<tr><td> + <a name="fig018"></a><a href="images/fig018.jpg"> + <img src="images/fig018.jpg" width="346" height="619" alt="Fig. 18"> + </a> +</td></tr> +<tr><td>A military observer stationed in one of the many ruined chateaux +in northern France. The crumbling walls have been strengthened +by sand bags</td></tr> +</table> + +</div> + +<div style="text-align: center;"> +<table class="center" style="width: 583px;"> +<tr><td> + <a name="fig019"></a><a href="images/fig019.jpg"> + <img src="images/fig019.jpg" width="583" height="349" alt="Fig. 19"> + </a> +</td></tr> +<tr><td>A remarkable photograph of an actual bayonet charge +by French soldiers typical of the gallantry and spirit they display +in action</td></tr> +</table> + +<table class="center" style="width: 525px;"> +<tr><td> + <a name="fig020"></a><a href="images/fig020.jpg"> + <img src="images/fig020.jpg" width="525" height="830" alt="Fig. 20"> + </a> +</td></tr> +<tr><td>A British naval brigade, sent to aid in the defense +of Antwerp, holding a road at Lierre. They are supported by a Maxim +gun</td></tr> +</table> + +<table class="center" style="width: 583px;"> +<tr><td> + <a name="fig021"></a><a href="images/fig021.jpg"> + <img src="images/fig021.jpg" width="583" height="349" alt="Fig. 21"> + </a> +</td></tr> +<tr><td>The city of Lille, France, under fire. During the +Great War this city has suffered bombardment by both Allies and +Germans</td></tr> +</table> + +<table class="center" style="width: 526px;"> +<tr><td> + <a name="fig022"></a><a href="images/fig022.jpg"> + <img src="images/fig022.jpg" width="526" height="835" alt="Fig. 22"> + </a> +</td></tr> +<tr><td>A remarkable photograph taken during the bombardment +of Antwerp, showing the falling wall of a house that has been struck +by a German shell</td></tr> +</table> + +<table class="center" style="width: 584px;"> +<tr><td> + <a name="fig023"></a><a href="images/fig023.jpg"> + <img src="images/fig023.jpg" width="584" height="351" alt="Fig. 23"> + </a> +</td></tr> +<tr><td class="drawn">Drawn by R. Caton Woodville.</td></tr> +<tr><td>Fighting from house to house in Ypres, afterward +but a ruin. Because of its strategic position, Allies and Germans +have battled repeatedly for its possession</td></tr> +</table> + +<table class="center" style="width: 582px;"> +<tr><td> + <a name="fig024"></a><a href="images/fig024.jpg"> + <img src="images/fig024.jpg" width="582" height="347" alt="Fig. 24"> + </a> +</td></tr> +<tr><td class="drawn">Drawn by H. W. Koekkoek.</td></tr> +<tr><td>A village in the Argonne, occupied alternately by +French and German troops in the autumn of 1914. The French finally +reported "a slight advance in the Argonne"</td></tr> +</table> + +<table class="center" style="width: 585px;"> +<tr><td> + <a name="fig025"></a><a href="images/fig025.jpg"> + <img src="images/fig025.jpg" width="585" height="343" alt="Fig. 25"> + </a> +</td></tr> +<tr><td class="drawn">Drawn by R. Caton Woodville.</td></tr> +<tr><td>The London Scottish re-forming for a third charge, +in which they succeeded in taking and occupying Messines October +31, 1914</td></tr> +</table> +</div> + +<hr> + +<h2><a name="chapter_XIX">CHAPTER XIX</a></h2> + +<p class="subtitle">"CROSSING THE AISNE"</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In order to gain a clear idea of what was involved in the feat of +"crossing the Aisne," which more than one expert has declared to +be the greatest military feat in river crossing in the history of +arms, it is well to look at the topography of that point, first in +its relation to the whole German line, and, second, in its relation +to possible attack in September, 1914. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The prepared positions on the Aisne to which the Germans fell back +after the battle of the Marne, were along a line of exceptionally +strong natural barriers. The line extends from a point north of +Verdun, on the heights of the Meuse, across the wooded country of +the Argonne and the plain of Champagne to Rheims, thence northwest +to Brimont, crossing the Aisne near its confluence with the Suippe, +and from thence proceeding to Craonne, whence it takes a westerly +course along the heights of the Aisne to the Forest of the Eagle, +north of Compiègne. The eastern end of this line has already +been described in connection with the battles of the Marne, and it +is the western section of this line which now demands consideration. +Just as the River Marne was taken as a basis for the consideration +of the topography of the battles that centered round the crossing +of the Ourcq, Grand Morin, Petit Morin, and the Marne, so the Aisne +is naturally the most important determinant in the problems of +its crossing. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The River Aisne rises in the Argonne, southwest of Verdun. Through +the Champagne region its banks are of gradual slope, but shortly +after it passes Rethel, on its westerly course, the configuration +changes sharply, and at Craonne the bluffs overlooking the river +are 450 feet high. It is easy to see what an inaccessible barrier is +made by such a line of cliffs. For forty miles this line of bluffs +continues, almost reaching to Compiègne, where the Aisne +enters the Oise. Not only are the banks of the Aisne thus guarded +by steep bluffs, but the character of those bluffs is peculiarly +fitted for military purposes. For long stretches along the north +side the cliffs stand sheer and have spurs that dip down sharply +to the valley. The ridge, or the top of the bluff, which looks +from below like the scarp of a great plateau, lies at an average +of a mile or more from the stream. Many of these spurs jut out in +such a way that if fortified they could enfilade up and downstream. +To add to the military value of such a barrier the edge of the scarp +is heavily wooded, while the lower slopes are steep and grassy, +with small woods at irregular intervals. Even from the high ground +on the south bank of the stream, the top of the plateau on the +north cannot be seen, and from below it is effectually cloaked. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Two tributaries are to be considered in this river valley which thus +forms so natural a post of defense. Both flow in from the south, the +Suippe, which joins the main stream at Neufchâtel-sur-Aisne +and the Vesle, on which stands the ancient city of Rheims. This +river joins the Aisne a little over seven miles east of Soissons, +which is itself twenty miles east of Compiègne. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The line taken by the German armies for their stand was not the +river itself, but the northern ridge. At no place more than a mile +and a half from the river, it was always within gunfire of any +crossing. Every place of crossing was commanded by a spur. Every +road on the north bank was in their hands, every road on the south +bank curved upward so as to be a fair mark for their artillery. +As the German drive advanced, a huge body of sappers and miners +had been left behind to fortify this Aisne line, and the system +developed was much the same along its entire distance. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +There were two lines of barbed-wire entanglements, one in the bed +of the stream which would prevent fording or swimming, and which, +being under water, could not easily be destroyed by gunfire from +the southern bank. Above this was a heavy chevaux-de-frise and +barbed-wire entanglement, partly sunk and concealed from view; in +many places pitted and covered with brushwood. Above this, following +approximately a thirty-foot contour, came a line of trenches for +infantry, and fifty yards behind a second line of trenches, commanding +a further elevation of fifty feet. Two-thirds of the way up the +hill came the trench-living quarters, the kitchens, the bakeries, +the dormitories, and so forth, and the crest of the hill bristled +along its entire length with field guns, effectually screened by +trees. On the further side of the ridge, in chalk pits, were the +great howitzers, tossing their huge shells over the ridge and its +defenses into the river itself, and even on the south bank beyond. +Truly, a position of power, and one that the boldest of troops +might hesitate to attack. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +It is quite possible that had the entire strength of the German +position been known, no attempt to cross would have been made, +but there was always a possibility that the counterchecks of the +German army were no more than the rear-guard actions of the three +or four days immediately preceding. Yet Sir John French seems to +have expected the true state of affairs, for he remarks in his +dispatches: +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +"The battles of the Marne, which lasted from the morning of the +6th to the evening of the 10th, had hardly ended in the precipitate +flight of the enemy when we were brought face to face with a position +of extraordinary strength, carefully intrenched and prepared for +defense by an army and staff which are thorough adepts in such +work." +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Yet it was evident that if the armies of the Allies were to secure +any lasting benefit from the battles of the Marne, they must dislodge +the invading hosts from their new vantage ground. It was obvious +that the task was one of great peril and one necessarily likely +to be attended with heavy loss of life. Sir John French, knowing +the tactical value of driving a fleeing army hard, determined on +forcing the issue without delay. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Before proceeding to recount in detail the events of that six days' +battle of the Aisne, which little by little solidified into an +impasse, it might be well to trace the new positions that had been +taken by the respective armies engaged in the struggle for the +supremacy of western Europe. General von Kluck, still in charge of +the First German Army, was in control of the western section from +the Forest of the Eagle to the plateau of Craonne. He had forced +his men to almost superhuman efforts, and by midnight of September +11 he had succeeded in getting most of his artillery across the +Aisne, at Soissons, and had whipped his infantry into place on +the heights north of the stream. That, with his exhausted troops, +he succeeded remains still a tribute to his power as a commander. +But the men were done. Further attack meant rout. His salvation +lay in his heavy field guns and howitzers, an arm of the service +in which the French army, under General Maunoury (and General Pau, +who had taken a superior command during the turning of the German +drive at the Marne), was notoriously weak. Still there was little +comfort there, for the British army was well supplied with heavy +artillery, and the Fifth French Army of General d'Espérey, +also coming up to confront him, was not entirely lacking in this +branch of the service. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +General von Bülow's army was combined with that of General +von Hausen, who fell ill and was retired from his command. Against +this combined army was ranged the victorious and still fresh army +of General Foch, lacking two corps, which had been detached for +reserves elsewhere. One of these corps apparently went to the aid of +General Sarrail, whose stand was still a weak point in the Allies' +line. General Sarrail, however, was now better supported by the +movement of General Langle with the Fourth French Army, who advanced +toward Troyon and confronted the combined armies of the Imperial +Crown Prince and the Duke of Württemberg. This released General +Sarrail to his task of intrenching and enlarging the defenses about +Verdun, the importance of which had become more poignant than ever +before in the events of the past week. The far eastern end of the +line remained unchanged. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The credit for the crossing of the Aisne lies with the British +troops. The battles of the Marne had thrust Sir John French into a +prominent position, wherein he was able to achieve a much-desired +result without any great loss of life. But the battle of the Aisne +was different. It was a magnificent effort boldly carried out, +and, as was afterward learned, it could not have been successful +had the onset been delayed even one day. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +General Maunoury's army, encamped in the forest of the Compiègne, +was again the first to give battle, as it had been in the battles +of the Marne. Using some heavy guns that had been sent on from +Paris, in addition to the batteries that had been lent him by the +British, he secured some well-planned artillery positions on the +south bank, and spent the morning in a long-range duel with the +German gunners near Soissons. The Germans had not all taken up +their positions on the north side of the Aisne on the morning of +September 12, 1914, and the heavy battery of the Fourth British +Division did good service early in the morning, dislodging some +of these before it wheeled in line beside the big French guns, +in an endeavor to shell the trenches and level the barbed-wire +entanglements, that an opportunity might be made to cross. But +the results were not encouraging of success, for the reply from +the further shore was terrific. General von Kluck's army might +be worn out, but the iron throats of his guns were untiring, and +he knew that huge reenforcements were on the way. +</p> + +<hr> + +<h2><a name="chapter_XX">CHAPTER XX</a></h2> + +<p class="subtitle">FIRST DAY'S BATTLES</p> + +<p class="indent"> +That first day of the battle of the Aisne, September 12, 1914, +which was indeed rather preparatory than actual, was also marked by +some unusually brilliant cavalry work in General Allenby's division. +The German line was on the farther side of the Aisne, but all the +hill country between the Marne and the Aisne had to be cleared of +the powerful rear guards of the retreating German army, or perhaps +it would be more correct to say the advance guards of the new German +line. Early in the morning the cavalry under General Allenby swept +out from the town of Braisne on the Vesle and harried in every +direction the strong detachments that had been sent forward, driving +them back to the Aisne. Over the high wooded ridge between the +Vesle and the Aisne the Germans were driven back, and the Third +Division, under General Hamilton, supported the cavalry in force, +so that, by the evening, General Hamilton's division was able to +camp below the hill of Brenelle, and even, before night fell, to +get their guns upon that height, from which they could reply to +the German batteries snugly ensconced upon the frowning ridge on +the northern bank of the Aisne. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The Fifth British Division, under Sir Charles Fergusson, found +itself in a tight place at the confluence of the Vesle and Aisne +Rivers, for at that point lay a stretch of flat bottomland exposed +to the German fire. By a ruse, which returned upon their own heads, +the Germans had preserved one bridge across the Aisne, the bridge +at Condé. This was done as a lure to Sir Charles Fergusson's +forces, but even more so it was intended as a sallying point as soon +as the German army deemed itself in a position to attack again. The +bridge was destined to figure in the events of the great conflict +when the grapple should come. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +One of the most graphic of all the accounts of the fighting of that +day was from the pen of a major in the British field artillery, +and it presented in sharp and vivid colors how the field artillery +joined with the cavalry in clearing the German troops from the +hills between the Marne and the Aisne. He wrote: +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +"We got the order to go off and join a battery under Colonel +——'s orders. We came en route under heavy shrapnel fire +on the road. I gave the order to walk, as the horses had hardly +had any food for a couple of days, and also I wanted to steady the +show. I can't say I enjoyed walking along at the head with old +—— behind me, especially when six shrapnel burst right +in front of us. We got there just in time, rushed into action, and +opened fire on a German counterattack at short range, destroying +the lot so far as I could see. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +"We then moved slightly to another position to take on a valley, +down which they were attacking, and were at it the whole day, firing +about 900 rounds into quantities of German attacks and counterattacks. +They cannot stand the shrapnel, and the moment I got one on them +they turned and bolted back to the wood. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +"I got on to their trenches; one shell dropped in. [It would appear +from this that some of the advance guards of the new defense line +were either intrenching or occupying trenches made during the battles +of the Marne, probably the latter, or else the writer is speaking of +the actions of his battery on the 10th as well as the 12th before +the invaders had retreated across the Marne.] I was enfilading +them, and they tore out of the trenches, and so on, each trench +in turn, and fell in hundreds. Also, through the range finder, +—— saw I'd hit a machine gun, and they had abandoned it +and another. So it went all day, shells and bullets humming around, +but only one of my staff horses was hit. Our infantry advancing +and retiring—others advancing and coming back—Germans +doing likewise, a hellish din of shell fire, and me pouring in +fire whenever I could see them. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +"At last I got six shrapnel into a wood and cleared a heap of them +out and got into them with shrapnel. It was awful! The sergeant major +put his hand up to his head and said: "Oh, sir, it's terrible!" That +seemed to settle them, and at last we saw the infantry advancing +to their positions without resistance. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +"Now was my chance. I determined to get those machine guns if I +could, as otherwise the infantry would. So I left —— +in command and got the trumpeter, sergeant major, and six men with +six rifles, and went forward 'to reconnoiter,' as I reported to +—— after I had gone. It was a weird ride, through thick +black woods, holding my revolver ready, going in front with the +little trumpeter behind and the others following some way in the +rear. We passed some very bad sights, and knew the woods were full +of Germans who were afraid to get away on account of the dreaded +shell fire. We got in front of our infantry, who were going to +fire at us, but I shouted just in time. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +"At last we came to the edge of a wood, and in front of us, about +200 yards away, was a little cup-shaped copse, and the enemy's +trenches with machine guns a little farther on. I felt sure this +wood was full of Germans, as I had seen them go in earlier. I started +to gallop for it, and the others followed. Suddenly about fifty +Germans bolted out, firing at us. I loosed off my revolver as fast +as I could, and —— loosed off his rifle from the saddle. +They must have thought we were a regiment of cavalry, for, except +for a few, they suddenly yelled and bolted. I stopped and dismounted +my lot to fire at them, to make sure that they didn't change their +minds. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +"I waited for a lull, and mounted all my lot behind the bushes +and made them spring as I gave the word to gallop for cover to +the woods where the Welsh company was. There I got ——, +who understands them (the guns), and an infantryman who volunteered +to help, and —— and I ran up to the Maxims and took +out the breech mechanism of both and one of the belts, and carried +away one whole Maxim. We couldn't manage the other. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +"We got back very slowly on account of the gun, and the men went wild +with excitement that we had got one gun complete and the mechanism +and belt of the other." +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +With such incidents the pursuit of the Germans across the Marne +and to the Aisne was replete, and so thoroughly did the advance +French and English troops scour that country that when the morning +of September 13, 1914, dawned there was scarcely a German soldier +left on the southern side of the Aisne, west of Rheims. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The administration of the German armies meanwhile had been markedly +changed. In the turning movement on the Marne the plan was clearly +outlined, each commander had his instructions, and that was all. +But with the need for changes of plan there was need for a directing +head, and Field Marshal van Heeringen was sent in a hurry to take +charge of the Aisne. This placed both General von Kluck and General +von Bülow into subordinate positions. Field Marshal von Heeringen +held a deserved reputation as one of the most brilliant as well +as one of the most iron-willed of the German military leaders. +He had been the backbone of the crown prince's movement against +Troyon, a movement which, given a day or two longer, might have +meant the capture of Verdun. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +This was not the only factor that was framing up to give the German +armies a decided advantage. The essential factor of the Aisne was +the arrival of General von Zwehl and his guns. On September 13, +1914, at 6 a. m., Zwehl arrived in Laon, and in less than an hour +he was in action on the Aisne front. The story of General von Zwehl +and his guns is essential to an understanding of the causes that +rendered the British victory of the Aisne a barren and a fruitless +victory at best. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The week of September 5-12, 1914, witnessed the entire series of +the battles of the Marne, which drove the Germans across the Marne +and across the Aisne, as well as a German victory which exerted +almost as powerful an influence in favor of the invaders as the +check at the Marne did for the defenders. This victory was the fall +of Maubeuge. It is going too far to say—as several military +writers have done—that General von Zwehl saved Germany, and +that unless he had arrived as opportunely as he did the "German +retreat to the Aisne valley would have been changed into a disastrous +and overwhelming rout." But it is not going too far to say that +the successful holding of the Aisne line was due to the victor +of Maubeuge. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +General von Zwehl was one of the iron-jawed battle-scarred warriors +of 1870, a man with a will as metallic as his own siege guns, and +a man who could no more be deflected from his purpose than a shell +could be diverted in its flight. He had been set to reduce Maubeuge +and he had done so with speed and with thoroughness. Maubeuge was +not protected by open-air earthworks, but by a circle of armor-plate +concrete forts. To the mighty siege guns handled by General von +Zwehl, these were no trouble, for Von Zwehl had not only the heavy +batteries attached to the Seventh Army Reserve, but he also had +a number of Von Kluck's guns and the majority of General von +Bülow's, neither of whom was expected to need siege guns in +the forward drive where mobility was an essential. In addition to +this, General von Zwehl also had the great siege train that had +been prepared for the reduction of Paris. What chance had Maubeuge +against such a potency? +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On September 8, 1914, word reached General von Zwehl that the forward +drive had failed, that the main armies had been beaten back and +that he was to bring up his guns as rapidly as possible to cover +the retreat. As rapidly as he could, to General von Zwehl, meant +but one thing—to get there! He collected 9,000 reserve troops, +which was almost immediately swelled by another 9,000, and with a +total of 18,000 troops he started his siege trains for the town +of Laon, where Field Marshal von Heeringen had taken up his +headquarters. The weather turned bad, rendering the heavy guns +extremely difficult to handle, but there could be no delay, no +explanations, to General von Zwehl. If a gun was to be brought it +was to be brought and that was all about it! Four days and three +nights of almost continuous marching is killing. The German commander +cared nothing for that. The guns must be kept moving. Could he get +them there on time? In the last twenty-four hours of the march, +his 18,000 troops covered 41 miles and they arrived in Laon at six +o'clock in the morning of September 13, 1914, and were in action an +hour later. The problem, therefore, before the English and French at +the Aisne, was not the carrying of the river against a disheartened +and retreating army, but the carrying of the river against a +well-thought-out and forceful plan—a plan, moreover, backed +up by the most powerful artillery that the world has ever seen. +</p> + +<hr> + +<h2><a name="chapter_XXI">CHAPTER XXI</a></h2> + +<p class="subtitle">THE BRITISH AT THE AISNE</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In the battles of the Marne, the brunt of the fighting had been +borne mainly by the French armies, but the major part of work of +the battle of the Aisne was borne by the British Expeditionary +Force. Sir John French wasted no time. Saturday night, September +12, 1914, was a night of labor for engineers and gunners. The bridge +trains belonging to the First and Second Army Corps were ordered +to the edge of the river at daybreak, and as soon as the first +gleam of dawn appeared in the sky, the heroic effort began. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +At the risk of seeming a little detailed, in order to understand +the somewhat involved maneuvers by which the British won the crossing +of the Aisne, instead of dealing with the advance of the British army +as a unit, in the manner that was done in discussing the battles of +the Marne, their activities will be shown as army corps: the Third +Army Corps to the westward, under General Pulteney; the Second Army +Corps, under Sir Horace Smith-Dorrien, and the First Army Corps +to the eastward, under Sir Douglas Haig, all, of course, under +the general direction of Sir John French. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The British had no means of knowing what was in front of them. +There was only one way to find out—a way, alas, often costly, +a way that in every campaign costs thousands of lives apparently +fruitlessly, and that is a frontal attack. Down over the slopes of +the southern bank, into the bright, smiling river valley, where the +little white villages in the distance were hiding their dilapidated +state, marched the British army. Not a sign of activity showed +itself upon the farther shore. A summer haze obscured objects at +a distance, but, shortly before nine o'clock, the German batteries +opened fire with a roar that was appalling. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The Third Army Corps, after a brief artillery duel, advanced on +Soissons to cover the work of the engineers who were building a +pontoon bridge for the French troops. The German fire was deadly, +yet though more than half their men fell, the engineers put the +pontoon bridge across. German howitzer fire, from behind the ridge, +however, soon destroyed the bridge. The Turcos crossed the river in +rowboats and had a fierce but indecisive struggle in the streets +of the medieval city. Meanwhile, with the failure of the pontoon +bridge at Soissons, General Pulteney struck to the northeast along +the road to Venizel. The bridge at that point had been blown up, +but the British sappers repaired it sufficiently to set the Eleventh +Brigade across, and even, despite the lurid hail of shot and shell, +four regiments gathered at Bucy-de-Long by one o'clock on that +Sunday, September 13, 1914. Over the heads of these courageous +regiments towered the great hill of Vregny, a veritable Gibraltar +of heavy guns with numerous machine guns along the wooded edge. +There was no protection, and no shelter against the terrible German +Maxim fire, so that the moment came when to attempt further advance +meant instant annihilation. Still, under cover of the success of the +Eleventh Brigade the engineers built a pontoon bridge at Venizel +and the Twelth Brigade crossed to Bucy-de-Long, with a number of +the lighter artillery. As there was absolutely no shelter, to storm +the height at that point was impossible, and to remain where they +were was merely to court sudden death, so the Twelfth Brigade worked +over the slopes to the ravine at Chipres, where they intrenched. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The task in front of the Second Army Corps was no less difficult. +The bridge at Condé was too strongly defended to be taken +by assault, as Sir Horace Smith-Dorrien speedily found out, so he +divided his forces into two parts, one of which was directed at +the village of Missy, two and one half miles west of Condé, +while the other concentrated its attack on a crossing at the town of +Vailly, three miles east of Condé. Both detachments made good +their crossing, but the regiments that found themselves near Missy +also realized that hasty, very hasty intrenchment was imperative, +lest every one of them should be blown into kingdom come before half +an hour had passed by. During the night some troops were rafted +over, three men at a time, and these encamped near Missy. It was +a false move. For sixteen days thereafter the British troops had +to remain in their dugouts, a large part of the time without food +or water. To show a head above the trench was sudden death. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The regiments that crossed the river at Vailly found themselves in +even a worse plight. No sooner had they crossed than the bombardment +began, and the Germans knew every range in the place accurately. +More than that, the line of trenches was open to enfilade fire from +a hidden battery, which did not unmask until the trench was filled +with soldiers. This Eighth Brigade had to retire in disorder. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The Fifth Brigade, attached to the First Army Corps under Sir Douglas +Haig, an Irish and Scotch group of regiments, were the most successful +of all. The bridge at Pont Arcy had been destroyed, but still one of +its girders spanned the stream. It would have been tricky walking, +even under ordinary circumstances, but nerve racking to attempt, +when from every hill and wood and point of land, Maxims, machine +guns and a steady rifle fire are concentrated on the man crossing +that one girder. By the afternoon, the engineers attached to the +First Army Corps had also established a pontoon bridge, and the +whole brigade crossed the river in the evening and dug itself in. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Late on Sunday afternoon, however, a weak spot showed itself in +the German line and Sir John French threw the First Division of the +First Army Corps across the river near Bourg. Some of the infantry +crossed by a small pontoon bridge and a brigade of cavalry started +to follow them. When they were in mid-stream, however, a terrific +storm of fire smote them. The cavalry pushed on, but could not +ride up the hill in the teeth of the bombardment. The infantry +were eager to go, but nothing was to be gained by the move, so +the cavalry returned over the pontoon, by a most extraordinary +occurrence not having lost a single member in the three hours it +had been scouting on the hostile side of the Aisne. The infantry +intrenched themselves solidly to await the morning. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The main forces of the First Division were especially lucky. Using +the canal aqueduct they made their way toward Bourg, and drove +the Germans back toward the main ridge. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +More than three-quarters of the summit of the ridge had been won, +the entire Second Infantry Brigade was across, the Twenty-fifth +Artillery Brigade was across, ready to support, and General Bulfin, +instead of tiring his men by making them intrench there, ordered +them to rest, throwing their outposts in front of the hamlet of +Moulins. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +This ended the first day's fighting on the battle of the Aisne. +Of the Third Army Corps, a small body of men had reached Chipres. +There they had been joined by a small force from the Second Army +Corps. In the First Army a strong detachment dug itself in not +far from Pont d'Arcy. The incomparably superior position of the +Germans, their huge numbers, their possession of innumerable guns, +made even this shaky tenure dangerous, though all held on. Sir +John French had tested and found out the German strength and the +result was not encouraging. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Although this repulse of the British army at every point was a +decided victory for the German gunners, Field Marshal von Heeringen +had been impressed by two things: the courage of the British attacking +army, and the destructiveness of the French artillery on the south +bank of the river. The German commander withdrew all his men from +the advanced trenches on between the ridge and the river, keeping, +however, strongly intrenched detachments of riflemen at all commanding +points with powerful artillery as their support. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Sunday night was a veritable pandemonium of destruction and tumult. +All night long, without cessation, the batteries of both sides, +knowing exactly their opponents' range, fired perpetually. All +night long searchlight bombs were thrown. All night long, golden +and red and yellow streams of flame or the sudden jagged flash +of an explosion lit up the black smoke of burning buildings and +fields in the valley, or showed the white puff-like low clouds of +the bursting shrapnel. Not for an instant did the roar diminish, +not for a second was the kindly veil of night left unrent by a +fissure of vengeful flame. Yet, all night long, as ceaselessly +as the great guns poured out their angry fury, so did men pour +out their indomitable will, and in that hell light of battle flame +engineers labored to construct bridges, small bodies of troops +moved forward to join their comrades in the trenches who had been +able to make a footing the day before, and all night long, those +ghastly yet merciful accompaniments of a battle field—the +ambulance corps—carried on their work of relief. The searchlights +swept up and down the valley, like great eyes that watched to give +direction to the venom of war. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +At three o'clock in the morning of Monday, September 14, 1914, +two regiments were sent to capture a sugar factory strongly held +by the enemy. That sugar factory became a maelstrom. Three more +regiments had to be brought up and finally the guards, and even +thus heavily overpowered, the Germans successfully defended it +until noon. They sold their lives dearly—those defenders. That +sugar factory stood on that Monday as did Hogoumont at Waterloo. It +delayed the advance of the entire First Corps, but at four o'clock +in the afternoon, Sir Douglas Haig ordered a general advance. The +last afternoon and evening scored a distinct success for the English +arms, and when at last it grew absolutely too dark to see, that +corps held a position stretching from Troton to La Cour de Soupir. +Its chief importance, however, was that it gave the Allies a strongly +intrenched position on the plateau itself. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +It was of this day's fighting that, almost a month later, Sir John +French was able to say in his official dispatches: +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +"The action of the First Corps on this day under the direction and +command of Sir Douglas Haig was of so skillful, bold, and decisive +a character that he gained positions which alone have enabled me +to maintain my position for more than three weeks of very severe +fighting on the north bank of the river." +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The offensive of this entire movement was intrusted to the First +Corps. The artillery strength of the armies of General von Kluck +and Von Bülow was such that it was almost impossible for the +Second and Third British Army Corps to assail them by a charge up +the bluff. But, meantime, the French had not been idle. On September +13, 1914, General d'Espérey's Fifth Army crossed the Aisne +east of Bourg, and on the following day commenced the assault on +the Craonne plateau. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The next day, Tuesday, September 15, 1914, was a day of several +small victories for the Germans. General von Zwehl was a hard hitter +and a quick hitter. Having disposed of his artillery where he thought +it could be of the most use, he aided Field Marshal von Heeringen +with counsels of counterattack, counsels that the Field Marshal +fully indorsed. The Sixth French Army under General Manoury, at +the extreme west of the line, was the chief point of attack. Though +well placed on a strong position at Nampcel, the Germans drove +the French before them like clouds before the wind, recaptured +the spurs, forced the French backward through the Morsain ravine +and back to their original crossing place of the Aisne between +Viv and Fontenoy. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The Third Corps of the British suffered heavy loss of life without +any opportunity to retaliate, for it was too thoroughly and completely +dominated by the guns of Vregny. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The lull of Wednesday, September 16, 1914, was a foretaste of the +deadlock which was gradually forming. The French Fifth Army had +been compelled to abandon all idea of a direct attack upon the +Craonne plateau, the natural position being far too strong. The +Second and Third Corps of the British army could do nothing. Sir +John French, though eager to push the advantage, secured by his +position on the heights, was well aware that such a move was not +possible unless the entire French line was ready to cooperate with +him, for, if he tried to drive down upon the ridge of the Aisne, +or, for that matter, tried to flank it, the line of the Duke of +Württemberg would bend back upon him and nip him in a way +which would render escape difficult. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +A sudden recrudescence of activity on the western front gave rise to +the hope that the deadlock might yet be avoided, that the two great +armies might come to handgrips again. Bolstered up by reenforcements, +General Manoury checked the German attack and regained all the +ground that had been lost. Concentrating on the need of driving +the invaders out of the quarries of Autreches, the French succeeded. +This eased the western end of the line, and the Second and Third +British Army Corps were left in peace. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Friday, September 18, 1914, is again a date of moment, not because +anything of importance was transacted, but because nothing was +transacted. It was a day of realizations. It was a day that convinced +the Allies that the German positions could not be broken down by +frontal attack, just as the battles of the Marne had convinced +the Germans that the road to Paris was not yet open. The six days +from September 12 to 18 had revealed beyond preadventure that the +German line along the ridge of the Aisne was not merely a convenient +halting place for a rear-guard action, but that it was formed of +lines of strong fortifications, almost impregnable and absolutely +beyond the hope of storming. The forces were too evenly balanced +for any concerted action to produce a desired effect, the possession +of air scouts eliminated any question of a surprise. In other words, +the conclusion was borne in upon the Allies with full force that, +much as the German plan had failed at Marne, so had the Allies' +plan failed at Aisne. The crossing of the Aisne, the winning of +the heights by Sir Douglas Haig were victories—not only that, +but they were full of that glory which goes with successful +daring—yet they led nowhere. The plan of the Allies must +be abandoned and a new one formed. This decision of a change of +strategical plan, then, closed the Allies' frontal attack upon +the position of the Central Powers on the ridge of the Maise, and +marks the end of the first phase of the battle of the Aisne. +</p> + +<hr> + +<h2><a name="chapter_XXII">CHAPTER XXII</a></h2> + +<p class="subtitle">BOMBARDMENT OF RHEIMS AND SOISSONS</p> + +<p class="indent"> +To be considered almost as a part of the advance upon the Aisne +were the bombardments of Soissons and of Rheims, the former being a +part of the first phase of the Aisne battles, the second belonging +to the second phase. Soissons, it will be remembered, lies at the +western end of the high bluffs that form a bank to the River Aisne +for over fifty miles. It is on the high road between Rheims and +Compiègne, and on the south side of the Aisne, and consequently +returned into French hands on September 13, 1914. No sooner did +the French armies enter the little town, however, than Soissons, +dominated by the twin towers of its ancient cathedral, became a +target for the concentrated fire of the Germans, whose artillery, +it will be remembered, had been supplemented that morning by the +huge guns brought on from Maubeuge by the magnificent forced marches +of General von Zwehl. By noon the lower half of that once lovely +city was in flames. On every hand walls collapsed as though they +had been made of pasteboard. Women and children were buried beneath +the ruins or blown to pieces as they fled into the streets. One +of the towers of the cathedral was damaged, and there was not a +corner of the town that was safe from fire. The French batteries +tried to cover the city and silence the batteries opposing them +on the north front of the river, but the odds were too great. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +All day long, and throughout the greater part of every night, for +the first three days of the battle of the Aisne, September 13, +14, and 15, 1914, the bombardment of Soissons was continual, and, +in addition to being a wreck, the town became a shambles. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Closely allied to the Soissons bombardment, and occurring simultaneously +with the battle of the Aisne, was the series of engagements occurring +in the quarries around Autreches and Coucy-le-Château, fought +by advanced bodies in front of the right wing of the German army +encamped on the ridge of the Aisne. These engagements developed +the illuminating fact that during times of peace German capital +had been invested in these quarries and that the foresight of the +Germans had led them to fortify these quarries, so that they were +veritable fortresses, and indeed, formed a continuation of that +line of defense the crowning point of which was the Aisne cliff near +the plateau of the Craonne. During the days when the British First +Army Corps, under Sir Douglas Haig, was performing the astounding +feat of crossing the Aisne and holding the land thus gained against +a veritable tempest of counterattack, these stone quarries were +taken and lost again every few hours. The French infantry of General +Manoury's army, far less exhausted than the harassed regiments of +General von Kluck's forces, found little difficulty in forcing +the Germans back from Autreches, but, no sooner were they well +established, than the roar of the combined guns of General von +Kluck and General von Zwehl would make the position untenable, and +under cover of that appalling rain of death, the German infantry +would creep back to reoccupy the positions from which they had +been ousted by the bayonets only a few hours before. It was the +German tactics of machine vs. men, a direful and cruel battle plan +to the opposing forces. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Upon the day that the advance of the British definitely stopped, +or, in other words, when General Joffre and Sir John French realized +that further effort against the defenses of the Germans on the +ridge beyond the Aisne would only mean loss of life to no gainful +purpose, the bombardment of Rheims began. The old city had suffered +severely during the German advance upon the Marne. Still, it had +not been pillaged, and when the Germans retreated across the Aisne +the old city held much of its glory unimpaired. Still the flawless +beauty of Rheims Cathedral stood guard over the ancient city. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Then on September 18, 1914, the shelling of the city began and +a bombardment of the most terrific character continued for ten +days. Rheims Cathedral, which the French declared was outside the +zone of direct fire and was used as a hospital with the Red Cross +flag flying, and which the Germans asserted to have been used for +a signal station and to have been surrounded by gun stations, was +said to have been demolished by the German guns. This act created +a sensation throughout the world, for Rheims Cathedral was like +a gem from Paradise, regarded by most art lovers as one of the +most beautiful buildings in the world. Every civilized country was +shaken with grief when the news of the disaster to Rheims Cathedral +was published. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +It must be admitted that military necessity knows no law, and it +must also be admitted that human life has a valuation to be expressed +in terms far higher than any building however beautiful. In an +inspired article written by Major General von Ditfurth, in the +"Hamburger Nachrichten," this latter point is clearly brought out. +He wrote: +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +"It is of no consequence if all the monuments ever created, all +the pictures ever painted, and all the buildings ever created by +the great architects of the world were destroyed, if by their +destruction we promote Germany's victory over her enemies.... The +commonest, ugliest stone placed to mark the burial place of a German +grenadier is a more glorious and perfect monument than all the +cathedrals in Europe put together. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +"Let neutral peoples and our enemies cease their empty chatter, +which is no better than the twittering of birds. Let them cease +their talk about the cathedral at Rheims and about all the churches +and castles of France which have shared its fate. These things do +not interest us." +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Opinions have naturally differed concerning Von Ditfurth's appraisal +of the comparative values of Rheims Cathedral and the tombstone of +a German grenadier, but even the champions of military necessity +were glad to learn later that the cathedral still stood, though much +damaged. If Rheims were far away from the line of march, and if the +Germans had deliberately gone thither for the purpose of destroying +it—as some prejudiced accounts seem to state—then there +would not be room for two opinions. Wanton vandalism is vandalism +largely in the ratio that it is wanton. But, to be perfectly impartial, +it must be admitted that the second phase of the battle of the +Aisne made the bombardment of Rheims a military necessity. To make +this clear requires a setting forth of the new strategical plan +developed by Field Marshal von Heeringen upon the collapse of the +plan for the drive on Paris, which was foiled by the battles of +the Marne. +</p> + +<hr> + +<h2><a name="chapter_XXIII">CHAPTER XXIII</a></h2> + +<p class="subtitle">SECOND PHASE OF BATTLE OF THE AISNE</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The second phase of the battle of the Aisne contained two factors. +One, the simplest, was the maintenance of that line of defense +against any force that could be brought up against it by the Allies. +It meant the ability to hold strongly fortified positions against all +odds. The history of the trenches that winter, of which more will +be said later, reveals the extent to which the Germans succeeded, +aided by the iron craft of the old Prussian fighter General von +Zwehl. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The other factor depended on the vexed question of means of +communication. There was no cross-country railway linking the eastern +German wing to the western German wing. As has been previously +remarked, all supplies and munitions had to come in a roundabout +way. Verdun was a desired goal, but Field Marshal von Heeringen +was wise enough to know that if the crown prince's effort against +General Sarrail had failed, if the Third French Army had secured +heavy reenforcement, and if it had been left unmolested for a week, +the outer ring of defenses around Verdun would, by that time, have +become so amazingly strengthened that direct or frontal attack +would be impossible, while the flanking attack had failed. It was +vain, therefore, at the present time, to hope that the establishment +of the direct communication between Metz and Verdun might pass +into the hands of the invaders. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the other hand, there was a direct line of railway running through +Rheims, Rethel, Mezières to the great war depot, Coblenz on +the Rhine. A branch line from Metz, through Luxemburg, thus gave +communication to the eastern wing. All the links of this were in +German hands, except Rheims, and if that railroad center could be +secured, the importance to the German advance would be enormous. +Under such circumstances, it can scarcely be held that Rheims was +not necessarily a point, the attack of which was due to military +necessity. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The formation for this began on September 17, 1914. Crossing the +Aisne by the old ford of Berry-au-Bac, a powerful army under the +direct leadership of Field Marshal von Heeringen debouched upon +the open country between Berry-au-Bac and Suippes, east of Rheims. +It was at this point that the German commander in chief of this +section of the battle line intended to deliver a crushing blow +by which might be regained the prestige secured at Charleroi and +lost again at the Marne. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Surprise may be felt that so important a railway center as Rheims +should not have been a strongly fortified place. It had been so +once, though the fortifications were old-fashioned. But, instead of +bringing these points of natural defense up to the highest degree +of modern efficiency, the French had dismantled them entirely, +so as to make Rheims with its glorious cathedral an open town, +safe from bombardment. It was, according to the rules of war, safe +from bombardment, but only in the event of its not being defended. +General Foch did not dare to take this stand. He knew, as well as +did General von Heeringen, the strategic value of Rheims as railroad +center, and accepted the issue of battle. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In the falling back of the several German armies from the Marne +to the Aisne, the Germans had kept possession of the chief forts +of the district around Rheims. No strong effort had been made to +dislodge them, for the forward movement of the Allies had been +directed against the fortified heights of the Aisne, facing the +Soissons-Craonne defense. It will be remembered that the armies of +General Foch and Langle, especially the latter, had taken no part +in the first phase of the Battle of the Aisne, but had stubbornly +thrown back the armies of the Duke of Württemberg, which had +combined with those of the crown prince. The right wing of this +large conjoined army had held the fort sites around Rheims and +especially they had made full use of the chief fort on the wooded +heights of Nogent l'Abbesse, a trifle less than half a mile from +the cathedral city and therefore within easy destructive shelling +range. The heavy artillery was planted here, the infantry intrenched +around it, and strong defense trenches were established along the +River Suippe that runs into the Aisne near Berry-au-Bac. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On Friday, September 18, 1914, the first movement of the second +phase was begun, when the Germans launched a sharp counterattack +on the French center. This was the first German offensive movement +since their retreat from the Marne, and it was powerful and well +handled. General Foch fell back into defensive positions, but had +much ado to hold his own. He evaded giving battle around Rheims +and took up a position at Souain, which he held with the jaunty +obstinacy he had displayed so often in the retreat through northern +France. It was obvious that he could not hold out long, but by +clever generalship, and especially by an extraordinarily brilliant +use of the cavalry arm, he held off the army for that day. That +night strong reenforcements came to his aid, and on September 19, +1914, the balance of the forces was more nearly equal. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On September 19, 1914, therefore, the situation of the armies was +much as follows: The Germans, acting under the general command of +Field Marshal von Heeringen, controlled Rheims under the gunfire +of their heavy artillery from two points, the heights of Nogent +l'Abbesse to the southeast of Rheims, and the hill of Brimont a +little over half a mile to the northeast. Their right flank was +covered by the powerful defenses of the Aisne and the guns of the +Craonne plateau, their left flank was a series of intrenchments +along the river Suippe, which merged into the second line of defense +of the main army under the Duke of Württemberg. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the other side of Rheims, or to the west of the cathedral city, +the Allies also held two heights, one at Pouillon, between the Aisle +and the Vesle, and therefore to the northwest of the city, and +the other on a sharp steep, known as the Mountain of Rheims, near +Verzenay, on the south side of the river. This was therefore west and +a little south of Rheims. But, and herein lies the question that has +so often arisen in the discussion of the comparative strength of the +two armies—especially without the British batteries—the +French lacked heavy long-range artillery. They had no such howitzers +as those of the German forces. Thus the Germans could shell Rheims +to their hearts' content, and the Allies could not silence that +gunfire from their own fortified positions. Once more, then, it +became a battle between infantry and artillery, between men and +machines. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +This time, however, the advance was not favorable to the Germans. +Their heavy artillery commanded Rheims, but it did not command the +French line to the west of Rheims. The invaders performed prodigies +of valor. Again and again they hurled themselves against the French +line. But General Foch's troops were well supplied with that terrible +engine of destruction—the French 3-inch fieldpiece, known, +as the 75-mm., an extremely powerful gun for its caliber. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In four successive night attacks on September 19-20, 1914, the +heaviest onset was made. Supported by a terrific gunfire, directed +with the long pointing fingers of searchlights, the German infantry, +invigorated by a week's rest; rolled up in gray-clad tidal waves +against the French line. General Foch had known how to post his +defense, and within twenty-four hours he had made the line between +Pouillon and the Mountain of Rheims almost as strong as the German +line between Brimont and Nogent l'Abbesse. Poor Rheims lay between, +wide open to the eruption of destruction that belched from the +throats of the German howitzers. +</p> + +<hr> + +<h2><a name="chapter_XXIV">CHAPTER XXIV</a></h2> + +<p class="subtitle">END OF THE BATTLE</p> + +<p class="indent"> +At dawn on September 26, 1914, a detachment of 15,000 Germans, +including all that remained of the famous Prussian Guards Corps, +that same body that had fought so marvelously on many occasions, +and which had suffered the most cruelly in the affair of the marshes +of St. Gond, made a sortie from the base line at Nogent l'Abbesse to +destroy the railway line between Rheims and Verdun, this line was, +indeed, the principal link of communication to that all-important +fortress that protruded its bristling salient into the heart of +the German position. A French aviator, who had climbed into his +machine when it was yet dark, in order to do a little daybreak +scouting before the light should be sufficiently bright to make him +an easy target, saw this movement and reported it immediately to +General Foch. That commander, who knew how to use cavalry, ordered +a regiment at the gallop to occupy the village of Auberive, on +the Suippe, and there harry the advancing column sufficiently to +give him time to bring up the light artillery and to bring into +action a large body of infantry encamped at Jouchery, five miles +away. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Before six o'clock, the cavalry were in Auberive. The men worked +like fiends. The streets were rapidly barricaded, machine guns +hoisted to roofs and other points where they might command a wide +sweep of fire. Then the cavalry rode forward to meet the advancing +column. Not knowing what might be in front of him, the German commander +halted, awaiting reports from his air scouts. The halt was but +three-quarters of an hour, but that was of vast importance. The +scouts reported only a regiment of cavalry ahead, but a powerful +detachment of French artillery on the road from Jouchery. The German +leader detached 2,000 of the Death's Head Hussars, his crack cavalry, +to cut off, or at all events to delay, the French guns. He was +aware that the artillery would have no anticipation of this and, +in the surprise, the guns might be captured. Meantime, he hurried +his advance to Auberive, captured the village, though after another +hour's delay, caused by the resistance of the cavalry, who retreated +to St. Hilaire. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Meantime, at St. Hilaire, the surprise charge of the Death's Head +Hussars was launched. It was scarcely a question of minutes, it +was rather a matter of seconds. But the French artillery knew their +light fieldpieces as thoroughly as the Germans were masters of +the heavy guns. In less than two minutes the artillery teams were +unharnessed, the guns were in position and the gunners took their +places when the Hussars were so near the voices of their leaders +could be heard. Thirty seconds earlier, and the Hussars would have +been in among the guns and made a notable capture. There was just +time enough for a man to breathe twice, when the order came to +fire. The Hussars were at less than a hundred yards' range. As the +shrapnel burst, the front squadrons seemed to stumble and fall. +The ranks were so near that the change from living human beings +into mangled pieces of flesh and rags could clearly be seen. More +than one veteran gunner felt squeamish at the sight. But the rear +squadrons, though their horses' hoofs were squelching in the blood +of their comrades of a moment before, never blenched or faltered +but swept on at a thundering gallop. Again the guns spoke, and +again. That was all. Amid the vines, here and there a writhing +figure could be seen, or a wounded horse endeavoring to rise, and +here and there a straggler striving to escape. It was level open +country; twice again the guns roared, five rounds in all, and all +movement ceased. The engagement had lasted less than five minutes +and of those two thousand splendid horsemen not one escaped. The +French artillerists picked up the wounded and sent them back to +Rheims to receive nursing and care, and then hurried on to the +action whither they were bound when surprised by the Hussars. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The infantry of the Germans and of the French were now coming to +hand grips. A battalion of Zouaves was creeping round to attack +the advancing column in the rear. The German commander at Nogent +l'Abbesse learned from his air scouts what was happening. He saw +the peril of the advancing column, that it was almost surrounded, +and, he threw further columns into the fray, to cover the retreat. +The sortie on the railway had now become impossible. General Foch +had moved too quickly. But, even so, the peril was great, for the +German force was almost cut off. It meant the loss of 15,000 men +and artillery, or it meant the sacrifice of some one corps to cover +the retreat. The latter course was chosen. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Three thousand of the Guards Corps, the flower of the Prussian +Army, were sent like a catapult at the gap in the French line, +immediately in front of Rheims. Five times they charged, and with +such heroic daring and such penetrative energy that General Foch +did not dare break from his position. As they came up for the fifth +assault, a wild cheer of admiration broke out along the French line. +But the rifles spoke steadily, none the less for that. After the +fifth assault, barely a hundred men were left, nearly all wounded. +They reversed rifles, a sign of surrender, and in all honor they +were received by General Foch, who conducted them to the hospital +in the rear. They lived up to the full the most heroic traditions +of the old Prussian corps and they saved that whole German force +from destruction. Still, with the annihilation of the Death's Head +Hussars and the remainder of the Prussian Guards Corps on the same +day, the forces under General Foch felt that in part Rheims had +been avenged. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The other section of this second phase of the Aisne consisted of +the trench warfare, which solidified from September 19 to October 6, +1914, under conditions of extreme difficulty and more than extreme +discomfort. It was practically the establishment of a trench campaign +that lasted all winter, and revived the centuries-old fortress +warfare, applying it under modern conditions to field fortifications. +The French during that winter on the Aisne never quite succeeded +in rivaling the mechanical precision of the German movements; the +Germans, on the other hand, never showed themselves to possess +the emotional fervor of the French with the bayonet. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In many places German and Allies' trenches almost touched each +other. The first two weeks at the Aisne were one continual downpour, +and the foundation of that ground is chalk. On the sides of the +plateau of Craonne, after two weeks' rain, the chalky mud seemed +bottomless. "It filled the ears and eyes and throats of our men," +wrote John Buchan, "it plastered their clothing and mingled generously +with their diet. Their grandfathers, who had been at Sebastopol, +could have told them something about mud; but even after India and +South Africa, the mire of the Aisne seemed a grievous affliction." +The fighting was constant, the nervous strain exhausting, and the +cold and wet were even harder to bear. There had as yet been no +time to build trenches with all conveniences, such as the Germans +possessed on the crest of the ridge, and the trenches of the Allies +were a chilled inferno of woe. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +A stretch of waste ground lay between the trenches, and often for +days at a time the fire was too heavy to rescue the wounded or bring +in the dead. The men in the trenches, on either side, were compelled +to hear the groans of the wounded, lying in the open day after day, +until exhaustion, cold and pain brought them a merciful release. +In letters more than one soldier declared that the hardest thing to +bear was to hear a fellow comrade shrieking or groaning in agony +a few steps away for hours—even days at a time—and to +be able to do nothing to help. The stench from the unburied bodies +was so great that officially all the tobacco for the whole battle +front was commandeered and sent to the trenches under the plateau of +Craonne and on the hill to the westward, where the British First +Army Corps was placed. Such, for the two weeks between September +22, 1914, and October 6, 1914, was the trench warfare during the +second phase of the battle of the Aisne, a condition never after +repeated in the war, for such a feat as the crossing of the Aisne +could scarcely be duplicated. It was gallant, it was magnificent, +and it was costly—the British casualty list for September 12 +to October 6, 1914, being, killed, wounded and missing, 561 officers +and 12,980 men—but it was useless, and only served to give +the Allies a temporary base whereby General Foch was successful +in checking the German attempt to capture the Rheims-Verdun railway. +It was a victory of bravery, but not a victory of result. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +During all these operations the Belgian army, now at Antwerp, had +harassed the German troops by frequent sorties. The capture of the +city was at once undertaken by the German Staff, following the +stalemate created by the operations at the Aisne. +</p> + +<hr> + +<h2><a name="chapter_XXV">CHAPTER XXV</a></h2> + +<p class="subtitle">"THE RACE TO THE SEA"</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The Germans, having failed in their first enveloping movement, +attempted a second after the battle of the Marne. They tried to +repeat their maneuver of August, endeavoring to overwhelm the French +left; while the French, on their side, tried to overwhelm the German +right. Each of these armies, by a converging movement, gradually +drew its forces toward the west. No sooner did the Germans bring +up a new corps on their right than the French brought up another +on their left. Thus the front of the battle ascended more and more +to the west and north until arriving at the sea it could go no +farther. This is what has been called by French military critics +"The Race to the Sea." In this race to the sea the Germans had a +great advantage over the French. A glance at the map is enough +to make it understood. The concave form of the German front made +the lines of transportation shorter; they were within the interior +of the angle, while the French were at the exterior. On the German +side this movement drew into the line more than eighteen army corps, +or twelve active corps, six reserve corps, and four cavalry corps. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the French side it resulted in the posting of the army of Castelnau +on the left of Manoury's army, in the deployment of the army of +General de Maud'huy to the left of the army of Castelnau, in the +transference of the British army to the left of the army of Maud'huy, +in the relegation of the army of Urbal to the left of the British +army, the army of Urbal being later flanked by the Belgian army +which came out of Antwerp. In order to accomplish this new and +extended disposition of forces the French General Staff was compelled +to reduce to their extreme limits the effective strengths of the +armies of the east and of the Oise, and as a result to make the +maximum use of the means of transport. In this it succeeded. When +the great battle of Flanders was waged toward the end of October, +the Germans, trying to turn the French left and to pierce it, found +themselves facing considerable French forces, which, allied with the +British and Belgian armies, completely barred the passage against +them. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +From the 15th of September, 1914, it was clear that the Germans +were making a great effort to try and overwhelm the French left. +General Joffre parried the attack, reenforcing at first the army +of Manoury by an army corps, then transferring to the left of the +army of Manoury the entire army of Castelnau that was in Lorraine. +A corps of cavalry and four territorial divisions commanded by +General Brugère received the order to establish itself on +both banks of the Somme and protect the detraining of the army +of Castelnau. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +From September 21 to September 26, 1914, all the French forces that +had newly arrived were engaged in the Lassigny-Roye-Péronne +region. They succeeded in withstanding, not without difficulty, the +German attack, but they could not advance. The Germans determinedly +and unweariedly continued to mass new forces on their right. On +the left of the army of Castelnau it was therefore necessary to +establish a new army. It was established on September 30, 1914, +under the command of General Maud'huy. From the first days of October +this army waged violent conflicts in the region of Arras and of +Lens. It found facing it two German cavalry corps, the Guard, four +active army corps, and two reserve corps. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +General Joffre continued without intermission to send new forces +to the left. On October 4, 1914, he called on General Foch in the +north and charged him with the duty of coordinating the action of +all the armies in that region: those of De Castelnau, Maud'huy, +and the territorial divisions. At the beginning of October the +British army, which was posted on the Aisne, was transferred to +the left of the French armies and replaced by the armies of Manoury +and d'Espérey. The Belgian army, issuing from Antwerp on +October 9, 1914, effected its retreat, covered by the British naval +forces and 6,000 French marines. It took its place on the Yser +Canal between Nieuport and Dixmude. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The Germans continuing their efforts to turn the French left, it +was found necessary again to strengthen that left considerably; +and new French army corps were transferred to Flanders and Belgium. +It was a new French army that was established and the command of +it was intrusted to General d'Urbal. It consisted at first of two +divisions of territorials and four divisions of cavalry of the +corps of General de Mitry, along with a brigade of naval fusiliers. +But from October 27 to November 11, 1914, it received considerable +reenforcements. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +During the second week in November the German attack revealing +its purpose more clearly, General Joffre sent four more battalions +of chasseurs and four more brigades of infantry. The reenforcements +sent to the French army of the north totaled as a result five army +corps, a division of cavalry, a territorial division, sixteen cavalry +regiments, and more than sixty pieces of heavy artillery. +</p> + +<hr> + +<h2><a name="chapter_XXVI">CHAPTER XXVI</a></h2> + +<p class="subtitle">SIEGE AND FALL OF ANTWERP</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The siege of Antwerp began on September 29, 1914, and in less than +two weeks, October 10, 1914, this historic city, one of the most +important trade centers of the world and one of the strongest fortresses +in Europe, was forced to capitulate, though it had always been +believed to be impregnable. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +During the latter part of September, 1914, the forces of the +belligerents were driving northward in that memorable race for the +Channel in which both sides had the same object; each was trying +to be the first to turn the other's front and crumble his line. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +At the same time the German forces, then in the vicinity of Brussels, +under the command of General van Beseler, pushed toward Antwerp, +on which the Belgian army had fallen back to make its last stand. +This move was necessary in order to cut off all danger of rear +attacks which would menace General von Kluck's drive to the coast, +a movement which had reached Douai on October 1, 1914. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The German General Staff had decided to take Antwerp at all cost. +General von Beseler on the last day of September, 1914, reached +a point within range of Antwerp's farthest outer forts. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In order to understand the record of the following successive steps +in the siege of Antwerp, a description of this city's position and +the location of its double circle of forts is necessary. Antwerp +was considered one of the most formidable strongholds in the world. +The elaborate defenses of Antwerp evolved from the original +fortifications of thirty years ago through continual additions. +The location of the city offers very many natural advantages for +its defense, and the engineering genius controlling the work made +full use of these opportunities. From the north Antwerp has access +to the sea by the river Scheldt, of which the arm nearest to the +city is narrow, with six strong forts on each bank, including the +citadel. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Any armies approaching from the south must cross the rivers Rupel +and Nethe, which practically, in the shape of a semicircle, swing +around the city to the south at a distance varying from about six +to twelve miles. Within this circle of flowing water, and about two +miles from the city, is another circle, formed by twelve powerful +forts. At a point almost due east from the center of the city and +commanding the railroad to Holland, by way of Turnhout, is located +the first of eight forts, designated by numbers. From there they +swing to the south and west, with fort eight very close to the +Scheldt and directly south to the village of Hoboken. On the other +side of the river are Forts de Cruibeke and Zwyndrecht, the latter +commanding the railroad to Ghent. Further north and right on the +banks of the Scheldt are Forts St. Marie, la Perle, and St. Philip, +the first two on the left bank and the last on the right, all three +opposite the new harbor and docks. In the northeast Fort de Merkem +guards the railroad to Rotterdam. Outside of this circle and in the +south, outside of the Nethe-Rupel line, there is another complete +circle of nineteen even stronger forts, at a distance from the +city varying between five and ten miles. Starting again in the +east—due east from fort one—and swinging south, these +forts are named: Oeleghem, Broeckem, Kessel, Lierre, Koningshoyckt, +Wavre St. Catherine, Waelhem—the last two only a few miles north +of Malines—Breendonck, Liezel, Bornem, Rupelmonde, Haesdonck, +Doel, Blauwgaren—the last two guarding the Scheldt at the +point of its entrance into Holland, one on each bank—Stabroek, +Ertbrand, Brasschaet, Schooten, and Gravenwezel. Between these outer +forts there were redoubts of considerable strength, which were +armed with 4-inch guns. The forts of the inner ring are placed at +regular intervals of 2,200 yards and at a distance of about 3,500 +yards from the enceinte of the city, which itself had powerful +defenses as well. +</p> + +<table class="center" style="width: 586px;"> +<tr><td> + <a name="fig026"></a><a href="images/fig026.jpg"> + <img src="images/fig026.jpg" width="586" height="429" alt="Fig. 26"> + </a> +</td></tr> +<tr><td>LIEGE FORTS, SHOWING GERMAN ATTACK</td></tr> +</table> + +<table class="center" style="width: 584px;"> +<tr><td> + <a name="fig027"></a><a href="images/fig027.jpg"> + <img src="images/fig027.jpg" width="584" height="394" alt="Fig. 27"> + </a> +</td></tr> +<tr><td>SIEGE AND FALL OF ANTWERP</td></tr> +</table> + +<p class="indent"> +Add to these defenses the important fact that the entire district +surrounding Antwerp was subject to inundation to such a depth that +all approach to the city could be made impracticable to an enemy +force with heavy cannon and ammunition. Military authorities held +Antwerp to be of incomparable strength and as nearly impregnable +as engineering genius could make it. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +During the latter part of September, 1914, several of the outer +forts were subjected to bombardment, and many of these had become +useless as defenses. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +General von Beseler's advance was still barred by the river Nethe, +upon the opposite bank of which the defense was concentrated. During +the engagements which now ensued the German aircraft kept the commanders +advised as to conditions behind the enemy's lines, now and then +dropping bombs, apparently doing considerable damage. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On October 2, 1914, General von Beseler scattered from "Taube" +aeroplanes a number of printed papers over the entire district. +These circulars contained a proclamation to the Belgian soldiers, +advising them to stop fighting for England and Russia and to return +home to their wives and children, as Germany was ready to help +and befriend them. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The Belgian Government, which had established itself in Antwerp +after the occupation of Brussels, decided to leave the city as soon +as possible. Two small steamers were ordered to be held in readiness. +The foreign legations also decided to go with the Government. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Throughout this day a steady fire was kept up on the nearest outer +forts, but the Belgian soldiers contested every inch of ground +against the German advance. This fighting continued throughout the +entire day following, during which two of the minor outer forts +were silenced. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Rapid progress by the Germans was very difficult owing to the peculiar +conformation of the course of the river Scheldt at the point of +attack. This made especially difficult the laying of concrete +foundations for the heavy guns. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The first detachment of British troops, numbering about 8,000 marines, +reached Antwerp on October 3, 1914. This buoyed up the spirits of +the Belgian soldiers and redoubled their efforts. Under cover of +the continuous fire of their guns, the Germans made determined +efforts to cross the river Nethe at Waelhem. Desperate fighting, +which lasted all night and until early in the morning of October +4, took place. This attempt, however, failed. Later in the day +the Germans succeeded in putting a pontoon bridge in place. Troops +in solid masses hurried across; but as they reached the other side +some well-directed shots from the Belgian guns blew the pontoon +bridge to pieces, killing many. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Throughout the night of October 4, 1914, and the day and night +of October 5, the battle raged about Lierre with savage ferocity. +The British marines had by this time relieved the Belgians. The +German fire, however, compelled the defenders to draw back a +considerable distance. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +At four o'clock in the morning of October 6, 1914, the Germans +succeeded in crossing the river in force, and now the defenders +were obliged to give way, as the outer forts had ceased to afford +them any protection. Late in the afternoon the members of the Belgian +Cabinet and their official families went aboard one steamer, while +the French and British Legations boarded another, both sailing +early on October 7. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The Belgian troops had begun to withdraw the evening before. All the +defending forces now hastened their retreat. The actual evacuation +had indeed begun. Time was taken, however, to put out of commission +some thirty steamships lying at their docks and to set afire all the +large oil tanks on the west side of the river Scheldt. The streets +in Antwerp presented scenes of almost indescribable confusion. +Even before the bombardment had been long in operation almost the +entire civil population became panic-stricken. Hither and thither, +wherever the crowd drifted, explosions obstructed their paths; +fronts of buildings bent over and fell into the streets, in many +cases crushing their occupants. Although the burgomaster had issued +a proclamation advising the people to remain calm—indoors, +if possible—nothing could stop the stampede. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The defending troops withdrawing through the city from the firing +line destroyed everything that might possibly be of use to the +enemy. The suburbs of Antwerp seemed to be ablaze in every direction; +the village of Waerloos had been burning for some days; Contich, +Duffel, and Lierre also, and Have, Linth, and Vieux Dieu had been +destroyed by shell fire. Mortsel was practically obliterated by +the Belgians clearing the range for the guns of the inner forts. +In the preparation for defense the Belgians destroyed upward of +ten thousand buildings within a radius of twenty miles. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The exodus of the civil population began in earnest on October +8, 1914. Some of the streets in the heart of the city were choked +with people, while other streets in the same vicinity were dead +and deserted. The withdrawal of the troops was well screened from +the German guns, but their retreat to the west had been cut off +to a great extent, and Holland was now the only refuge for many. +The Germans did not use their heaviest guns and high-explosive +shells in bombarding the city. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +During this terrible time, in utter darkness and confusion, crowds +amounting to many thousands—men, and women with babies, and +children of all ages—streamed through the streets that led +to the quays or to the turnpike to Holland. All sorts of vehicles, +from dogcarts to motor trucks, the former drawn by dogs, men, and +horses, carried the belongings of the fugitives that could not +be carried away in person. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The bombardment continued with varying severity throughout October +8, 1914. As the Germans drew nearer to the city all the inner forts +on the south and east sides of the circle took part in replying +to the cannonade. Some of these forts—notably two, three, +four, and five—were badly battered. By afternoon the city +seemed deserted—nothing but débris of fallen buildings +and wreckage met the eyes, and a small remnant of the population +was still struggling for escape. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Along all the wayside immense crowds of men, women, and children +gathered. The railway stations were choked with struggling humanity. +Their condition was pitiable. These scenes continued all day and +throughout the entire night. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the morning of October 9, 1914, the struggle to get away continued. +Long lines formed on the quay where it had been reported that two +boats would leave for Ostend by eleven o'clock, and all those that +could pay struggled to get their passage booked. There were between +35,000 and 40,000 people on the quays, every one buoyed up by the +hope that safety was in sight at last. But the boats failed to +sail and a murmur of disappointment rose from this vast multitude +of unfortunates. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +However, there were other means of escape available, such as tugboats, +plying between Flushing, Rotterdam, and other adjacent points in +Holland. These tugs had no great accommodations for passengers +and comparatively few people escaped by this means. No trains were +scheduled to run and in despair the crowds started to cross the +bridge and make for the road to the Dutch frontier. Altogether +from 150,000 to 200,000 of the population of the city escaped by +one means or another. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +During a continuous bombardment of twelve hours the cathedral stood +unharmed. The southern part of Antwerp was a desolate waste of ruins. +In some streets all the homes were ablaze, the flames leaping hither +and thither with the wind. The great oil tanks burning fiercely on +the opposite bank of the River Scheldt were fired upon by some +well-directed shots to check the blaze, a huge black volume of +thick smoke now rising from the flames. To add to the difficulties +and confusion the water supply had been cut off during the early +stages of the bombardment through the destruction of the city's +waterworks which were located in one of the suburbs to the south, +and the consequences threatened to become alarming. Everywhere +fires were burning. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +This was the tragic scene when the German army entered the conquered +city of Antwerp on October 10, 1914. It is probable that a large +part of the city would have been burned, if the Germans had not +entered in time to check the conflagration. Without loss of time, +forces were put to work fighting the fires and clearing the streets, +propping up unsafe buildings and making order out of chaos, with +the usual Teuton efficiency. As soon as the bombardment had ceased +proclamations were pasted on walls and houses throughout the city +urging everyone to surrender any arms in their possession and begging +for a calm demeanor when the German troops pass through the streets. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +About noon on October 10, 1914, a patrol of cyclist-mounted police +escorted the burgomaster to the gate of the city to receive the +German forces. When they entered order was restored without delay. +Soldiers were immediately detached from their special command and +formed into gangs under competent foremen and all put to work at +once each according to his trade, fitness or adaptability. The +forts that had been dismantled were hastily patched up and new guns +mounted for emergency use. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On October 11, 1914, Field Marshal van der Goltz, the Governor +General of Belgium, came from Brussels and made a tour of inspection +of the double girdle of forts. Upon examination it was found that the +actual damage done to the city by the bombardment was comparatively +slight. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +During the last days of Antwerp's reign of terror fully 300,000 +fugitives sought shelter in Bergan-op-Zoom about twenty-five miles +northward across the Dutch frontier. Most of these were in a condition +almost indescribable, ragged, travel-worn, shoeless, and bespattered +and hungry. Few had money; valuables or other resources. All they +owned they carried on their backs or in bundles. The little Dutch +town of Bergen-op-Zoom with but 15,000 inhabitants was swamped; but +the Hollanders did their best to meet this terrible pressure and +its citizens went without bread themselves to feed the refugees. +Slowly some sort of order was organized out of the chaos and when +the Dutch Government was able to establish refugee camps under +military supervision the worst was over. A majority of this vast +army was by degrees distributed in the surrounding territory where +tent accommodations had been completed. The good Hollanders provided +for the children with especial care and sympathy. They supplied milk +for the babies and children generally. Devoted priests comforted many; +but military organization prevailed over all. Among the thousands +of these poor refugees that crossed the frontier at Maastricht and +besieged the doors of the Belgian consul there was no railing or +declaiming against the horror of their situation. The pathos of +lonely, staring, apathetic endurance was tragic beyond expression. +</p> + +<hr> + +<h2><a name="chapter_XXVII">CHAPTER XXVII</a></h2> + +<p class="subtitle">YSER BATTLES—ATTACK ON YPRES</p> + +<p class="indent"> +A large part of the Belgian forces with some of the English marines +were forced across the Dutch border, where they were promptly disarmed +and interned, while the remnants of these forces retreated toward +the west by way of St. Nicolas and reached Ostend on October 11 +and 12, 1914, with greatly reduced numbers. Many were cut off and +captured by the German forces, which entered Ghent on October 12, +and pressed on to Ypres in one direction and to Lille in another. +Next day, the thirteenth, they approached Ostend, forcing these +Belgians who had managed to get through, to evacuate. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Bruges was occupied by the German forces on October 14, 1914, and +other detachments appeared in Thielt, Daume, and Esschen on the +same day, thus getting under their control the entire Kingdom of +Belgium, with the exception of the northwestern corner, north of +Ypres, to the coast of the channel. For Ostend, too, had fallen into +their hands by October 15, after the English and Belgian troops had +been taken away by an English fleet; the Belgians were transported +to France where they were re-formed while the English marines were +sent back to England. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In the meantime the Germans were drawing on reenforcements from +the Vosges and the Champagne districts and every day their numbers +increased. West Flanders was swarming with German cavalry, and +about this time they were as far west as Hazebrouck and Cassel, +and only twenty-five miles distant from Dunkirk. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +By October 20, 1914, the allied line was in position from Albert +to the sea, a little short of 100 miles, eighty as the crow flies. +From south to north the allied front was commanded by General Maud'huy +from Albert to Vermelles; General Smith-Dorrien from Vermelles +to Laventie, opposite Lille; General Poultney, from Laventie to +Messines; General Haig from Messines to Bixschoote; General de +Mitry had French and Belgian mixed troops defending the line from +Bixschoote to Nieuport and the sea, supported by an English and +French fleet. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +For days this fleet under the British Admiral Hood had shelled the +coast defenses under General von Beseler's command. As the naval +guns had a far better range than General von Beseler's artillery, +it was an easy matter to hold the coast at Nieuport Bains, and even +six miles inland without subjecting any of the ships to the fire +of the German guns. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the German side General von Bülow held the front against +General Maud'huy, the Bavarian Crown Prince against General +Smith-Dorrien, while the Duke of Württemberg commanded the +forces on the balance of the line to the sea. It is estimated that +upward of thirty army corps covered the German front. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Throughout the balance of October, 1914, and well into November, +1914, a great many different actions and some of the heaviest fighting +of this period took place all along this line. On the 21st the new +German formations pressed forward in great force all along the +line. On the south of the Lys the Germans assaulted Violaines. +On the north of the Lys in the English center a fiercely contested +action took place near La Gheir, which village the Germans captured +in the morning. The German Twenty-sixth Reserve Corps pressed on +to Passchendale, where they met with stout resistance from the +English-Belgian forces. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On October 22, 1914, the Germans attacked from the La Bassée +region and gained several small villages. Both Allies and Germans +suffered immense lasses. Much of the slaughter was due to the +point-blank magazine fire and the intermittent shrapnel explosions +from bath sides. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The mast savage fighting was kept up all along the line, but no +advantage accrued ta either side until Friday, October 28, 1914, +when the Germans succeeded in crossing the Yser at St. George and +forcing their way two miles to Ramscapelle; retaken on the 30th by +General Grossetti. This was accomplished by General von Beseler's +troops, opposing the mixed troops of the Belgian and French. On +that night fourteen separate attacks were made by the Germans on +Dixmude and they were repulsed each time. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On October 24, 1914, about 5,000 German troops crossed the canal +at Schoorbakke and next day there were more to come, so for the +moment it looked as though the allied line on the Yser had been +broken. The struggle at this point continued until October 28, +during which time the Allies contested every inch of ground. The +kaiser was with the Duke of Württemberg on this day, expecting +every moment that his great design to break through the lines and +drive his forces to Dunkirk and Calais would be accomplished. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +At the crisis the Belgians broke dawn the dykes and flooded the +country for miles around. Heavy rains during the last weeks had +swelled the Yser. The Belgians had dammed the lower reaches of +the canal; the Yser lipped over its brim and spread lagoons over +the flat meadows. Soon the German forces on the west bank were +floundering in a foot of water, while their guns were waterlogged +and deep in mud. The Germans did not abandon their efforts. The +kaiser called for volunteers to carry Ramscapelle—two +Württemberg brigades responded—and gained the place, +but at terrible loss. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the 30th of October, 1914, again the Württembergers advanced +to the attack. They waded through sloppy fields from the bridgeheads +at St. George and Schoorbakke, and by means of table taps, boards, +planks and other devices crossed the deeper dykes. So furious was +the attack pressed home that they won the railway line and held +their ground. They were to do some severe fighting, however, for +next day French-Belgian and African mixed troops fought fiercely +to drive the Germans back but failed. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Seeing their success in partially flooding the battle field, the +Belgians made more breaches in the dams, and, opening the sluices +in the canal, threw a flood of water greater still over the area +occupied by the Germans. In seething brown waves the water rose +up to the high ground at the railway near Ramscapelle. The Germans +were caught in this tide and scores of them were drowned. Many +escaped, some struggled to land on the Allies front and were made +prisoners. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Sir John French summarized part of the fighting in Flanders, after +the capture of Antwerp, in the following official report: "The Second +Corps under General Smith-Dorrien was opposed by overpowering forces +of Germans, but nevertheless advanced until October 18, 1914, when +the German opposition compelled a reenforcement. Six days later +the Lahore Division of the Indian Army was sent to support the +Second Corps. On October 16, Sir Henry Rawlinson, who had covered +the retreat of the Belgian army from Antwerp, with two divisions of +English cavalry and two divisions of French infantry, was stationed +on the line east of Ypres under orders to operate over a wide front +and to keep possession of all the ground held by the Allies until +the First Army Corps could reach Ypres. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +"General Rawlinson was opposed by superior forces and was unable +to prevent the Germans from getting large reenforcements. With +four divisions holding a much wider front than their size justified +he faced a rather awkward situation, as the enemy was massed from +the Lys. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +"The shattered Belgian army and the weary French troops advanced +to check the Germans—but in vain. Sir Douglas Haig with the +First Army Corps was sent to recapture Bruges on October 19, 1914, +while the Belgian army intrenched along the Yser Canal. General +Haig failed—owing to bad roads. October 21 brought the most +severe attack made on the First Corps at Ypres, in the checking of +which the Worcestershire Regiment did good work. This day marked the +most critical period in the battle which resulted in the recapture +of the village of Gheluvelt." +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +South of Dixmude is one of the most historic and quaintly attractive +cities of Belgium, Ypres. It is situated on a tributary of the Yser +called the Yperlee, and a railway runs through it from Roulers +to the main Lille-St. Ower line at Hazebrouck and a very important +canal runs from the Yser in the north to the Lys at Comines. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The allied lines were held by the British First and Third Corps +and several cavalry divisions, at this point all under the chief +command of General Haig, while the Bavarian Crown Prince directed +the movements of the German forces. On October 20, 1914, the allied +line stretched—a few miles to the northeast of Ypres—from +Bixschoote to the crossroads a mile and a half northwest of Zonnebeke. +The cavalry only were kept busy during this day, while the other +forces were making elaborate preparations for the main drive. The +great attack was delivered October 21 against the point of the salient +between Zonnebeke and Besselaere. The allied line on the left was +so much exposed that the Twenty-second Brigade was enfiladed by the +Germans at the very beginning, and in the center the Germans pierced +the line held by the Royal Scots Fusiliers, with the Yorkshires on +the extreme right. The fierce assaults from both sides ended in +a draw for this day. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On October 22, 1914, the fighting was most severe all day; but later +in the day the most violent assault of all was made by the Germans +upon the First Brigade on the left. There the trenches were held by +the Camerons, north of Pilkem on the Langemarck—Bixschoote +road. Here the Germans broke the line and succeeded in capturing +part of the Camerons—the famous Red Tartans. Further south, +the Royal Scots Fusiliers were obliged to give way. The Germans +pressed hard in the vicinity of Hollebeke which point opened a +clear road to Ypres; but here the allied forces stood their ground. +Still farther south the Essex Regiment and the Lancashire Fusiliers +fought savagely, but were driven back upon Armentierre when night +fell. +</p> + +<table class="center" style="width: 594px;"> +<tr><td> + <a name="fig028"></a><a href="images/fig028.jpg"> + <img src="images/fig028.jpg" width="594" height="864" alt="Fig. 28"> + </a> +</td></tr> +<tr><td>BATTLE FRONT IN FLANDERS</td></tr> +</table> + +<p class="indent"> +Early Friday morning, October 23, 1914, the Allies made a desperate +assault upon the trenches lost by the Camerons on the previous day. +The fighting culminated in a savage bayonet attack which resulted +in the recapture of these trenches by the British composed of the +King's Royal Rifles, the Royal West Surrey Regiment and the +Northamptons. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On October 24, 1914, the Germans advanced upon the allied extreme +left; but were successfully repulsed between Zonnebeke and Poelcapelle. +Later in the day the Germans renewed their attack and compelled +the allied troops to retire some distance. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The advance on the allied left was continued on Sunday, October +25, 1914. Repeatedly the Germans succeeded in piercing the allied +lines; but at one time, even though they had broken through, a +momentary lack of reserves compelled them to retreat to avoid capture. +A savage enveloping attack was made during the night, north of +Zandvoorde, where again the Germans broke through the allied lines, +but were unable to maintain their advantage through failure of +reenforcements to come up in time. The Leicester Brigade were shelled +out of their trenches and were obliged to fall back to the south +of the River Lys. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +During the following three days—October 26, 27, 28, +1914—artillery fire was resorted to and desultory fighting +and skirmishes along the entire line resulted in no noteworthy +advantage to either belligerent. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Thursday, October 29, 1914, opened with clear and bracing weather +which promised to continue throughout the day. The German attack +which had been preparing for the past three days now broke like +an irresistible wave upon the salient of the Gheluvelt crossroads, +where the British First Corps was stationed. The first division +was driven back from its trenches and after that the line swayed +forward and backward for hours, but by two o'clock in the afternoon +the position remained unchanged. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +With the coming of the dawn on October 30, 1914, the fighting was +resumed with even more savage determination on both sides. The +hottest engagement centered about the ridge of Zandvoorde. German +artillery fire cleared the allied trenches, burying many of the +British soldiers alive under mountains of earth and débris. +This forced the line to retreat a full mile to Klein Zillebeke to +the north. The kaiser witnessed this engagement and by his presence +cheered the German soldiers on to the most desperate fighting. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the following day October 31, 1914, the crisis came. The fighting +began along the Menin-Ypres road early in the morning and advanced +with great violence upon the village of Gheluvelt. The First and +Third Brigades or the First Division were swept back and the First +Coldstream Guards were wiped out as a unit. The whole division +was driven back from Gheluvelt to the woods between Veldhoek and +Hooge. The allied headquarters at Hooge were shelled. General Lomas +was wounded and six or the staff officers were killed. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The Royal Fusiliers who desperately stuck to their trenches fighting +savagely were cut off and destroyed. Out of a thousand but seventy +soldiers remained. Between two and three o'clock there occurred +the most desperate fighting seen in the battle of Ypres. At 2:30 +o'clock in the afternoon the Allies recaptured Gheluvelt at the +point of the bayonet and by evening the Allies had regained their +position. Ypres had not been captured by the Germans by this time, +but they had secured their position in all the suburbs of Ypres +and had that city at their mercy, provided allied reenforcements +ordered up did not obstruct their path. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The fighting still continued for part of November, 1914, but for +the month of October no definite result was to be recorded. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +At Ypres, on November 2, 1914, the Germans captured 2,300 English +troops and many machine guns. Dixmude was stormed by the Germans +on the 10th of November, and they crossed the Yser Canal, capturing +the Allies position west of Langemark, also driving them out of +St. Eloi. Snow and floods interfered with the fighting along the +battle front. Ypres was bombarded on several occasions and was +repeatedly set on fire. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +November 11, 1914, was another day of severe fighting. At daybreak +the Germans opened fire on the allied trenches to the north and +south of the road from Menin to Ypres. After a furious artillery +fire the Germans drove their men forward in full force. This attack +was carried out by the First and Fourth brigades of the Prussian +Guard Corps which had been especially selected to capture Ypres if +possible, since that task had proved too heavy for the infantry of +the line. As the Germans surged forward they were met by a frontal +fire from the allied lines, and as they were moving diagonally across +part of the allied front, they were also attacked on the flank by the +English artillery. Though the casualties of the Germans were enormous +before they reached the English lines, such was their resolution and +the momentum of the mass that, in spite of the splendid resistance +of the English troops, the Germans succeeded in breaking through +the allied lines in several places near the road. They penetrated +some distance into the woods behind the English trenches, where +some of the bloodiest fighting of the entire war took place. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On November 12, 1914, comparative quiet reigned and with the exception +of artillery duels and some desultory fighting no results were +obtained on either side. The British report makes this comment on +this attempt upon Ypres: "Their (the Prussian Guard Corps') dogged +perseverance in pursuance of their objective claims wholehearted +admiration. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +"The failure of one great attack, heralded as it was by an impassioned +appeal to the troops made in the presence of the emperor himself, +but carried out by partially trained men, has been only the signal +for another desperate effort in which the place of honor was assigned +to the corps d'élite of the German army. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +"It must be admitted that the Guard Corps has retained that reputation +for courage and contempt of death which it earned in 1870, when +Emperor William I, after the battle of Gravelotte, wrote: 'My Guard +has formed its grave in front of St. Privat,' and the swarms of +men who came up bravely to the British rifles in the woods around +Ypres repeated the tactics of forty-four years ago, when their +dense columns, toiling up the slopes of St. Privat, melted away +under the fire of the French." +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Ypres was now but a name. Nothing but a mass of ruins reminded +the world of its previous quaint splendor. For Ypres had been rich +in historic buildings and monuments of past days. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +With the fall of Antwerp the Germans had made every effort to push +forward strong forces toward the west and had hastened to bring up +new army corps which had been hurriedly organized, their object +being to drive the Allies out of Belgium and break through to Dunkirk +and Calais. Altogether they collected 250,000 fresh men. Eventually +the Germans had north of La Bassée about fourteen corps +and eight cavalry divisions, a force of 750,000 men, with which +to attempt to drive the Allies into the sea. In addition there +was immensely powerful armament and heavy siege artillery, which +also had been brought up from around Antwerp. But in spite of these +strong forces it became clearly evident by the middle of November +that the attempt to break through to Calais had failed for the +time being. The flooding of the Yser marks the end of the main +struggle for Calais. The battle fronts had shifted. Between them +there was a mile or two of mud and water. The Belgians had lost +a quarter of their effectives. The Germans had evacuated the west +bank of the Yser and were obliged to return to the point from which +they had started. +</p> + +<hr> + +<h2><a name="chapter_XXVIII">CHAPTER XXVIII</a></h2> + +<p class="subtitle">ATTACKS ON LA BASSEE AND ARRAS</p> + +<p class="indent"> +While the engagement on the Yser was in progress in October, 1914, +fierce fighting was kept up in the second section of the battle +front, pivoting on Givenchy to the south and running east to the +north of the La Bassée-Lille road. In this section the forces +of the Crown Prince of Bavaria opposed the troops under the command +of General Smith-Dorrien. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +From October 1 to 3, 1914, considerable fighting went on in the +flats east of Arras between Lens and the River Scarpe. This resulted +in the retirement of the Allies on the 4th. The Germans began to +bombard Arras, keeping it up until the 6th, when their attempt to +take the city next day was successfully repulsed. On October 8, +the Germans, then holding Douai and Lens, were shelling Lille, then +held by the British territorials. For the next two weeks artillery +duels alternated with trench fighting and skirmishing. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The main attack at La Bassée covered fully ten days, lasting +from October 22, 1914, to November 2, 1914. The first severe fighting +came as has already been mentioned, on October 22, 1914. The British +were driven out of the village of Violaines, which is situated on +the road between Lorgies and Givenchy, and General Smith-Dorrien +was compelled to retreat to the village of Faugissant, to the south +of Lavantie. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On October 24, 1914, the Germans attacked heavily along the entire +line, and the First Gordon Highlanders were driven out of their +trenches. For three days the most savage fighting continued, resulting +in the capture of Neuve Chapelle by the Germans on October 27, which +was defended by East Indian troops. The fighting was desperate on +both sides and became much confused, as units here and there had +succeeded in breaking through their respective opponents' lines. +All of this day and the next, October 28, this struggle continued, +but the Germans maintained the ground they had won, forcing the +allied forces to retire in order to re-form their lines. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On October 29, 1914, the Germans attacked at Festubert, and gained +several of the allied trenches after a severe struggle lasting +throughout the day. Again the Germans maintained their new position, +compelling the Indian troops to retire to the defense of the La +Bassée gate, where they were joined by several British brigades +and the Second Corps Artillery. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +October 30, 1914, was consumed in continuous artillery duels, which +held the lines while the troops enjoyed much needed rest. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On October 31, 1914, the Indian forces were again savagely attacked +by the Germans whose machine guns enfiladed them in their trenches. +This attack has become noted for the great loss of British officers +commanding the Hindus. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Concurrent with this fighting the Germans also made the most savage +onslaughts further south, with the object of capturing Arras. The +main attack against this important French city began on October +20, 1914, and lasted six days until the evening of October 26. +The Germans in having possession of Lens had a great advantage, +as they were thereby enabled to threaten the allied left center, +which was stationed to the west of Lens; for, just south from the +town, ran a railway which connected with the main line three miles +east of Arras, called the Arras-Douai-Lille line. This gave the +Germans a perfect system of lateral communications. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The German general, Von Bülow, commanding the Prussian Guard +Corps led the attack on October 24, 1914, when he pushed his forces, +fighting for every inch of the ground, to within gun range of the +city of Arras. All day the most desperate fighting continued and +had not General Maud'huy received the reenforcements which hurriedly +came up just when needed the northern gates of Arras would have +been gained by the Germans, who were held back in a position near +enough, however, to subject Arras to another bombardment and the +shell fire from this position rained upon Arras to the end of the +month and some six days into November. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +From the date of the entry of the French into Alsace on August 7, +1914, the battle front in France extended from the Swiss frontier, +north through western Alsace, thence in a northwesterly direction to +a point where the line met the front of the German forces advancing +on Paris. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On October 1, 1914, this battle front extended in an unbroken line +from Switzerland to the city of Douai in northeastern France. The +Crown Prince of Bavaria commanded in the first section from Alsace +to midway between Nancy and Verdun; the Crown Prince of Prussia +directed the Verdun section reaching from west of Thiaucourt to +Montfaucon; the Duke of Württemberg to Massiges; General von +Hausen thence to Bery-au-Bac; General von Bülow to a point +directly north of Soissons; General von Kluck in a northwesterly +direction to a point west of Noyon and onward to the north and +northeast to Douai, which is about fifteen miles northeast of Arras, +from which point north the campaign has been described. The French +army opposing this German front was under the supreme command of +General Joffre. The commanding officers in the various sectors of +this front were being continually changed, making it difficult +to name the commanders in each sector, except when some more or +less noteworthy engagement had taken place along the line. The +battle front here described did not materially change throughout the +months of October, 1914, to February 1, 1915. Continual engagements +took place along this entire front—a gain of a few yards here +balanced by a loss of a like distance elsewhere. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Both belligerents had securely intrenched themselves. The pickax +and spade were far more in use than the rifle, so that now cold +weather coming on, the soldiers on both sides of the front were +able to make the trenches quite comfortable. In many instances +they laid down plank floors and lined the walls with boards, put up +stoves, constructed sleeping bunks and tables, stools and benches, +and even decorated the rooms thus evolved with anything suitable for +the purpose. Pictures and photographs from home were the favorite +decorations. All this was impossible for their brethren in the north +and in Flanders, where the activities of the conflict subjected +the soldiers to continual changes and removals. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The main objective of the Germans was the French fortresses Belfort, +Epinal, Toul, and Verdun, for these obstructed the march to Paris. +The continual onslaughts and counterassaults made upon this line +left it practically unchanged during the month of October, 1914, +in which time no engagements worthy of the name "battle" occurred. +The fighting in the north had been so desperate that it completely +obscured the activities on the entire line to the south. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The net gains during the months of October and November, 1914, +for either belligerent were practically nil. From Belfort in the +south to Arras in the north the advance or retreat in any given +section was but a matter of yards; a ridge, a farm, a hill, or +other choice gun position, the farther bank of a rivulet or stream +or canal occupied or captured—here by the French, there by +the Germans—generally proved to be but temporary possessions +and wasted efforts. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +It was incidents such as these that made up the record of events +along this line. During all this time the military aeroplanes were +busy dropping explosives upon the enemy's lines, and extending +their operations far to the rear, circling above the larger towns +and cities, doing considerable damage in many places. But this was +not the only purpose of these daring sky pilots; for the principal +object in flying over the adversary's country was to make observations +and report movements of troops. In this respect the aeroplane had +done immense service throughout the campaign. +</p> + +<hr> + +<h2><a name="chapter_XXIX">CHAPTER XXIX</a></h2> + +<p class="subtitle">GENERAL MOVEMENTS ON THE FRENCH AND FLANDERS +FRONTS</p> + +<p class="indent"> +We have seen that at the end of November, 1914, Ypres was still +in the Allies' hands, though the Germans were exerting a fierce +pressure in that region, and were gradually, even if very slowly, +getting closer and closer to it. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +At the beginning of December, 1914, the Germans drew their forces +close up to Ypres, so closely in fact that they could bring into +play their small-caliber howitzers, and before many hours Ypres +was in flames in many places. The allied forces fought fiercely +to compel the Germans to withdraw. Hand-to-hand fighting, bayonet +charges, and general confusion was the order of the day. Thousands +of men would creep out of their holes in the ground and crawl, +availing themselves of whatever covering presented itself, to some +vantage point and there stand up as one man and charge directly +into the adversary's ranks. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +All this was part of the general scheme worked out miles from the +spot where the conflict was going on. There in some quaint little +town occupying some out-of-the-way house was the General Staff. +The rooms were filled with officers; the walls were hung with large +and small field and detail maps, upon which were plainly marked the +name of every commanding officer and the forces under his command. +Every detail of the armies' strength—names of the commanders, +and any other detail was plainly in view. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +It was here decided to turn the entire command of the allied forces +along the Yser over to the British to avoid confusion. It was well +that this was done just at this time, for on December 3, 1914, the +Germans made a fierce onslaught along the entire front of thirteen +miles between Ypres and Dixmude, bringing into use a great number of +stanch rafts propelled by expert watermen, thus carrying thousands +of the German forces over and along the Ypres River. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Again the belligerents came to a hand-to-hand conflict, and so +well directed was the allied counterattack that no advantage to the +Germans was obtained. For three days this severe fighting continued. +The struggle was most sharp between Dixmude and the coast at Westende, +where the Germans hoped to break through the allied lines, and thus +crumple up their entire front, making a free passage. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On December 7, 1914, the French captured Vermelles, a minor village +a few miles southwest of La Bassée. This little village had +been the center of a continuous struggle for mastership for nearly +two months. At last the French occupied this rather commanding +point, important to the Allies, as it afforded an excellent view +over a wide stretch of country occupied by the Germans. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The German Staff headquarters were removed from Roulers, which is +about twelve miles distant from Ypres, on December 8, 1914, from +the vicinity of Ypres, while their own forces had been concentrated +upon Dixmude, twelve miles to the north. This town had suffered +severely before, but the allied forces using what shelter they +could improvise, were doing considerable damage from this point. +Therefore the Germans began to bombard the place. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On December 9, 1914, the Germans succeeded in gaining slightly +toward Ypres. Farther north they were by this time also in a position +to take Furnes under fire. This town lies on the frontier between +Belgium and France, in the path of some of the most savage onslaughts +on the part of the Germans to break through the allied lines in +order to reach the channel towns of Dunkirk and Calais. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On December 10, 1914, the allied forces made an ineffectual attack +on Roulers, which the German General Staff had just left. South +of Ypres the allied forces made a severe attack upon the town of +Armentières, about eight miles from Ypres, but gained no +permanent advantage. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +During this time the Germans had also so far succeeded in consolidating +their positions in the neighborhood of Ostend, that they could +put their heavy guns in position near the shores of that famous +watering place. This was a very necessary precaution to meet the +attacks of English gunboats, and even larger cruisers that were +patrolling that coast. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On December 12, 1914, the severest fighting was along the Yser Canal, +which was crossed and recrossed several times. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On December 13, 1914, the Allies succeeded in repulsing the Germans +on the River Lys, where for three days the Germans had inaugurated +a hot offensive. These engagements were exact counterparts of the +fighting at other points in Flanders, where both opponents were +apparently well matched, and where advantages were won and lost +in rapid succession. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +There was severe fighting also on December 14, 1914, extending +along the entire front in Flanders from Nieuport to below Ypres. In +the north the Germans made severe onslaughts, all more or less held +up or repulsed by the Belgians, French, and English. The fighting was +hottest near Nieuport, where the Allies made some small temporary +gains. Besides the three armies participating in the conflict, +the British fleet also took part in bombarding the German coast +positions. Three British barges equipped with naval machine guns +entered the River Yser in order to cooperate in the fighting. These +boats took the two villages Lombaertzyde and St. Georges. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In this action some of the heaviest fighting was done by the French +marines. Some slight advantages were also gained by the Allies in +the neighborhood of St. Eloi and Klein Zillebeke. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Following these minor successes, attack was made upon the German +lines on the west side of Wytschaete, a village which the Germans +had succeeded in holding during the great battle of Ypres. To the +west of this village is a wood called the Petit Bois, and to the +southwest is the Maedelsteed spur, an eminence on hilly ground. +From both of these places the Germans covered the village, prepared +to hold it against all comers. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Major Duncan, commanding the Scots, and Major Baird leading the +Royal Highlanders, attacked the Petit Bois, and in the flare of +terrible machine gun and rifle fire, carried a trench west of the +woods, while the Gordon Highlanders advanced upon the spur, taking +the first trench. They were, however, obliged to fall back to the +position from which they had started, with no advantage gained. This +engagement at Wytschaete gave a good illustration of the difficulty +of fighting in heavy, winter ground, devoid of cover, and so +water-logged that any speed in advance was next to impossible. +Just prior to the battle the ground had thawed, and the soldiers +sank deep into the mud at every step they took. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On December 15, 1914, the Germans attacked a little to the south +of Ypres, but no definite result was obtained. On the following +day the Allies replied by an onslaught at Dixmude with a similar +result. The Germans attempted to turn and strike at Westende the +next day. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Roulers was temporarily occupied by the Allies on December 18, +1914, and in another location, about twenty-five miles farther +southwest, in the neighborhood of Givenchy, the Allies' Indian +troops were put to the test. The attack was launched on the morning +of the 19th. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The Lahore and the Meerut divisions both took part. The Meerut +division succeeded in capturing a trench; but a little later on a +counterattack, launched by the Germans, forced the Indians back. +The Lahore division, including the First Highland Light Infantry +and the Fourth Gurkhas, took two lines of the enemy's trenches +with hardly any casualties. These captured trenches were at once +occupied, and when they were full to capacity, the Germans exploded +the previously prepared mines, and blew up the entire Hindu force. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +At daylight on the morning of December 20, 1914, the Germans commenced +a heavy artillery fire along the entire front. This was followed +by an infantry charge along the entire line between Givenchy and +La Quinque Rue to the north. The defense of Givenchy was in the +hands of the India Sirhind Brigade, under General Brunker. At ten +o'clock the Sirhinds became confused and fled, enabling the Germans +to capture Givenchy. The Fifty-seventh Rifles and the Ninth Bhopals +were stationed north of La Bassée Canal and east of Givenchy, +and the Connaught Rangers were waiting at the south of the canal. +The Forty-seventh Sikhs were sent to support the Sirhind Brigade, +with the First Manchesters, the Fourth Suffolks, and two battalions +of French Provincials, the entire force being under command of +General Carnegy. All these mixed forces now essayed a combined +counterattack in order to recover the ground lost by the Sirhind +Brigade, but this failed. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The Allies called up reserves and re-formed the ranks broken by +that day's reverses. With the Seventh Dragoon Guards under the +command of Lieutenant Colonel Lemprière, they began another +attack. This, too, failed. When the Sirhind Brigade fell back, the +Seaforth Highlanders were left entirely exposed. The Fifty-eighth +Rifles went to the support of their left. Throughout the entire +afternoon the Seaforths had made strenuous efforts to capture the +German trenches to the right and left of their position. Upon the +arrival of the Fifty-eighth the fighting redoubled in ferocity, +but no advance was made. Finally word was given to retreat. The +Allies lost heavily in killed, wounded, and prisoners. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The First Brigade was detached, and by midnight it had reached +Bethune, about five miles west of Givenchy. Sir Douglas Haig was +ordered to move also, the entire First Division in support of the +exhausted Indian troops. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Action was begun on December 20, 1914, early in the afternoon by +a simultaneous attack, and was continued until nightfall without +important results. The next morning General Haig in person took +the command, but little ground was gained. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +While this contest was in progress around Givenchy, the Germans +took possession of the city of Arras, ten miles to the south. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Between December 23 and 30, 1914, the Belgian army, strongly reenforced +by French troops, began a series of violent attacks upon the German +lines; but the Germans replied by a ceaseless bombardment of Nieuport, +which is about a mile inland. No results of importance were obtained +on either side. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The last week of December, 1914, bore a relieving holiday aspect, +for it seemed as though by general consent the carnival of mood was +to be considered not consonant with the solemnity of the season. +But for all that the French succeeded in blowing up some German +trenches with a new howitzer they were anxious to tryout, and the +Belgian-French forces retook St. Georges in northern Flanders. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +St. Georges had been held by the Germans for some time; the village +stands on the right hand of the Yser, and it was the only position +they retained on that side of the river. It seems from the very +ease with which the village was taken that the Germans felt their +position there untenable, and withdrew to their own side of the +river in order to enjoy a quiet Christmas with their comrades, +whose singing of Christmas songs was forever being wafted over +that river of blood. Although the general action continued on both +sides, no serious battles are to be recorded in Flanders for the +balance of the year 1914. +</p> + +<hr> + +<h2><a name="chapter_XXX">CHAPTER XXX</a></h2> + +<p class="subtitle">OPERATIONS AROUND LA BASSEE AND GIVENCHY</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the whole, the results obtained during the first days of 1915 +on the Belgian battle front favored the Germans. Of this front the +Belgians held but three miles more or less, and the British were +defending a line of about twenty miles, while the French covered +the balance of about twelve miles, all of which included about +the entire front in Flanders from the dunes at Nieuport on the +Channel to Armentières in the south, a line—by no means +straight—about thirty-five miles in length. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Activities along the extended front in the Champagne district having +proved successful for the German forces to a considerable extent, +the General Staff turned its attention now to the La Bassée +region. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +There was good tactical reason for this move, because the British +were seriously threatening the position, straddling La Bassée +Canal where it flows between Cuinchy and Givenchy, and there was +danger that they might capture La Bassée, where the Germans +held a salient of considerable strategical importance, as it covered +their line of communication to the south. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Previous successful operations by the British at Richebourg and +Festubert north of Givenchy, and at Vermelles, south of Cuinchy, +evidently prompted the Germans to attempt a counterattack. Besides +it was desirable for the Germans to test the strength of the Allies +at this point, and to do this with some measure of success the +Germans massed a considerable force for this purpose. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Beginning about January 14, 1915, the British met with varying +and minor successes and defeats in this region, but no noteworthy +action had taken place for upward of ten days, until January 25, +under the eye of the German Kaiser, the principal attack, which +had been carefully planned, took place. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the morning of January 25, 1915, a demonstration along the front +from Festubert to Vermelles and as far north as Ypres and Pervyse +was inaugurated. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The Germans began to shell Bethune, which was within the allied +lines about eight or nine miles west of La Bassée. An hour +later, in the neighborhood of nine o'clock, following up heavy +artillery fire, the Fifty-sixth Prussian Infantry and the Seventh +Pioneers advanced south of the canal, which runs eastward from +Bethune, where the British line formed a salient from the canal +forward to the railway near Cuinchy, and thence back to the Bethune +and La Bassée road where the British joined the French forces. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +This salient was occupied by the Scots and the Coldstream Guards. +The Germans were obliged to advance by the road, as the fields +were too soft for the passage of the troops; even the roads were +in a terrible condition, deep ruts and thick, sticky mud greatly +retarding the onward march of the German forces. But the Allies +fared little better in this respect. In fact the entire engagement +was fought out in a veritable sea of mud and slush. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Well-directed artillery fire by the Germans blew up the British +trenches in this salient, and the Germans at once penetrated the +unsupported British line. The Germans also had the advantage of an +armored train, which they ran along the tracks from La Bassée +almost into Bethune, sufficiently close to throw considerable shell +fire into this town. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The Germans advanced in close formation, throwing hand grenades. +They came on so rapidly and with such momentum that the Guards, +trying in vain to stem the tide with the bayonet, were overwhelmed, +and the British, in spite of desperate resistance, were forced +back step by step. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +At some points the distance between the trenches was so small that +it was utterly impossible to stop the onrush from one trench to +the other. The Germans swept and broke through the British lines, +treading their fallen opponents under foot as they advanced. At +this point the British turned and fled, as there was no hope of +successful resistance. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +As the great momentum forced the German advance through the allied +lines into the open field beyond and was joined by a heavy column, +which had debouched from the vicinity of Auchy, British guns opened +a murderous fire and inflicted terrible slaughter upon these ranks. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The Coldstream and the Scots Guards retreated to their second line +of defense, where they joined others of their command held in reserve +there. Once again they turned to meet the oncoming Germans, and +again were forced to give way, leaving the Germans in possession +of all the ground previously gained. The remnants of the Guards +retreated until they were met by the London-Scottish regiment sent +to reenforce them. Here they halted while a counterattack was being +organized by the First Royal Highlanders, part of the Camerons, +and the Second King's Rifle Corps which also came up. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +At one o'clock on January 25, 1915, and with the cooperation of +the French on their right, this rapidly improvised force moved +forward, making unobstructed progress on their wings by the canal +and the road. For some reason their center was delayed and held +back. When they did finally arrive and pressed forward with a rush +to meet the German forces, who were ready to receive them, the +impact was fearful, and the casualties on both sides enormous; +but no gains were made by the Allies, and the Germans held the +ground they had won. At the height of the battle the Second Royal +Sussex rushed into the fray in support of their hard-pressed comrades, +but all to no purpose, for these as the others were forced back +to the rear of their starting point with but a fraction of their +forces remaining to report the events of the day. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +While this terrible slaughter was in progress, the French left +on the other side of La Bassée road, which separated the +Allies at this point, had been attacked by the right of the German +line, and driven back to a considerable distance, but not as far +back as the British, so that the French left was in advance of the +British right and badly exposed to flank attack from the northward. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +This obliged the entire allied forces to retreat some distance +farther to the rear, and as night came on and the severity or the +action had ceased, the Allies had an opportunity to realign their +positions and somewhat strengthen the same by the First Guard Brigade +which now came up, showing the terrible suffering to which they +had been subjected. Finally, however, it was found advisable to +withdraw the Guard altogether and replace them by the First Infantry +Brigade. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Now the German tactical idea became clear. It was to force the +British to concentrate on the exposed line between Festubert and +Givenchy, north of the canal, and then to turn the British right +by the German forces in their new position just south of the canal, +thus calling for simultaneous action on both sides of the canal. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The Germans delivered an equally severe attack upon the allied +position in the village of Givenchy, about a mile north of the +canal, which bounded the scene of the attack just described. As +in the other attack, the Germans opened action by severe artillery +fire, using high-explosive shells, and after due preparation, at +about 8.15 in the morning, the infantry advanced, as is customary +with the Germans, in close formation. The British met this advance +by somewhat weak artillery fire, which, it was afterward explained +was due to continued interruption of the telephonic communications +between the observers and the batteries in the fight. However, as +it was, this fire, added to the machine gun and rifle fire from +the trenches, served to turn the German advance from their original +direction, with the result that they crowded together in the northeast +corner of Givenchy after passing over the first-line trenches of +the Allies' front. Their momentum carried the Germans far into the +center of the village, with remarkably few casualties considering +the murderous fire to which they had been subjected throughout +their impetuous advances. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In the village of Givenchy, however, the Second Welsh Regiment and +the First South Wales Borderers, which had been stationed there +and held in reserve, gave the Germans a warm reception, and when +the First Royal Highlanders came up they delivered a fierce +counterattack. In this they were supported by the fire of the French +artillery, which assistance, however, proved costly to the Allies, +as the French fire and bursting shells killed friend and foe alike. +Street fighting became savage, amid the explosions of shells sent +to enliven the occasion by the French. This concluded the action +for the day and when the smoke cleared away both sides found their +position comparatively little changed and nothing but the thinned +ranks of the combatants reminded the observer that the most severe +kind of fighting had taken place for the best part of a day. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The following day, January 26, 1915, the action was resumed, and +the attack opened along the Bethune and La Bassée road. This +soon died out, as though by general consent, each side reoccupying +their position of the previous evening. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +But on Friday, January 29, 1915, early in the morning, the Germans +again opened with severe artillery fire which directed its attention +particularly to the British line, where the First Army Corps lay +between La Bassée Canal and the Bethune road near Cutchy. +After an hour's shelling the Germans sent one battalion of the +Fourteenth Corps toward the redoubt, and two battalions of the +same corps were sent to the north and south of this redoubt. Now +upon this point and to the north of it stood the Sussex Regiment +and to the south of it the Northamptonshire Regiment. The attack +was severe, but the defense was equal to it and the net results +were summed up in the casualty lists on both sides. An attack upon +the French, south of Bethune, on the same day met with like results. +The great German objective was to open another road to Dunkirk +and Calais, and had they been successful in the engagements of +the past few days it is probable that they would have succeeded. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +To the north in the coast district the Belgians had succeeded in +flooding a vast area, which served for the time to separate the +combatants for a considerable distance, obliging the Germans to +resort to rafts, boats and other floating apparatus to carry on a +somewhat haphazard offensive and resulting in nothing more than a +change from gunfire slaughter to drowning. The immense inconvenience +attendant to this mode of warfare decided the Germans to drain +this area and they succeeded in doing this by the end of January, +1915. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the other hand the Belgians captured two German trenches in +the north on January 17, 1915, and the British sent a force to +attack Lille on January 18. The Belgian trenches were reoccupied +by the Germans and the Lille attack was successfully repulsed. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Then, for a week, there was nothing of importance until January +23, 1915, when the Germans made a strong attack upon Ypres which +was repulsed. On January 24 the Germans recaptured St. Georges and +bombarded a few of the towns and villages harboring allied troops. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The Belgians continued in their endeavor to flood the German position +along the Yser, on January 25, 1915, and succeeded in obliging +their opponents to vacate for a time at least, and on the last +day of January allied forces consisting of Zouaves, Gurkhas and +other Indian companies made an attack upon the German trenches +upon the dunes at Lombaertzyde, gaining a temporary advantage at +an expense of considerable loss in casualties. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In reviewing the activities during the month of January, 1915, the +disagreeable state of the weather must be taken into consideration; +this resulted in terrible suffering, to which the battling forces +were subjected during the actual fighting and even more so while +at rest, either on the open field or in the questionable comfort +of an inhospitable and leaky trench. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +While every effort was made by the respective General Staffs to +supply their fighting troops with such comforts as were absolutely +necessary to keep body and soul together and in trim for the next +day's work, little could be accomplished and it is a marvel how +these poor soldiers did withstand the rigorous weather which blighted +the prospect of victory, so dear to all who wear a uniform. +</p> + +<hr> + +<h2><a name="chapter_XXXI">CHAPTER XXXI</a></h2> + +<p class="subtitle">END OF SIX MONTHS' FIGHTING IN THE WEST</p> + +<p class="indent"> +There were few military movements on the French battle front during +December, 1914, along the Aisne, the Oise and in the northern Champagne. +The fighting was mostly artillery duels and skirmishes by separate +units. In the Argonne, however, the Crown Prince of Germany was +active and there, as well as along the Moselle and on the heights +of the Vosges, many engagements were fought out resulting in varying +advantages to either opponent. Both sides had been strongly intrenched +and the ground was covered by snow to great depths, making progress +impossible except upon skis and snowshoes. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On December 3, 1914, the French captured Burnhaupt, a hill east +of Mülhausen in Upper Alsace, only to give up their advantage +after a German counterattack. On December 16 the Germans attacked +in the Woevre region and in Alsace; but were repulsed the following +day. On December 31, 1914, the French attacked Steinbach in Alsace, +but were driven out again. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The New Year of 1915 opened gently along the battle front in France +below Arras. The first large movement in 1915 began on January 8, +at Soissons. This city lies on both banks of the river Aisne and +was in the possession of the French. The French forces attacked +during a drenching rain, pushing up the rising ground to the north +with their heavy guns, regardless of the soft ground which rapidly +turned to deep mud and slush. They succeeded in carrying the first +line of German trenches on a front a mile wide, thus gaining the +top of the hill, which gave them an excellent position for their +artillery. The next day the Germans counterattacked, but failed +to dislodge the French. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Nothing occurred on Sunday, January 10, 1915, but on Monday, about +noon, January 11, the Germans came on with great force. The delay +on the part of the Germans was due to their awaiting reenforcements +then on the road to Soissons. For four days there had been a steady +downpour of rain which had not even stopped at this time. The River +Aisne was much swollen and some of the bridges had been carried +away, cutting off all supplies for the French, who were slowly +giving way but fighting desperately. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On January 12, 1915, and on the 13th the French were driven down +the slopes in a great rush. This predicament was a terrible +one—the onrushing Germans 500 feet in front of them and the +swollen river making successful retreat impossible, with the ground +between almost impassable with mud and slush. French reserves had +improvised a pontoon bridge across the Aisne at Missy, in the rear +of their now precarious position. This bridge was just strong enough +to carry the men and ammunition; but not the heavy guns. The retreat +turned into a rout—a general stampede for the bridge and +river. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The slaughter was terrible, the river swollen as it was seemed +choked with floating soldiers. The few who safely got across the +bridge and those who were successful in reaching the farther bank +of the Aisne alive, reached Soissons eventually. The German gain in +prisoners and booty was enormous and their gain in ground advanced +their line a full mile, on a front extending five miles to Missy +and a little beyond. The Germans strongly intrenched their new +position without loss of time. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Farther along this front, in the neighborhood of Perthes, a less +important engagement took place. The Germans, under General von +Einem, opposed General Langle de Cary and his French forces. The +results of this engagement were negligible. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On January 18, 1915, a savage attack by the Germans was successfully +repulsed at Tracy-le-Val and on the 19th the French made an assault +upon the German position at St. Mihiél, in the Verdun section +without gaining any ground. Farther north on this section the French +pressed on and gained a little ground near the German fortress +Metz; but the very vicinity of this fortress counterbalanced this +gain. +</p> + +<div class="picbox"> + +<p class="subtitle"> +<span style="font-size: x-large;">NÔTRE DAME OF RHEIMS</span> +<br />RUINED BY<br /><span style="font-size: x-large;">GERMAN +SHELLS</span> +</p> + +<p class="bquote"> +SOLDIERS AND PRISONERS OF GERMANY. BELGIUM AND FRANCE. FIRST AID +TO THE WOUNDED +</p> + +<table class="center" style="width: 346px;"> +<tr><td> + <a name="fig029"></a><a href="images/fig029.jpg"> + <img src="images/fig029.jpg" width="346" height="598" alt="Fig. 29"> + </a> +</td></tr> +<tr><td> +German lookouts, wearing the distinctive spiked German helmet, are +stationed in a treetop overlooking the battle front. The branches +aid in screening them</td></tr> +</table> + +</div> + +<div style="text-align: center;"> +<table class="center" style="width: 587px;"> +<tr><td> + <a name="fig030"></a><a href="images/fig030.jpg"> + <img src="images/fig030.jpg" width="587" height="349" alt="Fig. 30"> + </a> +</td></tr> +<tr><td>A body of German prisoners on their way to Paris +under escort of French cuirassiers. The country people line the +roadway to see them pass +</td></tr> +</table> + +<table class="center" style="width: 583px;"> +<tr><td> + <a name="fig031"></a><a href="images/fig031.jpg"> + <img src="images/fig031.jpg" width="583" height="351" alt="Fig. 31"> + </a> +</td></tr> +<tr><td>Belgian soldiers—the famous Louvain Lancers, +accompanied by an aviation corps—coming up to take positions +near the coast in northern France +</td></tr> +</table> + +<table class="center" style="width: 535px;"> +<tr><td> + <a name="fig032"></a><a href="images/fig032.jpg"> + <img src="images/fig032.jpg" width="535" height="843" alt="Fig. 32"> + </a> +</td></tr> +<tr><td>Two cuirassiers—French cavalrymen who wear +a cuirass or breastplate—have dismounted to give aid to a +wounded comrade</td></tr> +</table> + +<table class="center" style="width: 583px;"> +<tr><td> + <a name="fig033"></a><a href="images/fig033.jpg"> + <img src="images/fig033.jpg" width="583" height="354" alt="Fig. 33"> + </a> +</td></tr> +<tr><td>An injured British aviator cared for by a Red Cross +doctor. Airmen who have been wounded often bring their machines +to a safe landing</td></tr> +</table> + +<table class="center" style="width: 534px;"> +<tr><td> + <a name="fig034"></a><a href="images/fig034.jpg"> + <img src="images/fig034.jpg" width="534" height="839" alt="Fig. 34"> + </a> +</td></tr> +<tr><td>The choir and nave of Nôtre Dame, Rheims, +before the bombardment which destroyed its matchless carvings and +stained-glass windows</td></tr> +</table> + +<table class="center" style="width: 546px;"> +<tr><td> + <a name="fig035"></a><a href="images/fig035.jpg"> + <img src="images/fig035.jpg" width="546" height="840" alt="Fig. 35"> + </a> +</td></tr> +<tr><td>The ruins of Nôtre Dame, the wonderful cathedral +at Rheims, which was shelled by the Germans. The statuary and carvings +remaining about the entrances are protected by timbers</td></tr> +</table> + +<table class="center" style="width: 535px;"> +<tr><td> + <a name="fig036"></a><a href="images/fig036.jpg"> + <img src="images/fig036.jpg" width="535" height="838" alt="Fig. 36"> + </a> +</td></tr> +<tr><td>French sailors who have landed on the southwestern +coast of Belgium making a jovial feast of their dinner ashore</td></tr> +</table> + +</div> + +<p class="indent"> +On January 21, 1915, the Germans recaptured the Le Prêtre +woods near St. Mihiél, and next day the belligerents fought +a fierce engagement in the Vosges without advantage to either side. +Prince Eitel, the second son of the Kaiser, commanded an attack +upon Thann in Alsace on January 25, 1915, but was repulsed by the +French defenders. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On January 28, 1915, the Germans made some gains in the Vosges +and in Upper Alsace, but in their attempt to cross the River Aisne +on the 29th they were unsuccessful. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +January 30, 1915, brought some successes to the Germans in the +Argonne forest, where throughout the month the most savage fighting +was going on in thick underbrush and from tree tops. +</p> + +<p class="part">PART II—NAVAL OPERATIONS</p> + +<hr> + +<h2><a name="chapter_XXXII">CHAPTER XXXII</a></h2> + +<p class="subtitle">STRENGTH OF THE RIVAL NAVIES</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Sea fights, sea raids, and the hourly expectation of a great naval +battle—a struggle for the control of the seas between modern +armadas—held the attention of the world during the first +six months of the Great War. These, with the adventures of the +<i>Emden</i> in the waters of the Far East, the first naval fight +off Helgoland, the fight off the western coast of South America, +the sinking of the <i>Lusitania</i>, and the exploits of the +submarines—held the world in constant expectancy and threatened +to involve neutral nations, thus causing a collapse of world trade +and dragging all the peoples of the earth into the maelstrom of +war. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +This chapter will review the navies as they gather for action. It +will follow them through the tense moments on shipboard—the +days of watching and waiting like huge sea dogs tugging at the leash. +Interspersed are heroic adventures which have added new tales of +valor to the epics of the sea. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The naval history of the great European conflict begins, not with the +first of the series of declarations of war, but with the preliminary +preparations. The appointment of Admiral von Tirpitz as Secretary +of State in Germany in 1898 is the first decisive movement. It +was in that year that the first rival to England as mistress of +the world's seas, since the days of the Spanish Armada, peeped +over the horizon. Two years before the beginning of the present +century, Von Tirpitz organized a campaign, the object of which +was to make Germany's navy as strong as her military arm. A law +passed at that time created the present German fleet; supplementary +laws passed in 1900 and 1906 through the Reichstag by this former +plowboy caused the German navy to be taken seriously, not only +by Germans but by the rest of the world. England, jealous of her +sea power, then began her maintenance of two ships for each one +or her rival's. Germany answered by laying more keels, till the +ratio stood three to two, instead of two to one. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Two years before the firing of the pistol shot at Sarajevo, which +precipitated the Great War, the British admiralty announced that +henceforth the British naval base in the Mediterranean would be +Gibraltar instead of Malta. Conjectures were made as to the significance +of this move; it might have meant that England had found the pace +too great and had deliberately decided to abandon her dominance +of the eastern Mediterranean; or that Gibraltar had been secretly +reequipped as a naval base. What it did mean was learned when the +French Minister of Marine announced in the following September +that the entire naval strength of France would thereafter be +concentrated in the Mediterranean. This was the first concrete +action of the <i>entente cordiale</i>—the British navy, in the +event of war, was to guard the British home waters and the northern +ports of France; the French navy was to guard the Mediterranean, +protecting French ports as well as French and British shipping +from "the Gib" to the Suez. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +What was the comparative strength of these naval combinations when +the war started? +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +From her latest superdreadnoughts down to her auxiliary ships, such +as those used for hospital purposes, oil carrying and repairing, +England had a total of 674 vessels. Without consideration of ages +and types this total means nothing, and it is therefore necessary +to examine her naval strength in detail. She had nine battleships of +14,000 tons displacement each, built between 1895 and 1898—the +<i>Magnificent, Majestic, Prince George, Jupiter, Cæsar, +Mars, Illustrious, Hannibal</i>, and <i>Victorious</i>—with +engines developing 12,000 horsepower that sent them through the +water at 17.5 knots, protected with from nine to fourteen inches +of armor, and prepared to inflict damage on an enemy with torpedoes +shot from under and above the water, and with four 12-inch guns, +twelve 6-inch guns, sixteen 3-inch guns, and twenty guns of smaller +caliber but of quicker firing possibilities. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Her next class was that of the <i>Canopus</i>—the <i>Goliath, +Vengeance, Ocean, Albion</i>, and <i>Glory</i>—2,000 tons +lighter than the first class named above, but more modern in equipment +and construction, having been built between the years 1900 and +1902. Their motive power was heavier, being 13,500 horsepower, +and their speed was almost a knot faster. Increase in the power +of naval guns had made unnecessary any increase in the thickness +of their armor, and consequently ranged from 6 to 12 inches in +thickness. Their armament was about the same as that of the older +class, but each carried two more torpedo tubes. +</p> + +<table class="center" style="width: 606px;"> +<tr><td> + <a name="fig037"></a><a href="images/fig037.jpg"> + <img src="images/fig037.jpg" width="606" height="377" alt="Fig. 37"> + </a> +</td></tr> +<tr><td>GERMAN AND ENGLISH NAVAL POSITIONS</td></tr> +</table> + +<p class="indent"> +Discussion in naval circles throughout the world turned then to +the question of whether it were better to build heavier ships with +heavier armament, or to build lighter and faster ships designed to +"hit and get away." The British authorities inclined toward the +former view, and between 1901 and 1904 the British navy was augmented +with the <i>Implacable, London, Bulwark, Formidable, Venerable, +Queen, Irresistible</i>, and <i>Prince of Wales</i>—each of +the heretofore unheard-of displacement of 15,000 tons. In spite of +their size they were comparatively fast, having an average speed of +18 knots; they did not need, and were not equipped with heavier armor, +having plates as thin as 3 inches and as thick as 12. They were built +to "take punishment," and therefore they had no greater armament than +the vessels previously named. The naval program of 1903 and 1904 +also included the <i>Duncan, Albemarle, Russell, Cornwallis</i>, +and <i>Exmouth</i>, each 1,000 tons lighter than the ships of the +<i>Implacable</i> type, but with the same equipment, defensive +and offensive, and of the same speed. And in the same program, as +if to offset the argument for heavier and stronger ships, there +were included the lighter and faster ships, <i>Swiftsure</i> and +<i>Triumph</i>, displacing only 11,500 tons, but making 19 knots. +Their speed permitted and necessitated lighter armor—10 inches +through at the thickest points—and their armament was also of +a lighter type, for their four largest guns were capable of firing +10-inch shells. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Germany was becoming a naval rival worthy of notice, and the insular +position of England came to be a matter of serious concern by 1906. +Britain has never considered the building of land forts for her +protection—her strength has always been concentrated in floating +war machines. She now began to build veritable floating forts, +ships of 16,350 tons displacement. By the end of 1906 she had ready +to give battle eight ships of this class, the <i>King Edward VII, +Commonwealth, Dominion, Hindustan, Africa, Hibernia, Zealandia</i>, +and <i>Britannia</i>. Speed was not sacrificed to weight, for they +were given a speed of 18.5 knots, developed by engines of 18,000 +horsepower. Their thinnest armor measured 6 inches, and their heavy +guns were protected with plates 12 inches thick. The 12-inch gun +was still the heaviest piece of armament in the British navy, and +these eight ships each carried four of that measurement, as well +as four 9.2-inch guns, ten 6-inch guns, fourteen rapid-fire guns +of 3 inches, two machine guns, and four torpedo tubes. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Now that it was seen that ships of enormous displacement could also +be swift, England committed herself to the building of ships of even +greater size. In 1907 came the first of the modern dreadnoughts, +so-called from the name which was given to the original ship of 17,900 +tons displacement. The <i>Dreadnought</i> made the marvelous speed +(for a ship of that size) of 21 knots, which she was enabled to +do with turbine engines of 23,000 horsepower. Her armor measured +from 8 to 11 inches in thickness, and her great size enabled her +to carry as high as ten 12-inch guns. Her minor batteries were +strong in proportion. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Then, as if taking her breath after a stupendous effort, England +in the following year built two ships of 16,000 tons displacement, +the <i>Lord Nelson</i> and the <i>Agamemnon</i>, with speed, armor, +and armament much lower than those of the <i>Dreadnought</i>. But +having taken a rest, Britain was again to make a great effort, +launching in 1909 the <i>Temeraire, Superb</i>, and <i>Bellerophon</i>, +monsters displacing 18,600 tons. With engines of 23,000 horsepower +that could drive them through the seas at 21 knots, ready to ward +off blows with armor from 8 to 11 inches thick, firing at the same +time volleys from ten 12-inch guns down to sixteen 4-inch rapid +firers. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Naval architecture had now taken a definite turn, the principal +feature of which was the tremendous size of the destructive floating +machines. England, a leader in this sort of building, in 1910 built +the <i>Vanguard, Collingwood</i>, and <i>St. Vincent</i>, each +displacing 19,250 tons. Nor were they lacking in speed, for they +made, on an average, 21 knots. The 20,000-ton battleship was then +a matter of months only, and it came in the following year, when +the <i>Colossus, Hercules</i>, and <i>Neptune</i> were launched. +It was only in the matter of displacement that these three ships +showed any difference from those of the <i>Vanguard</i> class; +there were no great innovations either in armament or armor. But in +the same year, 1911, there were launched the <i>Thunderer, Monarch, +Orion</i>, and <i>Conqueror</i>, each of 22,500 tons, and equipped +with armor from 8 to 12 inches thick, for the days of 3-inch armor +on first-class warships had gone forever. These had a speed of 21 +knots, and were the first British ships to have anything greater +than a 12-inch gun. They carried as a primary battery ten 13.5-inch +guns, and sixteen 4-inch guns, along with six more of small caliber +as their secondary battery. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In 1912 and 1913 there was only one type of warship launched having +23,000 tons displacement with 31,000 horsepower, a half a knot +faster than previous dreadnoughts, and carrying, like the previous +class, ten 13.5-inch guns, along with some of smaller caliber. The +ships of this class were the <i>King George V, Ajax, Audacious</i>, +and <i>Centurion</i>. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The year 1914 saw even more terrible machines of death launched. +Two types were put into the water, the first that of the <i>Iron +Duke</i> class, of which the other members were the <i>Benbow, +Emperor of India</i>, and <i>Marlborough</i>. They showed great +improvement in every point; their speed was 22.5 knots, their +displacement 25,000 tons, and their torpedo tubes five. Like their +immediate predecessors, they carried a primary battery of ten 13.5-inch +guns, along with the smaller ones, and their armor measured from 8 +to 12 inches in thickness. The second type of the year was that of +the <i>Queen Elizabeth</i> and <i>Warspite</i> class. They surpassed +all the warships when they were built. Their speed for their size +was the greatest—25 knots. They had the largest displacement +among warships—27,500 tons; they had the thickest armor, +ranging from 8 to 13.5 inches; they had the most improved form +of engines—oil burners, developing 58,000 horsepower; and +most marvelous of all was their primary battery, which consisted of +eight 15-inch guns. The largest gun yet made had been the 16-inch +gun, for use in permanent position in land forts, and, with the +German army, for a mobile force. It now was shown that the modern +warship could carry a gun as heavy as any on land. There were in +the course of construction when the war broke out eight more such +monsters, the <i>Malaya, Valiant</i>, and <i>Barham</i>, sister ships +of the <i>Queen Elizabeth</i>, and the <i>Royal Oak, Resolution, +Royal Monarch, Ramillies</i>, and <i>Renown</i>, each of 29,000 +tons displacement, but having the same armament as the <i>Queen +Elizabeth</i>. All of these were hastened to completion as soon +as war was declared. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +At the time of the declaration of war England had, in addition +to these greatest ships, a number of supporting ships such as the +ten battle cruisers, <i>Indomitable, Invincible, Indefatigable, +Inflexible, Australia, New Zealand, Queen Mary, Princess Royal, +Lion</i>, and the <i>Tiger</i>. Their displacements ranged from +17,250 to 28,000 tons, and their speeds from 25 to 30 knots, the +last being that of the <i>Tiger</i>. Their speed is their greatest +feature, for their armament and batteries are much lighter than +those of the first-line ships. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Next, there were ready thirty-four high-speed cruisers of quite light +armament and armor. There were six of the <i>Cressy</i> type, four +of the <i>Drake</i> type, nine of the same type as the <i>Kent</i>, +six of the same class as the <i>Antrim</i>, six like the <i>Black +Prince</i>, three of the same class as the <i>Shannon</i>, together +with seventeen heavily protected cruisers, of which the <i>Edgar</i> +was the prototype. The rest of the British navy needs no detailed +consideration. It consisted at the outbreak of the war of 70 protected +light cruisers, 134 destroyers, and a number of merchant ships +convertible into war vessels, together with submarines and other +small ships. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The navy of France stood fourth in the list of those of the world +powers at the time the war started. There were eighteen old vessels, +built between 1894 and 1909, including the <i>Carnot</i> class +(corresponding to the British ship <i>Magnificent</i>), the +<i>Charlemagne, Bouvet, Suffren, République</i>, and +<i>Democratie</i> classes. The most modern of these types displaced +no more than 14,000 tons, made no more than 18 knots, and carried +primary batteries of 12-inch guns. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Some improvement was made in the six ships of the <i>Danton</i> +class which were built in 1911 and 1912. They displaced 18,000 tons, +had armor from 9 to 12 inches thick and carried guns of 12-inch +caliber. They correspond to the British ship <i>Temeraire</i>. In +1913 and 1914 were launched the <i>Jean Bart, Courbet, Paris</i>, +and <i>France</i> of the dreadnought type, but much slower and not +so heavily armed as the British ships of the same class. In eight +ships which were incomplete when war was declared the matter of +speed received greater attention, and they are consequently faster +than the older vessels of the same type. It is in the nineteen French +armored cruisers—France has no battle cruisers—that the +French showed better efforts as builders of speedy ships, for they +made 23 knots or more. In the list of French fighting ships there +are in addition two protected cruisers, the <i>D'Entrecasteaux</i> +and the <i>Guichen</i>, together with ten light cruisers. But the +French "mosquito fleet," consisting of destroyers, torpedo boats +and submarines, is comparatively large. Of these she had 84, 135, +and 78, respectively. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +After the Russo-Japanese War the battle fleets of Russia were entirely +dissipated, so that when the present conflict came she had no ships +which might have been accounted worthy aids to the navies of England +and France. In so far as is known, her heaviest ships were the +<i>Andrei Pervozvannyi</i> and the <i>Imperator Pavel I</i>, each +displacing only 17,200 tons, and of the design of 1911. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Against these fighting naval forces of the allied powers were ranged +the navies of Germany and Austria-Hungary. The former had, at the +outbreak of hostilities, 36 battleships, 5 battle cruisers, 9 armored +cruisers, and 43 cruisers. Instead of giving attention to torpedo boats +she gave it to destroyers, of which she had 130. And of submarines +she had 27. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In detail her naval forces consisted, first, of the <i>Kaiser Friedrich +III, Kaiser Karl der Grosse, Kaiser Barbarossa, Kaiser Wilhelm +II</i>, and <i>Kaiser Wilhelm der Grosse</i>, all built as a result +of the first agitation of Von Tirpitz, between the years 1898 and +1901. They each displaced 10,614 tons, had a speed of 18 knots, +required 13,000 horsepower, were protected with from 10 to 12 inches +of armor, and carried four 9.4-inch guns, fourteen of 5.9 inches, +twelve of 3.4-inches, and twenty of smaller measurement. Roughly +they corresponded to the British ships of the <i>Canopus</i> class, +both in design and time of launching. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Following this class came that of the <i>Wittelsbach</i>, including also +the <i>Wettin, Zähringen, Mecklenburg</i>, and <i>Schwaben</i>, +built between 1901 and 1903, displacing 11,643 tons, making 18 +knots, protected with from 9 to 10 inches of armor and carrying +a primary battery of four 9.4-inch guns, eighteen 5.9-inch guns, +and a large secondary battery. The similar type in the British +navy was the <i>Canopus</i>—for England was far ahead of +Germany, both in the matter of displacement and primary battery. +During the same years England had launched ships of the type of +the <i>Implacable</i>. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In 1904 came the German ships <i>Hessen, Elsass</i>, and +<i>Braunschweig</i>, and in 1905 and 1906 the <i>Preussen</i> and +<i>Lothringen</i>. They were well behind the English ships of the +same years, for they displaced only 12,097 tons, made 18 knots, +carried armor of from 9 to 10 inches in thickness, and a primary +battery of four 11-inch guns, fourteen 6.7-inch guns, and twelve +3.4-inch guns, together with rapid firers and other guns in a secondary +battery. England at this time was putting 12-inch guns in the primary +battery of such ships as the <i>King Edward VII</i>. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Still Germany kept up the race, and in 1906, 1907, and 1908 launched +the <i>Hannover, Deutschland, Schlesien, Schleswig-Holstein</i>, and +<i>Pommern</i>, with 12,997 tons displacement, 16,000 horsepower, +a speed of 18 knots, and only ll-inch guns in the primary batteries. +Whereas England, at the same time, was building ships of the dreadnought +type. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Next came four ships of the <i>Vanguard</i> class—the +<i>Westfälen, Nassau, Rheinland</i>, and <i>Posen</i>, built +in 1909 and 1910. Their heaviest guns measured 11 inches, while +those of the English ships of the same class measured 12 inches. +The displacement of these German fighting ships was 18,600 tons. In +point of speed they showed some improvement over the older German +ships, making 19.5 knots. Germany, like England, was now committed to +the building of larger and larger ships of the line. The <i>Helgoland, +Thüringen, Oldenburg</i>, and <i>Ostfriesland</i>, which were +put into the water in 1911 and 1912, were consequently of 22,400 +tons displacement, with a speed of 20.5 knots and carrying twelve +12-inch guns, fourteen 5.9-inch rapid-fire guns, fourteen 3.9-inch +rapid-fire guns, a few smaller guns, and as many as six torpedo +tubes. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +While England was maintaining her "two to three" policy, and while +the United States stood committed to the building of two first-class +battleships a year, Germany, in 1913, put five of them into the +water. These were the <i>König Albert, Prinz Regent Luitpold, +Kaiserin, Kaiser</i>, and <i>Friedrich der Grosse</i>, each capable +of speeding through the water at a rate of 21 knots, displacing +23,310 tons and carrying an armament of ten 12-inch guns, fourteen +5.9-inch guns, and a large number of rapid-fire guns of smaller +measurement. Their armor was quite heavy, being 13 inches thick +on the side and 11 inches thick where protection for the big guns +was needed. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The largest ships in the German navy which were launched, fitted, +and manned at the time that the war began, were those which were +built in 1914 and which had a displacement of 26,575 tons. These +ships were the <i>König, Grosser Kurfürst</i>, and the +<i>Markgraf</i>. The corresponding type in the British navy was +that of the <i>Iron Duke</i>, built in the same year. The British +ships of this class were 1,000 tons lighter in displacement, a +bit faster—making 22.5 knots to the 22 knots made by the +German ships—and their armament was not so strong as that +of the German type, for the German ships carried ten 14-inch guns, +whereas the English carried ten 13.5-inch guns. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In addition to these first-class battleships, Germany had certain +others, individual in type, such as the <i>Von der Tann, Moltke, +Goeben, Seydlitz, Derfflinger, Fürst Bismarck, Prinz Heinrich, +Prinz Adalbert, Roon</i> and <i>Yorck, Scharnhorst</i> and <i>Gneisenau, +Blücher, Magdeburg, Strassburg, Breslau, Stralsund, Rostock</i>, +and <i>Karlsruhe</i>. These may be reckoned as scout cruisers, +for they showed much speed, the fastest making 30 knots and the +slowest 19 knots. The oldest dates from 1900, and the newest from +1914. Germany had, also, thirty-nine more fast protected cruisers +which were designed for scout duty. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In destroyers she was well equipped, having 143 ready for service +when war was declared. Her twenty-seven submarines were of the most +improved type, and much about their construction and armament she +was able to keep secret from the rest of the world. It is probable +that even their number was greater than the intelligence departments +of foreign navies suspected. The best type had a speed on the surface +of 18 knots and could travel at 12 knots when submerged. The type +known as <i>E-21</i>, of the design of 1914, measured 213 feet +8 inches in length and had a beam of 20 feet. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Austria, though not renowned for her naval strength, had certain +units which brought up the power of the Teutonic powers considerably. +She had nine first-class battleships, the <i>Erzherzog Karl, Erzherzog +Ferdinand Max, Erzherzog Friedrich, Zrinyi, Radetzky, Erzherzog Franz +Ferdinand, Teggethoff, Prinz Eugen</i>, and <i>Viribus Unitis</i>. +These, at the time Austria went to war, ranged in age from nine +years to one year, and varied in displacement from 10,000 tons +to 20,000 tons. The largest guns carried by any of them measured +12 inches, and the fastest, the <i>Prinz Eugen</i>, made 20 knots. +Of secondary importance were the battleships <i>Kaiserin Maria +Theresia, Kaiser Karl VI</i>, and <i>St. Georg</i>. The register of +battleships was supplemented with ten light cruisers of exceptionally +light displacement, the highest being only 3,966 tons. Scouting +was their chief function. Austria had, also, 18 destroyers, 63 +torpedo boats, and 6 submarines. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Such were the respective strengths of the opponents on that day +in July, 1914, when the Crown Prince of Austria-Hungary lost his +life. For ten years the officers of the navy created by the German +Admiral von Tirpitz had at all dinners come to their feet, waved +their wine glasses and had given the famous toast "Der Tag"—to +the day on which the English and German naval hosts would sally +forth to do battle with each other. "Der Tag" found both forces +quite ready, though the British naval authorities stole a march +on their German rivals in the matter of mobilization. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +It had been the custom for years in the British navy to assemble +the greater part of the British ships during the summer at the +port of Spithead, where, decorated with bunting, with flags flying, +with visitors in holiday spirit, and with officers and men in smart +dress, the vessels were reviewed by the king on the royal yacht. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +But in the eventful year of 1914, perhaps by accident, perhaps by +design, for the truth may never be known, the review had a different +aspect. There was no gaiety. The number of ships assembled this +time was greater than ever before—216 actual fighting ships +passed slowly before the royal yacht—there were no flags, +no bunting, no holiday crowds, no smart dress for officers and +men. Instead, the fleet was drawn up ready for battle, with decks +cleared, guns uncovered, steam up, and magazines replenished. During +the tense weeks in which the war clouds gathered over southern Europe +this great fighting force remained in the British home waters, and +when, at fifteen minutes after midnight on August 4, "Der Tag" +had come, this fleet sailed under sealed orders. And throughout +the seven seas there were sundry ships flying the Union Jack which +immediately received orders by cable and by wireless. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Of the disposition of the naval forces of Germany less was known. +Her greatest strength was concentrated in the North Sea, where the +island of Helgoland, the Gibraltar of the north, and the Kiel Canal +with its exits to the Baltic and North Seas, furnished excellently +both as naval bases and impenetrable protection. Throughout the rest +of the watery surface of the globe were eleven German warships, +to which automatically fell the task of protecting the thousands of +ships which, flying the German red, white, and black, were carrying +freight and passengers from port to port. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The first naval movements in the Great War occurred on the morning +of August 5, 1914. The British ship <i>Drake</i> cut two cables off +the Azores which connected Germany with North and South America, +thus leaving these eleven German fighting ships without communication +with the German admiralty direct. And the war was not a day old +between England and Germany before the German ship <i>Königin +Luise</i> was caught sowing mines off the eastern English ports +by the British destroyer <i>Lance</i>. +</p> + +<hr> + +<h2><a name="chapter_XXXIII">CHAPTER XXXIII</a></h2> + +<p class="subtitle">FIRST BLOOD—BATTLE OF THE BIGHT</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The Germans had taken heed of the value of mines from lessons learned +at the cost of Russia in the war with Japan, and set about distributing +these engines of destruction throughout the North Sea. The British +admiralty knowing this, sent out it fleet of destroyers to scour +home waters in search of German mine layers. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +About ten o'clock on the morning of August 5, 1914, Captain Fox, +on board the <i>Amphion</i>, came up with a fishing boat which +reported that it had seen a boat "throwing things overboard" along +the east coast. A flotilla, consisting of the <i>Lance, Laurel, +Lark</i> and <i>Linnet</i>, set out in search of the stranger and +soon found her. She was the <i>Königin Luise</i>, and the +things she was casting overboard were mines. The <i>Lance</i> fired +a shot across her bow to stop her, but she put on extra speed and +made an attempt to escape. A chase followed; the gunners on the +British ship now fired to hit. The first of these shots carried +away the bridge of the German ship, a second shot missed, and a +third and fourth hit her hull. Six minutes after the firing of the +first shot her stern was shot away, and she went to the bottom, +bow up. Fifty of her 130 men were picked up and brought to the +English shore. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The first naval blood of the Great War had been drawn by Britain +on August 5, 1914. The <i>Königin Luise's</i> efforts had +not been in vain. She had posthumous revenge on the morning of +August 6, when the <i>Amphion</i>, flagship of the third flotilla +of destroyers, hit one of the mines which the German ship had sowed. +It was seen immediately by her officers that she must sink; three +minutes after her crew had left her there came a second explosion, +which, throwing débris aloft, brought about the death of +many of the British sailors in the small boats, as well as that +of a German prisoner from the <i>Königin Luise</i>. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +All the world, with possibly the exception of the men in the German +admiralty, now looked for a great decisive battle "between the +giants" in the North Sea. The British spoke of it as a coming second +Trafalgar, but it was not to take place. For reasons of their own the +Germans kept their larger and heavier ships within the protection +of Helgoland and the Kiel Canal, but their ships of smaller type +immediately became active and left German shores to do what damage +they might to the British navy. It was hoped, perhaps, that the +naval forces of the two powers could be equalized and a battle +fought on even terms after the Germans had cut down British advantage +by a policy of attrition. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +A flotilla of German submarines on August 9 attacked a cruiser +belonging to the main British fleet, but was unable to inflict +any damage. The lord mayor of the city of Birmingham received the +following telegram the next morning: "Birmingham will be proud to +learn that the first German submarine destroyed in the war was +sunk by H. M. S. <i>Birmingham</i>." Two shots from the British +ship had struck the German <i>U-15</i>, and she sank immediately. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The German admiralty, even before England had declared war, suspected +that the greatest use for the German navy in the months to come +would be to fight the British navy, but they ventured to show their +naval strength against Russia beforehand. Early in August they sent +the <i>Augsburg</i> into the Baltic Sea to bombard the Russian +port of Libau, but after doing a good bit of damage the German +ship retired. It is probable that this raid was nothing more than +a feint to remind Russia that she continually faced the danger +of invasion from German troops landed on the Baltic shores under +the cover of German ships, and that she must consequently keep +a large force on her northern shores instead of sending it west +to meet the German army on the border. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Among the German ships which were separated from the main fleet +in the North Sea, and which were left without direct communication +with the German admiralty after the cutting of the cables off the +Azores by the <i>Drake</i>, were the cruisers <i>Goeben</i> and +<i>Breslau</i>. When England declared war these two German ships +were off the coast of Algeria. Both were very fast vessels, having a +speed of 28 knots, and they were designed to go 6,000 knots without +needing replenishment of their coal bunkers. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the morning of August 5, after having bombarded some of the +coast cities of Algeria they found themselves cut off on the east +by a French fleet and on the west by an English fleet, but by a +very clever bit of stratagem they escaped. The band of the Goeben +was placed on a raft and ordered on a given moment to play the +German national airs after an appreciable period. Meanwhile, under +the cover of the night's darkness the two German ships steamed +away. After they had a good start the band on the raft began to +play. The British patrols heard the airs and immediately all British +ships were searching for the source of the music. To find a small +raft in mid-sea was an impossible task, and while the enemy was +engaged in it the two Germans headed for Messina, then a neutral +port, which they reached successfully. The Italian authorities +permitted them to remain there only twenty-four hours. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Before leaving they took a dramatic farewell, which received publicity +in the press of the whole world, and which was designed to lead the +British fleet commanders to believe that the Germans were coming +out to do battle. Instead, they headed for Constantinople. They +escaped all the ships of the British Mediterranean fleet with the +exception of the cruiser <i>Gloucester</i>. With this ship they +exchanged shots and were in turn slightly damaged, but they reached +the Porte in seaworthy condition, and were immediately sold to the +Turkish Government, which was then still neutral. The crews were +sent to Germany and were warmly welcomed at Berlin. The officers +responsible for their escape were disciplined by the British +authorities. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Both Germany and England, the former by means of the eleven ships at +large, and the latter by means of her preponderance in the number of +ships, now made great efforts to capture trading ships of the enemy. +When England declared war there was issued a royal proclamation which +stated that up to midnight of August 14 England would permit German +merchantmen in British harbors to sail for home ports, provided +Germany gave British merchantmen the same privilege, but it was +specified that ships of over 5,000 tons would not receive the privilege +because they could be converted into fighting ships afterward. But +on the high seas enemy ships come upon were captured. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The German admiralty on August 1 had issued orders to German merchantmen +to keep within neutral ports, and by this means such important +ships as the <i>Friedrich der Grosse</i> and the <i>Grosser +Kurfürst</i> eluded capture. In the harbor of New York was +the <i>Kronprinzessin Cecilie</i>, a fast steamer of 23.5 knots. +She left New York on July 28 carrying a cargo of $10,000,000 in +gold, and was on the high seas when England declared war. Naturally +she was regarded by the British as a great prize, and the whole +world awaited from day to day the news of her capture, but her +captain, showing great resourcefulness, after nearly reaching the +British Isles, turned her prow westward, darkened all exterior +lights, put canvas over the port holes and succeeded in reaching +Bar Harbor, Me., on the morning of August 5. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Similarly the <i>Lusitania</i> and the French liner <i>Lorraine</i>, +leaving New York on August 5, were able to elude the German cruiser +<i>Dresden</i>, which was performing the difficult task of trying +to intercept merchantmen belonging to the Allies as they sailed +from America, while she was keeping watch against warships flying +the enemies' flags. Still more important was the sailing from New +York of the German liner <i>Kaiser Wilhelm der Grosse</i>. This +ship had a speed of 22.5 knots and a displacement of 14,349 tons. +During the first week of the war she cleared the port of New York +with what was believed to be a trade cargo, but she so soon afterward +began harassing British trading ships that it was believed that +she left port equipped as a vessel of war or fitted out as one in +some other neutral port. The continued story of the German raids +on allied trading ships must form a separate part of this narrative. +It was only a month after the outbreak of hostilities that the +fleets of the allied powers had swept clean the seven seas of all +ships flying German and Austrian flags which were engaged in trade +and not in warlike pursuits. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The first naval battle of the Great War was fought on August 28, +1914. "A certain liveliness in the North Sea" was reported through +the press by the British admiralty on the 19th of August. Many +of the smaller vessels of the fleet of Admiral von Ingenohl, the +German commander, such as destroyers, light cruisers, and scouting +cruisers, were sighted. Shots between these and English vessels of +the same types were exchanged at long range, but a pitched battle +did not come for still a week. Meanwhile the British navy had been +doing its best to destroy the mine fields established by the Germans. +Trawlers were sent out in pairs, dragging between them large cables +which cut the mines from the sea-bottom moorings. On being loosened +they came to the surface and were destroyed by shots from the trawlers' +decks. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the 28th of August came the battle off the Bight of Helgoland. +The island of Helgoland had been a British possession from 1807 +till 1890, when it was transferred to Germany by treaty. It was +seen immediately by the Germans that it formed an excellent natural +naval base, lying as it does, thirty-five miles northwest of Cuxhaven +and forty-three miles north of Wilhelmshaven. They at once began to +augment the natural protection it afforded with their own devices. +Two Zeppelin sheds were erected, concrete forts were built and 12-inch +guns were installed. The scene of the battle which took place here +was the Bight of Helgoland, which formed a channel eighteen miles +wide some seven miles north of the island and near which lay the +line of travel for ships leaving the ports of the Elbe. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +British submarines which had been doing reconnaissance work on the +German coast since August 24 reported to the British commander, +Admiral Jellicoe, that a large force of German light cruisers and +smaller craft were lying under the protection of the Helgoland +guns, and he immediately arranged plans for leading this force +away from that protection in order to give it battle. Briefly the +plans made provided that three submarines were to proceed on the +surface of the water to within sight of the German ships and when +chased by the latter were to head westward. The light cruisers +<i>Arethusa</i> and <i>Fearless</i> were detailed to run in behind +any light German craft which were to follow the British submarines, +endeavoring to cut them off from the German coast, and these two +vessels were backed by a squadron of light cruisers held in readiness +should the first two need assistance. Squadrons of cruisers and +battle cruisers were detailed to stay in the rear, still further +to the northwest, to engage any German ships of their own class +which might get that far. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +It was at midnight on August 26 that Commodore Keyes moved toward +Helgoland with eight submarines accompanied by two destroyers. +During the next day—August 27—this force did nothing +more than keep watch for German submarines and scouting craft, +and then took up its allotted position for the main action. The +morning of the 28th broke misty and calm. Under half steam three +of the British submarines, the <i>E-6, E-7</i>, and <i>E-8</i> +steamed toward the island fortress, showing their hulls above water +and followed by the two detailed destroyers. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The mist thickened. Still more slowly and cautiously went the British +submersibles, and while they went above water, five of their sister +craft traveled under the surface. Here was the bait for the German +ships under Helgoland's guns. Would they bite? +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The Germans soon gave the answer. First there crept out a German +destroyer which took a good look at the situation and then gave +wireless signals to some twenty more of her type, which soon came +out to join her. The twenty-one little and speedy German boats +bravely came out and chased the two British destroyers and three +submarines, while a German seaplane slowly circled upward to see +if the surrounding regions harbored enemies. Presumably the airman +found what he sought for he soon flew back to report to Helgoland. The +peaceful aspect of the waters to the east of the island immediately +changed, as a squadron of light cruisers weighed anchor and put +out after the retiring Britishers. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Before a description of the fighting can be given it is necessary +to understand the plan of the fight as a whole. Assuming that the +page on which these words are printed represents a map of the North +Sea and that the points of the compass are as they would be on an +ordinary chart, we have the island of Helgoland, half an inch long +and a quarter of an inch wide, situated in the lower right-hand +corner of this page, with about half an inch separating its eastern +side from the right edge of the page and the same distance separating +it from the bottom. The lower edge of the page may represent the +adjoining coasts of Germany and Holland, and the right-hand edge +may represent the coast of the German province of Schleswig and +the coast of Denmark. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +At seven o'clock on the morning of August 28 the positions of the +fighting forces were as follows: The decoy British submarines were +making a track from Helgoland to the northwest, pursued by a flotilla +of German submarines, destroyers, and torpedo boats, and a fleet +of light cruisers. On the west—the left edge of the page, +halfway up—there were the British cruisers <i>Arethusa</i> +and <i>Fearless</i> accompanied by flotillas, and steaming eastward +at a rate that brought them to the rear of the German squadron of +light cruisers, thus cutting off the latter from the fortress. In +the southwest—the lower left-hand corner of the page—there +was stationed a squadron of British, cruisers, ready to close in +when needed; in the northwest—the upper left-hand corner of +the page—there were stationed a squadron of British light +cruisers and another of battle cruisers, and it was toward these +last two units that the decoys were leading the German fleets. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The <i>Arethusa</i> and <i>Fearless</i> felt the first shock of +battle, on the side of the British. The German cruiser <i>Ariadne</i> +closed with the former, while the latter soon found itself very +busy with the German cruiser <i>Strassburg</i>. For thirty-five +minutes—before the <i>Fearless</i> drew the fire of the +<i>Strassburg</i>—the two German vessels poured a telling fire +into the <i>Arethusa</i>, and the latter was soon in bad condition, +but she managed to hold out till succored by the <i>Fearless</i>, +and then planted a shell against the <i>Ariadne</i> which carried +away her forebridge and killed her captain. The scouting which had +been done by the smaller craft of the German fleets showed their +commanders that there were other British ships in the neighborhood +besides the two they had first engaged, and it was thought wiser +to withdraw in face of possible reenforcement of the British, +consequently the <i>Strassburg</i> and <i>Ariadne</i> turned eastward +to seek the protection of the fortress. The <i>Arethusa</i>, a boat +that had been in commission but a week when the battle was fought, +was in a bad way; all but one of her guns were out of action, her +water tank had been punctured and fire was raging on her main deck +amidships. The <i>Fearless</i> passed her a cable at nine o'clock +and towed her westward, away from the scene of action, while her +crew made what repairs they could. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The flotillas of both sides had meanwhile been busy. At the head +of the squadron of German destroyers that came out of the waters +behind Helgoland was the <i>V-187</i>. Without slacking speed she +steamed straight for the British destroyers, her small guns spitting +rapidly, but she was outnumbered by British destroyers, which poured +such an amount of steel into her thin sides that she went under, +her guns firing till their muzzles touched the water and her crew +cheering as they went to their deaths. A few managed to keep afloat +on wreckage, and during a lull in the fighting, which lasted from +nine o'clock till ten, boats were lowered from the British destroyers +<i>Goshawk</i> and <i>Defender</i> to pick up these stranded German +sailors. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The commanders of the German fleet, perceiving these small boats from +afar, thought that the British were resorting to the old principle +of boarding, and the German light cruiser <i>Mainz</i> came out to +fire upon them. Two of the British small boats had to be abandoned +as their mother ships made off before the oncoming German. They were +in a perilous position, right beneath the guns of the fortress. +But now a daring and unique rescue took place. The commander of +the British submarine <i>E-4</i> had been watching the fighting +through the periscope of his craft, and seeing the helpless position +of the two small boats, he submerged, made toward them, and then, +to the great surprise of the men in them, came up right between +them and took their occupants aboard his boat. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Repairs had been made on the <i>Arethusa</i> which enabled her +to go into action again by ten o'clock. Accompanied again by two +light cruisers of ten four-inch guns and the <i>Fearless</i>, she +turned westward in answer to calls for assistance from the destroyers +<i>Lurcher</i> and <i>Firedrake</i>, which accompanied the submarines +and which reported that they were being chased by fast German cruisers. +Suddenly the light cruiser <i>Strassburg</i> again came out of the +mist and bore down on the British cruisers. Her larger guns were +too heavy and had too long a range for those of the British craft, +and the latter immediately sent out calls which brought into action +for the first time certain ships belonging to the squadron of British +light cruisers, which had been stationed to the northwest—the +upper left-hand corner of the page. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The vessels which answered the calls were the light cruisers +<i>Falmouth</i> and <i>Nottingham</i> with eight eight-inch and +nine six-inch guns respectively, but before arriving the +<i>Strassburg</i> still had time to inflict more damage on the +<i>Arethusa</i>. The cruisers <i>Köln</i> and <i>Mainz</i> +joined the <i>Strassburg</i>, and the British vessels were having +a bad time of it when their commander ordered the <i>Fearless</i> +to concentrate all fire on the <i>Strassburg</i>. This, and a +concentrated fire from the destroyers, proved too strong for her +and she turned eastward, disappearing in the mist off Helgoland. The +<i>Mainz</i> then received the attention of all available British +guns, including the battle cruiser <i>Lion</i>, and soon fire broke +out within her hold. Next her foremast, slowly tottering and then +inclining more and more, crashed down upon her deck, a distorted +mass. Following that came down one of her funnels. The fire which +was raging aboard her was hampering her machinery, and her speed +slackened; the moment to strike with a torpedo had come, and one +of these "steel fishes" was sent against her hull below water. In +the explosion which followed one of her boilers came out through +her deck, ascended some fifty feet and dropped down near her bow; +her engines stopped, and she began to settle slowly, her bow going +down first. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +It was now noon. From behind the veil of the surrounding mist came +the <i>Falmouth</i> and <i>Nottingham</i>, which with the guns in +their turrets completely finished the hapless <i>Mainz</i>, and +their sailors openly admired the bravery of her crew, which, while +she sank, maintained perfect order and sang the German national +air. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +There was yet the <i>Köln</i> with which the <i>Arethusa</i> +had to do battle. But by now the heavy British battle cruisers +<i>Lion</i> and <i>Queen Mary</i> had also come down from the northwest +to take part in the fighting, and letting the <i>Arethusa</i> escape +from the range of the light cruiser <i>Köln</i>, they went +for the German, which, overpowered, fled toward Helgoland. While +the chase was on the <i>Ariadne</i> again made her appearance and +came to the aid of the <i>Köln</i>, but the light cruiser +<i>Ariadne</i> carried no gun as effective in destructive power +as the 13.5-inch guns of the <i>Lion</i>, and she, too, had to +seek safety in flight. The British ships then finished the +<i>Köln</i>; so badly was she hit that when the British small +boats sought the spot where she quickly sank they found not a man +of her crew afloat. Every man of the 370 of her crew perished. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The afternoon came, and with its advent the mist, which had kept +the guns of Helgoland's forts out of action, had cleared off the +calm waters of the North Sea. By the time the sun had set only +floating wreckage gave evidence that here brave men had fought and +died. By evening the respective forces were in their home ports, +being treated for their hurts. The Germans had lost the <i>Mainz, +Köln</i>, and <i>Ariadne</i>, and the <i>Strassburg</i> had +limped home. The loss in destroyers and other small craft in addition +to that of the <i>V-187</i> was not known. The loss on the British side +had not entailed that of a large ship, but the <i>Arethusa</i> when +she returned to her home port was far from being in good condition, +and some of the smaller boats were in the same circumstances. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Admiral von Ingenohl was committed more strongly than ever, as a +result of this engagement, to the belief that the best policy for +his command would be to keep his squadrons within the protection +afforded by Helgoland and that the most damage could be done to +the enemy by picking off her larger ships one by one. In other +words, he again turned to the policy of attrition. He immediately +put it into force. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the 3d of September the British gunboat <i>Speedy</i> struck +a mine in the North Sea and went down. It was only two days later +that the light cruiser <i>Pathfinder</i> was made the true target +of a torpedo fired by a German submarine off the British eastern +coast, and she, too, went to the bottom. But the British immediately +retaliated, for the submarine <i>E-9</i> sighted the German light +cruiser <i>Hela</i> weathering a bad storm on September 13 between +Helgoland and the Frisian coast. A torpedo was launched and found +its mark, and the <i>Hela</i> joined the <i>Köln</i> and +<i>Mainz</i>. Up to this point the results of attrition were even, +but the Germans scored heavily during the following week. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On September 22 the three slow British cruisers <i>Cressy, Hogue</i>, +and <i>Aboukir</i> were patrolling the waters off the Dutch coast, +unaccompanied by small craft of any kind, when suddenly, at half +past six in the morning, the <i>Aboukir</i> crumpled and sank, +the victim of another submarine attack. But the commander of the +<i>Hogue</i> thought she had been sunk by hitting a mine, and innocently +approached the spot of the disaster to rescue such of the crew of the +<i>Aboukir</i> as were afloat. The work of mercy was never completed, +for the <i>Hogue</i> itself was hit by two torpedoes in the next +few moments, and she joined her sister ship. The commander of the +<i>Cressy</i>, failing to take a lesson from what he had witnessed, +now approached, and his ship was also hit by two torpedoes, making +the third victim of the German policy of attrition within an hour, +and Captain Lieutenant von Weddigen, commander of the <i>U-9</i>, +which had done this work, immediately became a German hero. +</p> + +<hr> + +<h2><a name="chapter_XXXIV">CHAPTER XXXIV</a></h2> + +<p class="subtitle">BATTLES ON THREE SEAS</p> + +<p class="indent"> +So stood the score in the naval warfare in the North Sea at the +end of the second month of the Great War. But while these events +were taking place in the waters of Europe, others of equal import +had been taking place in the waters of Asia. On August 23, 1914, +Japan declared war on Germany and immediately set about scouring +the East for German craft of all kinds. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Japan brought to the naval strength of the Allied powers no mean unit. +Hers was the only navy in the world which had seen the ultramodern +battleships in action; the Russian navy which had had the same +experience was no more. Eight of her first-class battleships were, +at the time of her entrance into the Great War, veterans of the war +with Russia. The <i>Fugi, Asahi, Kikasa</i>, and <i>Shikishima</i> +had gone into the former war as Japanese ships, and the remaining +four had gone into it as Russian ships, but had been captured by +the Japanese. These were the <i>Hizen, Sagami, Suwo</i>, and +<i>Iwami</i>. Their value was not great, for the <i>Fugi</i> had +been launched as far back as 1896. Nevertheless she carried 12-inch +guns and displaced 12,300 tons. But her speed was only 17 knots at +the most. She had been built in England as had the <i>Asahi</i> and +<i>Shikishima</i>, which were launched in 1900 and 1901. They also +carried 12-inch guns and had a speed of 18.5 knots. Their tonnage +was 15,000. Admiral Togo's former flagship, the <i>Mikasa</i>, was +also of the predreadnought type, having been built in 1900, and +carrying a main battery of 12-inch guns. Her speed was 18.5 knots. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Of the former Russian ships the rechristened <i>Iwami</i> was of +French build, protected with Krupp steel armor to the thickness +of 7.5 inches. Her displacement was 13,600 tons, and her speed 18 +knots. Like the other ships of this class in the Japanese navy, +she carried a main battery of 12-inch guns. The <i>Hizen</i> was +an American product, having been built by Cramps in 1902. Her +displacement was 12,700 tons, made a speed of 18.5 knots, was also +protected with Krupp steel and carried four 10-inch guns. She was a +real veteran, for she had undergone repairs necessitated by having +been torpedoed off Port Arthur and had been refloated after being +sunk in later action there. The <i>Sagami</i> and the <i>Suwo</i> +had been built in 1901 and 1902. They displaced 13,500 tons, had a +speed of 18.5 knots, and carried as their heaviest armament 10-inch +guns. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In addition to these eight ships Japan had also nine protected +cruisers, all of the same type and all veterans of the war with +Russia. They were of such strength and endurance that the Japanese +admiralty rated them capable of taking places in the first line of +battle. These were the <i>Nisshin</i> and <i>Kasuga</i>, purchased +from Italy and built in 1904, displacing 7,700 tons, and making +a speed of 22 knots; the <i>Aso</i>, French built and captured +from the Russians, and of the same design and measurements as the +other two; and the protected cruisers <i>Yakumo, Asama, Idzumo, +Tokiwa, Aguma</i>, and <i>Iwate</i>, built before the war with +Russia, slightly heavier than their sister ships but not as fast. +None of this type has been added to the Japanese navy since 1907. +Japan has, instead, given attention to scouting cruisers, with the +result that she possessed three excellent vessels of this class, +the <i>Yahagi, Chikuma</i>, and <i>Hirato</i>, with the good speed +of 26 knots and displacing 5,000 tons. They were built in 1912. +And not so efficient were the other ships of similar design, the +<i>Soya</i>, built in America, <i>Tone</i> and <i>Tsugaru</i>. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The veteran Japanese navy was supplemented with 52 destroyers and +15 submarines, all built since the war with Russia, and a number of +heavier vessels. Among the latter were the first-class battleships +<i>Kashima</i> and <i>Katori</i>, completed in 1906, and displacing +16,400 tons. Their heavy guns measured 12 inches, and they made a +speed of 19.5 knots. There were also the vessels <i>Ikoma</i> and +<i>Tsukuba</i>, individual in type, with corresponding kinds in +no other navy, and which might be called a cross between an armored +cruiser and battle cruiser. Though displacing no more than 13,766 +tons, they carried four 12-inch guns, and made the comparatively low +speed of 20.5 knots. In 1909 and 1910 the Japanese added two more +ships of this kind to their navy, the <i>Ibuki</i> and <i>Kurama</i>, +slightly heavier and faster and with the same armament. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The dreadnought <i>Satsuma</i> also came in 1910—a vessel +displacing 19,400 tons, but making a speed of only 18.2 knots, +and with an extraordinarily heavy main battery consisting of four +12-inch guns and twelve 10-inch guns. The <i>Aki</i>, launched in +1911, was 400 tons heavier than the <i>Satsuma</i>, and was more +than 2 knots faster, and her main battery was equally strong. The +dreadnoughts <i>Settsu</i> and <i>Kawachi</i>, completed in 1913 +and 1912 respectively, displaced 21,420 tons, but were able to +make not more than 20 knots. At this time the Japanese admiralty, +perhaps on account of lessons learned in the war with Russia, was +building dreadnoughts with less speed than those in the other navies, +but with much heavier main batteries. These two vessels carried a +unique main battery of twelve 12-inch guns, along with others of +smaller measurement. What the dreadnoughts lacked in speed was +made up in that of four battle cruisers launched after 1912. These +were the <i>Kirishima, Kongo, Hi-Yei</i>, and <i>Haruna</i>, with +the good speed of 28 knots. Their displacement was 27,500 tons, +and they carried in their primary batteries eight 14-inch guns +and sixteen 6-inch guns. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +At the time Japan entered the war she had in building four +superdreadnoughts with the tremendous displacement of 30,600 tons. +These vessels, the <i>Mitsubishi, Yukosaka, Kure</i>, and +<i>Kawasaki</i>, had been designed to carry a main battery of the +strength of the U. S. S. <i>Pennsylvania</i>, and to have a speed +of 22.5 knots. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The first move of the Japanese navy in the Great War was to cooperate +with the army in besieging the German town of Kiaochaw on the Shantung +Peninsula in China, but the operation was soon more military than +naval. Japanese warships captured Bonham Island in the group known +as the Marshall Islands, and, having cleared eastern waters of +German warships, scoured the Pacific in such a manner as to chase +those which escaped into the regions patrolled by the British navy. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The German vessels which made their escape were among the eleven +which were separated from the rest of Germany's navy in the North +Sea at the outbreak of hostilities. They were, with the exception of +the <i>Dresden</i>, the <i>Leipzig, Nürnberg, Scharnhorst</i>, and +<i>Gneisenau</i>. It was weeks before they were first reported—on +September 22 at the harbor of Papeete, where they destroyed the +French gunboat <i>Zelie</i>, and after putting again to sea their +location was once more a mystery. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the evening of November 1 a British squadron consisting of the +vessels <i>Good Hope, Otranto, Glasgow</i>, and <i>Monmouth</i>, +all except the <i>Good Hope</i> coming through the straits, sighted +the enemy. The British ships lined up abreast and proceeded in a +northeasterly direction. The Germans took up the same alignment +eight miles to the westward of the British ships and proceeded +southward at full speed. Both forces opened fire at a distance of +12,000 yards shortly after six o'clock off Coronel near the coast +of Chile. The <i>Gneisenau</i> was struck by a 9.2-inch shot from +the <i>Good Hope</i>. The <i>Scharnhorst</i> and <i>Gneisenau</i> +picked the <i>Good Hope</i> as their first target, but finding that +they could do no damage at that range and that they were safe from +the fire of the British ship, they came to within 6,000 yards of +her. Her fire in reply was augmented by that of the <i>Monmouth</i>. +Excellent aim on the part of the Germans soon had the <i>Good Hope</i> +out of action, and fire broke out aboard her. Soon after general +action her magazine exploded. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The <i>Monmouth</i> then received the brunt of the fire from the +German ships, and came in for more than her share of the destructive +fire, being put virtually out of action, and at the same time there +occurred an explosion on board the <i>Good Hope</i> and she sank +immediately, carrying Admiral Cradock to his death. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +There remained of the British force only the <i>Otranto</i>—a +converted liner and not really a battleship of the line—the +<i>Glasgow</i> and the hopelessly disabled <i>Monmouth</i> to continue +the fight with an efficient German force. The British commander +ordered the former two to get away by making speed, but the officer +in charge of the <i>Glasgow</i>, paying no heed to the order, kept +in the fight. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Dusk was then coming on and the <i>Glasgow</i> sought to take advantage +of it by getting between the German ships and the limping +<i>Monmouth</i>, concealing the latter from them with her smoke. But +the Germans had now come to within 4,500 yards. To escape possible +attack from torpedoes the German ships spread out their line, but +perceiving that such a danger was not present, they again closed +in to finish the crippled British ships. All of the German ships +now went for the <i>Glasgow</i>, and she had to desert the +<i>Monmouth</i>, which first sailed northward, in bad condition, +and later made an attempt to run ashore at Santa Maria, but was +unable to do so. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The inevitable "if" played its part in the battle. When the British +fleet first went after the Germans it had as one of its units the +battleship <i>Canopus</i>. But her speed was not up to that of +the other ships, and she fell far to their stern. By the time the +action was on she was too distant to take part in it. No attempt +was made to go together owing to the slowness of the battleship. +The <i>Canopus</i> was never in the action at all, being 150 miles +astern. Had Cradock not desired to he need not have taken on the +action but retired in the <i>Canopus</i>. The setting of the sun +also played its part; if daylight had continued some hours more +the British squadron might have held out till the <i>Canopus</i> +brought up, for the almost horizontal rays of the sun were in the +eyes of the German gunners. But as it dropped below the watery +horizon it left the British ships silhouetted against a clear outline. +The <i>Canopus</i> did not get into the fight, and the greatest +concern of the <i>Glasgow</i> as she steamed off was to warn the +British battleship to keep off, for of less speed than the German +ships, and outnumbered by them, her appearance meant her destruction. +The <i>Glasgow</i>, later joined by the <i>Canopus</i>, arrived in +battered condition at the Falkland Islands. The <i>Monmouth</i>, +after the main action was over, was found and finished by the German +squadron and went down. Seventy shots were fired at her when she +lay sinking, on fire and helpless, and unable to fire her guns. +Germany had evened the score in the second battle between fleets. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The <i>Dresden</i> after the Falkland action took refuge in Fiordes +of Terra del Fuego and after being there for a couple of months +proceeded to the head of the Island of Juan Fernandez where she was +found by the <i>Glasgow, Kent</i> and auxiliary cruiser <i>Orama</i> +and was destroyed. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Most remarkable had been the career of the German third-class cruiser +<i>Nürnberg</i>, which had joined the other German ships that +went to make up the German squadron which fought in this battle +off Coronel. This vessel, on the day after Germany and England +went to war, was lying near Yap, an island in the Pacific, that +had been, until captured by the Japanese, the wireless station of +most importance to the Germans in the Pacific Ocean. She immediately, +after being apprised that she was part of a navy engaged in a war, +set sail and was not reported again until the 7th of September, +when she appeared at Fanning Island, a cable station maintained +by Britain, and from which cables run to Vancouver to the east +and Australia to the west. Here she performed a clever bit of work +by entering the harbor flying the tricolor of France and appearing +as though she was making a friendly visit. Officials on the island, +happy to think they would have such a visitor, saw two cutters +leave the warship. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Great was the surprise of those watching events from the shore +when they saw the French flag lowered from the masthead of the +visitor and in its place the German naval ensign run up. The cutters +were just about reaching knee-deep water at the shore when this +surprise came, and it was augmented when, with the protection of +the guns of the vessel, the men in these cutters showed themselves +to be a hostile landing party. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Her presence was not reported to the rest of the world for the +good reason that she cut all cables leading from the island. All +the British men there were put under guard, and after damaging +all cable instruments she could find, the <i>Nürnberg</i>, +accompanied by a collier that had come with her, again took to +the high seas. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +She next turned up at the island of St. Felix, 300 miles west of +the Chilean coast, but did not come to the harbor. During the night +of October 14 the inhabitants of that island saw the flash and heard +the roar of an explosion miles out to sea, and for a number of +days later they picked up on their beach the wreckage of what must +have been a collier. As has been related in preceding paragraphs, +the <i>Nürnberg</i> took part in that fight. The end of her +career came in the battle off the Falkland Islands, which will +be dealt with later. +</p> + +<hr> + +<h2><a name="chapter_XXXV">CHAPTER XXXV</a></h2> + +<p class="subtitle">THE GERMAN SEA RAIDERS</p> + +<p class="indent"> +While British men-o'-war were capturing German merchant-men and +taking them to British ports, the German raiders which were abroad +were earning terrifying reputations for themselves because the +enemy merchantmen with which they came upon had to be destroyed +on the high seas, for there were no ports to which they could be +taken. Prominent among these was the <i>Königsberg</i>, a +third-class cruiser. When the war came she was in Asiatic waters +and immediately made the east coast of Africa her "beat." While +patrolling it she came upon two British merchant ships, and after +taking from their stores such supplies as were needed she sent +them to the bottom. On September 20, 1914, she made a dash into +the harbor of Zanzibar and found there the British cruiser +<i>Pegasus</i>, which on account of her age was undergoing a complete +overhauling. She was easy prey for the German ship, for besides the +fact that she was stationary her guns were of shorter range than +those of her adversary. Shell after shell tore into her till she was +battered beyond all resemblance to a fighting craft. But her flag +flew till the end, for though it was shot down from the masthead, +two marines held it aloft, one of them losing his life. And when the +<i>Königsberg</i>, her task of destruction complete, sailed +off, the lone marine still held up the Union Jack. The British +ships in those waters made a systematic hunt for her and located +her at last, on the 30th of October. She was hiding in her favorite +rendezvous, some miles up the Rufigi River in German East Africa. The +ship which found her was the <i>Chatham</i>, a second-class cruiser, +with a draft much heavier than that of the <i>Königsberg</i>, +and the difference gave the latter a good advantage, for she ran +up the river and her enemy could not follow. Nor could the English +ship use her guns with much effect, for the gunners could not make +out the hull of the German ship through the tropical vegetation +along the river banks. All that the British ship could do was to +fire shells in her general direction and then guess what effect +they had. But to prevent her escape, colliers were sunk at the +mouth of the river. She had come to as inglorious an end as her +victim, the <i>Pegasus</i>. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The account of another raider, the <i>Kronprinz Wilhelm</i>, which +left New York on the evening that England declared war, with her +bunkers loaded with coal and other supplies for warships, has already +been related. The mystery concerning this sailing was cleared up +when she was caught coaling the <i>Karlsruhe</i> in the Atlantic. +Both ships made off in safety that time, and soon after a British +cruiser reported that she had been heard in wireless communication +with the <i>Dresden</i>. Thereafter the fate of this ship remained +a mystery till she put in at Hampton Roads on April 11, 1915. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Most spectacular was the career of the <i>Emden</i>, a third-class +cruiser, which sailed from Japanese waters at the same time as +the <i>Königsberg</i>. Through the ability of her commander, +Captain Karl von Müller, she earned the soubriquet "Terror of +the East," for by using a clever system of supply ships she was +able to raid eastern waters for ten weeks without making a port +or otherwise running the risk of leaving a clue by which British +ships might find her. Her favorite occupation was that of stopping +enemy merchantmen which she sank. But her captain always allowed +one—the last one—of her prizes to remain afloat, and +in this he sent to the nearest port the officers, passengers, and +crews of those that were destroyed. At times he used prizes as +colliers, putting them under command of his petty officers. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +By way of diversion, Captain von Müller steamed into the harbor +of Madras in the Bay of Bengal and opened with his guns on the +suburbs of the town, setting on fire two huge oil tanks there. +The fort there returned the fire, but the <i>Emden</i> after half +an hour sailed away unharmed. She had been enabled to come near +the British guns on shore by flying the French flag, which she +continued to display until her guns began to boom. She then left +the waters of Bengal Bay, but not before she had ended the journey +of $30,000,000 worth of exports to India, and had sent to the bottom +of the sea some $15,000,000 worth of imports. Twenty-one steamers had +been her victims, their total value having been about $3,250,000, +and their cargoes were worth at least $15,000,000. Very expensive +the British found her, and they were willing to go to any length +to end her career. They curtailed her activities somewhat when the +<i>Yarmouth</i> captured the converted liner <i>Markomannia</i>, +which was one of her colliers, and recaptured the Greek freighter +<i>Pontoporos</i>, which had been doing the same duty. This took +place off the coast of Sumatra. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +But Von Müller was undaunted, even though his coal problem +was becoming serious. He knew that the <i>Yarmouth</i> had sailed +from Penang near Malacca and that she was not at that base, since +she was searching for his own vessel. He therefore conceived the +daring exploit of making a visit to Penang while the <i>Yarmouth</i> +was still away. He came within ten miles of the harbor on the 28th +of October, and disguised his ship by erecting a false funnel made +of canvas upheld by a wooden frame, much like theatrical scenery. +This gave the <i>Emden</i> four funnels, such as the <i>Yarmouth</i> +carried. Coming into the harbor in the twilight of the dawn, she +was taken by those on shore to be the British ship, not a hostile +gun ready for her. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Lying in the harbor was the Russian cruiser <i>Jemchug</i> and +three French destroyers and a gunboat. The watch on the Russian +ship questioned her, and was told by the wireless operator on the +<i>Emden</i> that she was the <i>Yarmouth</i> returning to anchor. +By this ruse the German ship was enabled to come within 600 yards +of the Russian ship before the false funnel was discovered. Fire +immediately spurted from the Russian guns, but a torpedo from the +<i>Emden</i> struck the <i>Jemchug's</i> engine room and made it +impossible for her crew to get ammunition to her guns. Von Müller +poured steel into her from a distance of 250 yards with terrible +effect. The Russian ship's list put many of her guns out of action, +and she was unable to deliver an effective reply. Another torpedo +from the <i>Emden</i> exploded her magazine. Fifteen minutes after +the firing of the first shot the Russian had gone to the bottom. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Von Müller now put the prow of the <i>Emden</i> to sea again, +for he feared that both the <i>Yarmouth</i> and the French cruiser +<i>Dupleix</i> had by then been summoned by wireless. Luck was +with him. Half an hour after leaving the harbor he sighted a ship +flying a red flag, which showed him at once that she was carrying a +cargo of powder. He badly needed the ammunition, and he prepared to +capture her. But this operation was interrupted by a mirage, which +caused the small French destroyer <i>Mosquet</i> to appear like a +huge battleship. When he discovered the truth, Von Müller closed +with the Frenchman, who came to the rescue of the <i>Glenturret</i>, +the powder ship. Destroyer and cruiser closed for a fight, the former +trying to get close enough to make work with torpedoes possible, +but the long range of the <i>Emden's</i> guns prevented this, and +the <i>Mosquet</i> was badly damaged by having her engine room +hit. Soon she was in a bad way, and Von Müller ordered his +guns silenced, thinking the destroyer would now give up the fight. +But the Frenchman was valiant and refused to do so; he let go with +two torpedoes which did not find their mark, and was immediately +subjected to a withering fire, which caused his ship to sink, bow +first. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +One of the destroyers which had been in the harbor now came out +to take issue with the <i>Emden</i>, but it was the business of +the latter to continue destroying merchant ships and not to run the +risk of having her career ended by a warship, so she immediately +put off for the Indian Ocean. A storm which then came up permitted +her to make a better escape. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +It was not until the 9th of November that the world at large heard +more of her, and it proved to be the last day of her reign of terror. +There was a British wireless and cable station on the Cocos (Keeling) +Isles, southwest of Java, and Von Müller had determined to +interrupt the communication maintained there connecting India, +Australia, and South Africa. Forty men and three officers, with +three machine guns, were detailed by him as a landing party to +destroy instruments and cut the cables. But such a thing had been +partially forestalled by the British authorities, who had set up +false cable ends. These were destroyed by the deceived Germans. +When the <i>Emden</i> had first made her appearance the news had +been sent out by the wireless operator on shore, not knowing what +ships would pick up his calls. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +This time luck was against Von Müller, for it so happened +that a convoy of troop ships from Australia was passing within one +hundred miles. They were accompanied by the Australian cruisers +<i>Melbourne</i> and <i>Sydney</i>. The latter was dispatched to +go to the Cocos Islands, and by getting up a speed of 26 knots +she reached them in less than three hours. Von Müller knew +that escape by flight was impossible, for his ship had been weeks +at sea; her boilers were crusted, her machinery badly in need of +repair, and she had not too much coal. He therefore decided to give +battle, and went straight for the <i>Sydney</i> at full speed. His +object was to meet her on even terms, for her advantage was that +her guns had much greater range than those of the <i>Emden</i>. +If he could get close enough he might be able to use his torpedo +tubes. But Captain Glossop of the <i>Sydney</i> saw through this +maneuver and maintained good distance between the two ships. About +the first shot from the <i>Emden</i> killed the man at the range +finder on the fore bridge of the <i>Sydney</i>. Captain Glossop +was standing within a few feet of him at the time. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The replies from the Australian ship were fatal. The foremost funnel +of the <i>Emden</i> crumpled and fell; her fire almost ceased, and +then she began to burn; the second funnel and the third fell also; +there was nothing left but to beach her, which Von Müller did, +just before noon. While she lay there helpless the <i>Sydney</i> +shot more steel into her, leaving her quite helpless, and then +went off to chase a merchant ship which had been sighted during +the fighting and which, when caught, proved to be the British ship +<i>Buresk</i>, now manned by Germans and doing duty as collier to +the <i>Emden</i>. Returning to the latter, Captain Glossop saw +that she still flew the German flag at her masthead. He signaled +her, asking whether she would surrender, but receiving no reply +after waiting five minutes he let her have a few more salvos. The +German flag came down and the white flag went up in its place. The +<i>Jemchug</i> had been avenged, and the terribly costly career +of the <i>Emden</i> brought to an end. Von Müller was taken +prisoner, and on account of his valor was permitted to keep his +sword. But the landing party, which had cut the false cables, was +still at large. The adventures of these three officers and forty +men form a separate story, which will be narrated later. +</p> + +<hr> + +<h2><a name="chapter_XXXVI">CHAPTER XXXVI</a></h2> + +<p class="subtitle">BATTLE OFF THE FALKLANDS</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The defeat of the British squadron back in the first week of November +had sorely tried the patience of the British public, and the admiralty +felt the necessity of retrieving faith in the navy. Von Spee was +still master of the waters near the Horn, and till his ships had +again been met the British could not boast of being rulers of the +waves. Consequently Admiral Fisher detailed the two battle cruisers +<i>Invincible</i> and <i>Inflexible</i> to go to the Falkland Islands. +They left England November 11, 1914, and on the outward journey met +with and took along the light cruisers <i>Carnarvon, Kent</i>, +and <i>Cornwall</i>, the second-class cruiser <i>Bristol</i>, and +the converted liner <i>Macedonia</i>. The <i>Canopus</i> and the +<i>Glasgow</i>, now repaired, all joined the squadron, which was +commanded by Admiral Sturdee. The vessels coaled at Stanley, Falkland +Islands, and while so engaged on December 8 were warned by a civilian +volunteer watcher on a near-by hill that two strange vessels had made +their appearance in the distance. British naval officers identified +them and other vessels which were coming into view as the ships of +Von Spee's squadron, the one which had been victorious off Coronel. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +During the interval that had elapsed since that engagement these +German ships had not been idle. Von Spee knew that the <i>Glasgow</i> +had gone to the Falklands and that there were important wireless +stations there, but he put off going after those prizes and picked +up others. The <i>Nürnberg</i> had cut communication between +Banfield and Fanning Islands. Two British trading ships had fallen +victims to the <i>Dresden</i>, and four more had met the same end +at the hands of the <i>Leipzig</i>. For coal and other supplies Von +Spee had been relying on the Chilean ports, but now came trouble +between him and the port authorities, for England was accusing +the South American nation of acting without regard to neutrality. +It was for this reason that Von Spee turned southward to take the +Falkland Islands. The world at large, and of course Von Spee, had +no knowledge of the ships which had set out from Plymouth for the +Falklands on the eleventh of the month, so he approached in full +expectation of making not only a raid but for occupation. He knew +that he would have to exchange shots with the <i>Glasgow</i> and +perhaps some small ships, and he believed the islands weakly defended +by forts, but there was nothing in that to defer his attack. The +result—the lookout near Stanley had reported the oncoming +warships <i>Gneisenau</i> and <i>Scharnhorst</i>, followed by the +rest of the German squadron. German guns were trained on the wireless +station, and great was the surprise of the unfortunate Von Spee +and his officers when there was heard the booming of guns which +they knew immediately must be mounted on warships larger than their +own. Their scouting had been defective, and the presence of the +<i>Inflexible</i> and <i>Invincible</i> had till then not been +discovered. They then reasoned that these were the guns of the +<i>Canopus</i>—a critical and fatal error. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The <i>Canopus</i> from behind the hills fired on the German ships +in an endeavor to protect the wireless station. Beyond the range of +her guns hovered the lighter German cruisers <i>Dresden, Leipzig</i>, +and <i>Nürnberg</i> to await the outcoming of the <i>Glasgow</i>. +Both the <i>Gneisenau</i> and <i>Scharnhorst</i> concentrated their +fire on the <i>Canopus</i>, and when the <i>Glasgow</i>, accompanied +by the <i>Carnarvon, Cornwall</i>, and <i>Kent</i>, made her appearance +it did not change the battle formation of the Germans, for the +<i>Canopus</i> was still the only large vessel they were aware +of. Now the <i>Leipzig</i> came nearer in order to take up the +fight with the lighter British ships. By nine in the morning the +German ships were drawn out in single file, running parallel with +the shore in a northeasterly direction. At the head of the line +was the <i>Gneisenau</i>, followed by the <i>Dresden, Scharnhorst, +Nürnberg</i>, and <i>Leipzig</i>, in that order. They thought +that this would entice what they believed to be the whole of the +British force present into coming out for a running fight, and in +which the old <i>Canopus</i> would be left behind to be finished +after the lighter vessels were done for. But all this time the +<i>Invincible</i> and <i>Inflexible</i> were silent with their +guns, though there was bustle enough aboard them while their coaling +was being hurried. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +By ten o'clock these two larger ships were ready with steam up +and decks cleared, and they came out from behind the hills. Von +Spee saw that discretion was the better part of valor and gave +orders for his ships to make off at full speed. For a time the +two squadrons kept parallel to each other at a distance of twelve +miles, with the British squadron—the <i>Invincible</i> and +<i>Inflexible</i> leading—north of the German ships. The +<i>Baden</i> and <i>Santa Isabel</i>, two transports that had been +part of the German squadron, were unable to keep up with the others +and headed south, pursued by the <i>Bristol</i> and <i>Macedonia</i>. +The two British battle cruisers were faster than any other ships in +either squadron, and while pulling up on the German ships were in +danger of pulling away from their own ships. To avoid the latter, +Admiral Sturdee kept down their speed and was content with taking +a little longer to get within gun range of Von Spee's ships. By +two o'clock the distance between them was about 16,000 yards; the +<i>Invincible</i> and <i>Inflexible</i> had now left the rest of the +British squadron far behind and took issue with the <i>Scharnhorst</i> +and <i>Gneisenau</i> respectively. The remaining British ships, +with the exception of the <i>Carnarvon</i>, gave attention to the +three lighter German cruisers and the <i>Eitel Friedrich</i>, which +had broken from the first formation and were now pointing southeast. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Von Spee ordered the <i>Scharnhorst</i> and <i>Gneisenau</i> to +turn broadside to the enemy. Shells were falling upon the German +ships with fair accuracy, but their return fire could do little +damage to the British ships, because the range was a little too +great for the German 8.2-inch guns. Those of the <i>Inflexible</i> +and <i>Invincible</i> were of the 12-inch type. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +All four ships were belching forth heavy black smoke that hung +low over the water after it left the funnels. A moderate breeze +carried it northward, and Von Spee moved his ships this way and +that till his smoke blew straight against the guns of the British +ships, making it almost impossible for the British gunners to take +aim and note effect. But the superior speed of the two British +battle cruisers stood them in good stead, and their commanders +brought them up south of the enemy—on their other side. It +was now the German gunners who found the smoke in their faces, +and the advantage was with the British. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +By three o'clock in the afternoon fire had broken out on the +<i>Scharnhorst</i> and Von Spee replied to Sturdee's inquiry that +he would not quit fighting, though some of his guns were out of +action and those which still replied to the Britisher did now only +at intervals. There was evidently something wrong with the machinery +that brought shells and ammunition to her guns from out of her +hold, the fire probably interfering with it. A 12-inch shell cut +right through her third funnel and carried it completely off the +ship. She turned so that she could bring her starboard guns into +action, and they did so feebly. The fire on board her grew worse +and worse, and it could be seen blood-red through holes made by +the shells from the <i>Invincible</i> whenever her hull showed +through the dense clouds of escaping steam that enveloped her. +Just at four o'clock she began to list to port, thus having her +starboard guns put out of action, for they pointed toward the sky, +and the shells which came from them described parabolas, dropping +into the water at safe distance from the English ship. More and +more she listed, till her port beam ends were in the cold waters +of the South Atlantic, and while in that position she sank some +fifteen minutes later. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Meanwhile the duel between the <i>Gneisenau</i> and <i>Inflexible</i> +had been going on. A 12-inch shell from one of the British cruisers +struck one of the after gun turrets of the <i>Gneisenau</i> and swept +it overboard. The German ship used the sinking <i>Scharnhorst</i> +as a screen and tried to take on both British ships. Still she was +able to plant some effective shells against the <i>Invincible</i> +as a final reply. By half-past five she was listing heavily to +starboard and her engines had stopped. The British ship, thinking +she was surely done for, ceased firing at her and watched her for +ten minutes, while a single gun on board of her fired at intervals. +The three ships <i>Carnarvon, Inflexible</i>, and <i>Invincible</i> +now closed in on her and punished her till the flag at her stern +was hauled down. But the ensign at her peak continued to fly. Just +at six o'clock, with this color still in position, she suddenly +heeled to starboard, while the men of her crew made hastily up +her slanting decks and then climbed over on to the exposed part +of her upturned port side. Many of these unfortunate men had time +to jump into the sea, but others were caught when she suddenly +disappeared beneath the surface. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +There remained the task of picking up her survivors, but they were +not numerous, for the shock of the cold water killed a large number. +Having picked up those whom they could, the three British ships +signaled the news of their victories to the distant cruisers which +were fighting it out with the <i>Dresden, Leipzig, Nürnberg</i>, +and <i>Eitel Friedrich</i>. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +These lighter German cruisers had left the line of battle and had +turned southward at just about the time that the action between the +<i>Scharnhorst</i> and <i>Gneisenau</i> and <i>Inflexible</i> and +<i>Invincible</i> began. They started off with the <i>Dresden</i> +at the foremost point of a triangle and with the other two at the +two remaining points. The <i>Glasgow, Cornwall</i>, and <i>Kent</i> +went after them, while the <i>Carnarvon</i>, because her speed +was not high enough to accompany them, remained with the battle +cruisers. The <i>Glasgow</i> drew up with the German ships first, +and at three o'clock began to fire on the <i>Leipzig</i> at a distance +of 12,000 yards. As in the other action of that afternoon, the +British ship took advantage of the fact that her guns had longer +range, and she drew back from the German ships so that their guns +could not reach her, though her own shells began to fall upon their +decks. It was her object to keep them busy until she could be joined +by her accompanying ships. +</p> + +<table class="center" style="width: 505px;"> +<tr><td> + <a name="fig038"></a><a href="images/fig038.jpg"> + <img src="images/fig038.jpg" width="505" height="365" alt="Fig. 38"> + </a> +</td></tr> +<tr><td>VICE ADMIRAL SIR DOVETON STURDEE'S ACTION +OFF THE FALKLAND ISLANDS. DEC 8, 1914.</td></tr> +</table> + +<p class="indent"> +The <i>Cornwall</i> by four o'clock was also near enough to the +<i>Leipzig</i> to open fire on her, and three hours later the German +cruiser was having a time of it with a large fire in her hold. +British faith in heavy armament with long range had again been +vindicated. There was something of human interest in this duel +between the <i>Glasgow</i> and the <i>Leipzig</i>. In their previous +meeting, off Coronel, the German ship had had all the better of +it and now the men of the British ship were out for revenge. +Consequently the <i>Glasgow</i> signaled to the other British ships: +"Stand off—I can manage this myself!" By eight o'clock in +the evening the <i>Glasgow</i> had her in bad condition, and the +<i>Carnarvon</i> came up to assist in raking her till there was +nothing left but a mass of wreckage on her decks. But her flag +was still flying and the British ships kept circling around her, +thinking she still wished to fight, but not coming near enough to +permit the use of her torpedo tubes. Miserable was the plight of +the <i>Leipzig</i>'s crew, for the two hundred men who were still +alive were unable to get to her flag on account of the fire aboard +her, and they had to remain inactive while the <i>Carnarvon</i> +and <i>Glasgow</i> poured round after round into their ship. Only +twelve remained alive at nine o'clock, when she began to list to +port. Slowly more and more of the under-water part of her hull +showed above the sea, and she continued to heel until her keel was +right side up. In this position she sank, a large bubble marking +the spot. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +When the <i>Nürnberg</i> left the line of German ships at one +o'clock, it was the British cruiser <i>Kent</i> that went after +her, a vessel more heavily armed than the German ship, yet about +a knot slower. But by hard work on the part of the engineers and +stokers of the <i>Kent</i> she was able, by five o'clock, to get +within firing distance of the <i>Nürnberg</i>. By a strange +trick of fate the <i>Kent</i> was sister ship to the <i>Monmouth</i> +which had fallen victim to one of the <i>Nürnberg's</i> torpedoes +in the battle off Coronel. Here, too, was a duel with human interest +in it. In their desire for revenge, the men of the <i>Kent</i> made +fuel of even her furniture in order to speed up her engines. Her +6-inch guns now began to strike the German ship, and soon a fire broke +out aboard her. She could have ended the German vessel by keeping a +fire upon her while remaining too distant to be within range of +the <i>Nürnberg's</i> 4-inch guns, but dusk was gathering +and an evening mist was settling down upon the water. Consequently +the <i>Kent</i> drew nearer to her adversary. The firing of the +<i>Nürnberg</i> was then effective and more than twenty of her +shells took good effect on the British ship. It was only through +prompt action on the part of her crew that her magazine was kept +from exploding, for a shell set fire to the passage leading to +it. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +By seven o'clock in the evening the <i>Nürnberg</i> was practically +"blind," for the flames from the fire that was raging on her had +reached her conning tower. A member of her crew hauled down her +flag, and the <i>Kent</i>, thinking that the fight was over, came +close to her. While within a few hundred yards of her, however, +she was greeted with new firing from the German cruiser. But this +ceased under a raking from the <i>Kent's</i> starboard guns, and +once again the flag of the <i>Nürnberg</i>, which had been run +up on resumption of shooting, was hauled down. Members of her crew +then had to jump into the sea to escape death from burning—the +fire was quenched only when she went down at half past seven. The +overworked engineers and stokers of the <i>Kent</i> were rewarded +for their hard work by being permitted to come on deck to watch the +<i>Nürnberg</i> go down, and all were soon engaged in helping +to save the lives of the German sailors in the water. Just as the +red glow of the sinking <i>Nürnberg</i> was dying down a large +four-masted sailing ship, with all sails set, came out of the mist, +her canvas tinged red by the flames' rays. Silently she went by, +disappearing again into the mist, a weird addition to an uncanny +scene. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Chasing the various units of the broken line of German ships had +taken the British ships miles from each other, but after ten o'clock +they began to reach each other by wireless signals and all made +again for Stanley. It was not until the afternoon of the next day, +however, that word came from the <i>Kent</i>, for her pursuit had +taken her farther than any of the other British ships. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The <i>Bristol</i> and <i>Macedonia</i> had made good in their +pursuit of the <i>Santa Isabel</i> and <i>Baden</i>, but in going +after the <i>Dresden</i> the <i>Bristol</i> was not successful; +the German ship got away in the rainstorm which came up during +the evening, and the <i>Bristol</i>, which had hurried out of the +harbor at Stanley not quite ready for battle, was unable to keep +on her trail. The fast <i>Eitel Friedrich</i>, which as a merchant +ship converted into a man-o'-warsman had greater speed than any +of the ships on either side, was able to get away also. These two +German ships now took up their parts as raiders of allied commerce, +and were not accounted for till months later. There was now on +the high seas no German squadron. +</p> + +<hr> + +<h2><a name="chapter_XXXVII">CHAPTER XXXVII</a></h2> + +<p class="subtitle">SEA FIGHTS OF THE OCEAN PATROL</p> + +<p class="indent"> +There were some minor naval operations in the waters of Europe which +have been neglected while larger actions elsewhere were recorded. +During the month of September, 1914, the British admiralty established +a blockade of the mouth of the River Elbe with submarines, and the +German boats of the same type were showing their worth also. On +August 28, 1914, the day after the raid on Libau by the German +cruiser <i>Augsburg</i>, the date of the battle of the Bight of +Helgoland, the two Russian protected cruisers <i>Pallada</i> and +<i>Bayan</i>, while patrolling the Russian coast in the Baltic +Sea, were attacked by German submarines. Surrounded by these small +craft, which made poor targets, the two Russian ships sought to +escape by putting on full speed, but the former was hit by a torpedo +and sank. The other got away. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +All of the Allies, with the exception of France, had by the beginning +of September, 1914, suffered losses in their navies. The navy of the +republic was engaged in assisting a British fleet in maintaining +supremacy in the Mediterranean, and kept the Austrian fleet bottled +up in the Adriatic Sea. French warships bombarded Cattaro on September +10, 1914, to assist the military operations of the Montenegrin +Government. These ships then proceeded to the island of Lissa and +there destroyed the wireless station maintained by Austria. The +Austrian navy made no appearance while the allied fleets scoured +the lower coast of Dalmatia, bringing down lighthouses, destroying +wireless stations, and bombarding the islands of Pelagosa and Lesina. +On the 19th of September, 1914, they returned to Lissa and landed +a force which took possession of it, thus establishing a new naval +base against the Central Powers' navies. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Duels between pairs of ships took place in various seas. The career +of the raider <i>Kaiser Wilhelm der Grosse</i>, a fast converted +liner, was ended by the British ship <i>Highflyer</i>, a cruiser, +near the Cape Verde Islands, on August 27, 1914, after the former +had sunk the merchantman <i>Hyades</i> and had stopped the mail +steamer <i>Galician</i>. The greater speed of the German vessel +was of no advantage to her, for she had been caught in the act of +coaling. What then transpired was not a fight, for in armament the +two were quite unequal. She soon sank under the <i>Highflyer's</i> +fire, her crew having been rescued by her colliers. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The next duel took place between the <i>Carmania</i> and <i>Cap +Trafalgar</i>, British and German converted liners, respectively. +They met on September 14, 1914, in the Atlantic off South America. +In view of the fact that at the beginning of the war these two +ships had been merchantmen and had been armed and commissioned +after the outbreak of hostilities, this engagement was something +of the nature of those between privateersmen in the old days. In +speed, size, and armament they were about equal. For nearly two hours +they exchanged shots between 3,000 and 9,000 yards, and markmanship +was to determine the victory. The shots from the <i>Carmania</i> +struck the hull of the other ship near the water line repeatedly, +and the British commander was wise enough to present his stern +and bow ends more often than the length of the <i>Carmania's</i> +sides. At the end of the fight the German ship was afire and sank. +Her crew got off safely in her colliers, and the British ship made +off because her wireless operator heard a German cruiser, with +which the <i>Cap Trafalgar</i> had been in communication, signaling +that she was hastening to the liner's aid. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Only two days before this the British cruiser <i>Berwick</i> captured +the converted liner <i>Spreewald</i> in the North Atlantic, where +she had been trying to interrupt allied commercial vessels. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Germany kept up her policy of attrition by clever use of submarines +and mines. The British battleship <i>Audacious</i>, while on patrol +duty off the coast of Ireland in the early days of the war, met +with a disaster of some sort and was brought to her home port in +a sinking condition. The rigors of the British censorship almost +kept the news of this out of the British papers and from the +correspondents of foreign papers. It was reported that she had +struck a mine, that she had been torpedoed, and that she had been +made the victim of either a spy or a traitor who caused an internal +explosion. The truth was never made clear. Rumors that she had +gone down were denied by the British admiralty some months later, +when they reported her repaired and again doing duty, but this was +counteracted by a report that one of the ships that was completed +after the start of hostilities had been given the same name. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +About the sinking of the <i>Hawke</i> there was less conjecture. +This vessel had gained notoriety in times of peace by having collided +with the <i>Olympic</i> as the latter left port on her maiden voyage +to New York. On the 15th of October, 1914, while patrolling the +northern British home waters she was made the target of the torpedo +of a German submarine and went down, but the <i>Theseus</i>, which +had been attacked at the same time, escaped. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Four German destroyers were to be the next victims of the war in +European waters. On October 17, 1914, the <i>S-115, S-117, S-118</i>, +and <i>S-119</i> while doing patrol duty off the coast of the +Netherlands, came up with a British squadron consisting of the +cruiser <i>Undaunted</i> and the destroyers <i>Legion, Lance</i>, +and <i>Loyal</i>. An engagement followed, in which damage was done +to the British small boats and the four German destroyers were sunk. +Captain Fox, senior British officer, had been on the <i>Amphion</i> +when she sank the <i>Königin Luise</i> and had been rescued +after being knocked insensible by the explosion of the mine that +sent the <i>Amphion</i> to the bottom. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The exploit of Lieutenant Commander Horton in the British submarine +<i>E-9</i> when he sank the <i>Hela</i> has already been narrated. +The same commander, with the same craft, during the first week of +October, 1914, proceeded to the harbor of the German port of Emden, +whence had sailed many dangerous German submarines and destroyers +that preyed on British ships. He lay submerged there for a long +period, keeping his men amused with a phonograph, and then carefully +came to the surface. Through the periscope he saw very near him a +German destroyer, but he feared that the explosion of a torpedo +sent against her would damage his own craft, so he allowed her +to steam off, and when she was 600 yards away he let go with two +torpedoes. The second found its mark, and the <i>S-126</i> was +no more. He immediately went beneath the surface and escaped the +cordon of destroyers which immediately searched for him. By October +7 the <i>E-9</i> was back in Harwich, its home port. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the 31st of October, 1914, the cross-channel steamer <i>Invicta</i> +received the S. O. S. signal and went to rescue the crew of the +old British cruiser <i>Hermes</i>, which had been struck by two +torpedoes from a German submarine near Dunkirk. All but forty-four +of her men were saved. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The next victim of a German submarine was the gunboat <i>Niger</i>, +which, in the presence of thousands of persons on the shore at +Deal, foundered without loss of life on November 11, 1914. But one +of the German submarines was to go to the bottom in retaliation. +On the 23d of November the <i>U-18</i> was seen and rammed off +the Scotch coast, and some hours later was again seen near by. +This time she was floating on the surface and carrying a white +flag. The British destroyer <i>Garry</i> brought up alongside of +lier and took off her crew, just as she foundered. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Three days later the <i>Bulwark</i>, a British battleship of 15,000 +tons and carrying a crew of 750 officers and men, was blown up in the +Thames while at anchor at Sheerness. It was never discovered whether +she was a victim of a torpedo, a mine, or an internal explosion. It +is possible that a spy had placed a heavy charge of explosives +within her hull. Only fourteen men of her entire complement survived +the disaster. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +It was in November, 1914, also, that the sometime German cruisers +<i>Goeben</i> and <i>Breslau</i>, now flying the Turkish flag, +became active again. As units in a Turkish fleet they bombarded +unfortified ports on the Black Sea on the first day of the month. +Retaliation for this was made by the Allies two days later when +a combined fleet of French and English battleships bombarded the +Dardanelles forts, inflicting a certain amount of damage. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the 18th of November, 1914, the <i>Goeben</i> and <i>Breslau</i> +engaged a Russian fleet off Sebastopol. The composition of this +Russian fleet was never made public by the Russian admiralty, but +it is known that the Russian battleship <i>Evstafi</i> was the +flagship. She came up on the starboard side of the two German ships +and opened fire on the nearer, the <i>Goeben</i>, at a distance +of 8,000 yards. The latter, hit by the Russian 12-inch guns was +at first unable to reply because the first shots set her afire +in several places, but she finally let go with her own guns and +after a fourteen-minute engagement she sailed off into a fog. Her +sister ship the <i>Breslau</i> took no part in the exchange of +shots, and also made off. The damage done to the <i>Goeben</i> +was not enough to put her out of commission; the <i>Evstafi</i> +suffered slight damage and had twenty-four of her crew killed. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +While the daring exploits of German submarines were winning the +admiration of the entire world for their operations in the northern +naval theatre of war, the British submarine commander, Holbrook, +with the <i>B-ll</i> upheld the prestige of this sort of craft in +the British navy. He entered the waters of the Dardanelles on the +13th of December, 1914, and submerging, traveled safely through +five lines of Turkish mines and sent a torpedo against the hull of +the Turkish battleship <i>Messudiyeh</i>. The <i>B-ll</i> slowly +came to the surface to see what had been the result of her exploit, +and her commander, through the periscope saw her going down by the +stern. It was claimed later by the British that she had sunk, a +claim which was officially denied by the Turks. Her loss to Turkey, +if it did occur, was not serious, for she was too old to move about, +and her only service was to guard the mine fields. The <i>B-ll</i> +after being pursued by destroyers again submerged for nine hours +and came successfully from the scene of the exploit. +</p> + +<hr> + +<h2><a name="chapter_XXXVIII">CHAPTER XXXVIII</a></h2> + +<p class="subtitle">WAR ON GERMAN TRADE AND POSSESSIONS</p> + +<p class="indent"> +With the exceptions of the deeds done by the German sea raiders the +remaining naval history of the first six months of the war had to do +for the most part with British victories. When Von Spee's squadron, +with the exception of the light cruiser <i>Dresden</i>, which was +afterward sunk at the Island of Juan Fernandez, was dispersed off +the Falkland Islands there was no more possibility of there being +a pitched fight between German and British fleets other than in +the North Sea. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +England began then to hit at the outlying parts of the German Empire +with her navy. The cruiser <i>Pegasus</i>, before being destroyed by +the <i>Königsberg</i> at Zanzibar on September 20, 1914, had +destroyed a floating dock and the wireless station at Dar-es-Salaam, +and the <i>Yarmouth</i>, before she went on her unsuccessful hunt +for the <i>Emden</i>, captured three German merchantmen. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +As far back as the middle of August, 1914, the capture of German +Samoa had been planned and directed from New Zealand. On the 15th +of that month an expedition sailed from Wellington, and in order +to escape the <i>Gneisenau</i> and <i>Scharnhorst</i>, went first +to French New Caledonia, where the British cruisers <i>Psyche, +Philomel</i>, and <i>Pyramus</i> were met with. On the 23d of the +month, this force, which was augmented by the French cruiser +<i>Montcalm</i> and the Australian battleships <i>Australia</i> +and <i>Melbourne</i>, sailed first for the Fiji Islands and then +to Apia on Upolu Island off Samoa. They reached there on the 30th. +There was, of course, no force on the island to withstand that +of the enemy, and arrangements for surrender of the place were +made by signal. Marines were sent ashore; the public buildings +were occupied, the telegraph and telephone wires cut, the wireless +station destroyed and the German flag hauled down, to be replaced +by the Union Jack. The Germans taken prisoners were rewarded for +the kind treatment they had accorded British residents before the +appearance of this British force, and were sent to New Zealand. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The next German possession to be taken was that in the Bismarck +Archipelago. It was known that there was a powerful wireless station +at Herbertshöhen, the island known as New Pomerania. A small +landing party was put ashore on the island in the early morning of +September 11, 1914, and made its way, without being discovered, +to the town. The surprised inhabitants were too frightened to do +anything until this party left to go further on to the wireless +station. By that time it met with some resistance, but overcame +it. A few days later another landing party had captured the members +of the staff of the governor of New Pomerania, together with the +governor himself, at Bougainville, Solomon Islands, whence they had +fled. The wireless stations on the island of Yap, in the Carolines, +and on Pleasant Island were destroyed during the following month. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Perhaps the strangest operations of naval character ever performed +were the inland "sea" fights in Africa. The great Nyassa Lake in +Africa was the scene of this fighting. With its entire western +shore in British possession and with a goodly part of its waters +within the territory of German East Africa, it was not unnatural +that fighting should take place there. Both countries maintained +small armed vessels on the lake. The British ship <i>Gwendolen</i>, +a 350-ton craft, had been built on the Clyde and had been sent +to Nyassa Lake in sections and there assembled and launched in +1898. During August she fought with a German ship and captured +it. The fighting on the lake could not, however, determine the +success of the military operations taking place in those regions. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The preponderance of British naval strength was beginning to tell +severely upon German trade by the end of 1914, and her boast that +through her navy she would starve out Germany aroused the German +Government greatly. In answer to these British threats, Grand Admiral +von Tirpitz, German Secretary of Marine, in an interview given +to an American newspaper correspondent, hinted that Germany's +retaliation would be a war on British merchant ships by German +submarines. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The interview at the time aroused but mild comment; the idea was +a new one, and the question immediately arose as to whether such +action would be within the limits of international law. For the +time being, however, Von Tirpitz's words remained nothing more +than a threat. It was not until months later that the threat was +made good, and the consequences must form a separate part of this +narrative, to be given in Volume III. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The seaplane, the newest naval machine at the time, and as yet an +untried factor, was to see maiden service first at the hands of +the British, when on the 25th of December a raid on Cuxhaven was +made. Seven naval seaplanes attacked a fleet of German cruisers and +destroyers lying off Schilling Roads near the German port. The men +who thus made history in aviation were Francis E. T. Hewlett, son +of the famous novelist, accompanied by seven pilots. A naval force +consisting of a light cruiser, a flotilla of destroyers and another +of submarines brought up near Helgoland during the morning. When +this naval force was first discovered by the lookouts on Helgoland, +there immediately appeared approaching from the German base two +Zeppelins and a number of German seaplanes, together with some +submarines. Meanwhile, from the decks of the British craft there +went up the seven British seaplanes. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In order to give them a place for landing after they returned from +their raid, it was necessary for the British ships to remain in the +vicinity for three hours. The <i>Undaunted</i> and <i>Arethusa</i>, +with the rest of the British force, had to "dance" about, dodging +the submarines which were attacking them from beneath the surface +of the water and the aircraft hovering over them. Bombs dropped from +the latter failed to find their targets, and by swift maneuvering +the torpedoes shot at them were also caused to go far wide of the +mark. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The British airmen dropped their bombs on points of military importance +at Cuxhaven, but their effect was kept secret by the German authorities. +Six of the seven returned to the squadron and were picked up by +submarines. Three of the seaplanes were wrecked and had to be abandoned. +Fog not only prevented the British airmen from doing their best +work, but it kept the marksmen on the German aircraft also from +hitting the ships on the waters beneath them. This raid had been +made in answer to a great outcry that had gone up from the British +public after German warships had raided the eastern coast of England. +</p> + +<hr> + +<h2><a name="chapter_XXXIX">CHAPTER XXXIX</a></h2> + +<p class="subtitle">RAIDS ON THE ENGLISH COAST</p> + +<p class="indent"> +During the first days of November, 1914, the Germans planned and +carried out a general surprise for the British navy. After the battle +in the Bight of Helgoland, back in August, the British thought that +Germany would continue to keep her navy within the protection of +her coast defenses, perhaps forever. But such was not her intention. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the afternoon of November 2,1914, there gathered off some part +of Germany's northern shore a squadron consisting of the battle +cruisers <i>Von der Tann, Seydlitz</i>, and <i>Moltke</i>, the +protected cruisers <i>Kolberg, Strassburg</i>, and <i>Graudenz</i>, +the armored cruisers <i>Yorck</i> and <i>Blücher</i>, together +with some destroyers. The slowest of these vessels could make a speed +of 25 knots, and the fastest, the <i>Graudenz</i> and <i>Moltke</i>, +could make 28 knots. The guns of the <i>Blücher</i> were the +heaviest in the squadron, those of her primary battery being 12-inch +cannon. Ten-inch guns were on the decks of the other ships. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The first that the rest of the world knew of the gathered force +was at evening, November 2, 1914, when a fleet of British fishermen +hailed them with friendly signs, thinking them British ships, not +far from Lowestoft some time after six o'clock. The fishermen started +at once for their home ports in order to apprise the British +authorities, but they had not gone far when the news was flashed to +the British admiralty office from the wireless room of the British +gunboat <i>Halcyon</i>. But only the first few words of the warning +were able to get through, for the wireless operators on the German +ships "jammed" their keys, and a few shots from the German guns +were sufficient to bring down the wireless apparatus of the gunboat +as well as one of her funnels. She turned off and made for her +home port to report the news some hours later. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +It was only ten miles from the British shores that the <i>Halcyon</i> +had sighted the German ships, but they were able, nevertheless, +to elude all British warships in those regions and proceeded to +Yarmouth, firing at the wireless station, the naval yards, and the +town itself. Fearing mines near the coast, the German commander +did not attempt to come in too close, with the result that many +of the German shots fell short, and, in spite of the fact that +the bombardment lasted for nearly half an hour, the damage done +by them was not great. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The inhabitants of the towns of Lowestoft and Yarmouth were asleep +in the early hours of the morning when they first heard the booming +of the German guns. In the darkness of the British winter they +hurriedly went down to the water front, where, far out at sea, +they could make out faintly the hull of but one vessel, but the +red flashes from the booming guns showed that other ships were +present. The crowds on the shore watched two British destroyers +and two submarines, which had been lying in the harbor, put out +after the German force. The latter by that time had started off, +dropping in its wake a number of floating mines. This strategy +resulted in the loss of the submarine <i>D-5</i>, which hit one +of the mines and sank immediately. The German cruiser <i>Yorck</i> +was claimed by the British to have hit a mine also, with the result +that she sank and carried down with her some 300 of her crew. This +was denied later by the German admiralty, and like all such +controversies must remain a secret with the officials of both +Governments. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Judged by material effects, this raid was a failure. But in view of +the fact that the Germans had shown that a squadron could actually +elude the large number of British warships patrolling the North +Sea, and was actually able to strike at the British coast, it was +a moral victory for Germany. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +"We must see clearly that in order to fight with success we must +fight ruthlessly, in the proper meaning of the word." These were the +words of Count Reventlow, when he heard the news of the defeat of +the German squadron commanded by Von Spee off the Falkland Islands. +As a result, and in revenge for this defeat, the German admiralty +planned a second raid on the coast towns of England. The towns chosen +for attack this time were Hartlepool, Scarborough, and Whitby. The +first of these was a city of 100,000 persons, and its principal +business was shipbuilding. Scarborough was nothing more than a +seaside resort, to which each summer and at Christmas were attracted +thousands of Englishmen who sought to spend their vacations near the +water. Whitby, though it had some attractions for holiday crowds, +such as a quaint cathedral, was at most nothing more than a home +port for a number of fishing boats. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +It was claimed later by the Germans that these three towns, according +to the accepted definitions in international law, were fortified +ports, and consequently open to attack by hostile forces. In reply +the British claimed that there was nothing in any of the three +which could bring them into that category. This controversy is +still another which must remain undecided. There is, however, the +fact that the information which the German Government had obtained +about them, and which it made public, must necessarily have been +less comprehensive than that supplied to the world at large by +the British authorities. Guidebooks, as well as tourists who have +visited the place, reported that an old castle stood in Scarborough +which in past centuries had been a fort, but which at the outbreak +of the war was nothing more than a show place. The only gun in +place at the castle was an obsolete piece that had seen service +in the Crimean War. Whitby, in times of peace, at least, had not +even such "armament." +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +It was on the 16th of December, 1914, that this second raid took +place. Over the North Sea there hung a light mist. The German admiralty +did not afterward make public the names of the cruisers which +participated in this expedition, but they are believed to have +been the <i>Derfflinger, Blücher, Von der Tann, Seydlitz</i>, +and <i>Graudenz</i>. It was at eight o'clock in the morning that +the residents of the three English towns first heard the booming +of the German guns, and coast guards near by were able, with the +aid of very strong glasses, to make out the hulls of the attacking +cruisers some miles out to sea. It was not thought possible that +the Germans could again elude the British ships on patrol in these +waters, and the guards therefore thought that the firing came from +ships flying the Union Jack and tried to signal to them. But they +came to realize the truth when they received no answering signals. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +As it was not known but that the Germans would make an attempt +to land, the guards in the obsolete fort at Hartlepool took their +positions and two small patrol boats in the harbor made ready to +give what resistance they could. These, the <i>Doon</i> and the +<i>Hardy</i>, drew the fire of the German guns, and, seeing it was +impossible to withstand the German fire, they made off and escaped. +This time the Germans were better informed about the conditions they +dealt with, and evidently had no fear of mines, for they came to +within two miles of the shore. The forts on shore were bombarded +and private houses near by were hit by German shells, killing two +women who lived in one of them. The forts tried to reply to the +German guns, but those of the English battery were by no means +modern, and firing them only served to further convince the Germans +that the place was fortified; they inflicted no damage on the German +ships. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The lighthouse was the next target chosen by the Germans, one of +their shells going right through it, but leaving it standing. Within +fifty minutes 1,500 German shells were fired into the town and harbor. +While two of the three cruisers which were engaged in bombarding +drew off further to sea and fired at Hartlepool, the third remained +to finish the battery on shore, but in spite of the fact that it +was subjected to long and heavy firing, it was not so terribly +damaged. Many of the shells from the other two ships went over +the towns entirely and buried themselves in the countryside that +heretofore had been turned up only by the peaceful plow. Other shells +did havoc in the business and residential sections of Hartlepool +and West Hartlepool, bringing down buildings and killing civilians +in them as well as on the streets. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +At about the same hour the coast guards near Scarborough reported +the approach of foreign ships off the coast, and then telephoned +that the strangers were German cruisers and that they had begun +to bombard the town. A German shell destroyed the shed from which +the telephone message had come and the warnings from it ceased. +It was seen by those on shore that the attack here was being made +by four ships, two of them cruisers and two of them mine layers, +only 800 yards out in the water. This time they were not handicapped +by the fact that they had to stand out so far from shore, and it +was a surprise to the natives to see ships of such draft come so +close to land—a fact which convinced the British authorities +that spies had been at work since the first raid, sending to the +German admiralty either charts or detailed descriptions of the +region. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The castle was badly damaged by their fire; the town itself came +next, the Grand Hotel coming in for its share of destruction. They +did little injury to a wireless station in the suburbs, but hit +quite a number of residences, the gas and water works. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Half an hour afterward the two cruisers which had fired upon Scarborough +appeared off Whitby and began to fire at the signal station there. +In the ten minutes that the bombardment of Whitby lasted some 200 +shells fell into the place. This time the fact that the German +ships came close to the shore worked against them, for there are +high cliffs close to the water at the spot and it was necessary +for the German gunners to use a high angle, which did not give them +much chance to be accurate. The German ships next turned seaward +and made for their home ports. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The scenes enacted in the three towns during the bombardment and +afterwards were tragic. Considering the fact, however, that the +persons under fire were civilians, many of them women and children, +their coolness was remarkable. They did not know what should be +done, for the thought of bombardment was the last thing that had +come into the minds of the authorities when England went to war, +and as a result no instructions for such an emergency had been +issued by the authorities. Some thought it best to stay within +doors, some thought it best to go into the streets. In Hartlepool +a large crowd gathered in the railway station, some fully dressed, +some only in night clothes. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Many of the women carried babies in their arms and were followed +by older children who clung to their skirts. Policemen led this +crowd out of the station and started them along a street which +would bring them out into the country, but while they were passing +the library they were showered by the stone work as it fell when hit +by the German shells. One shell, striking the street itself, killed +three of the six children who were fleeing along it in company with +their mother. Many other persons met deaths as tragic either within +their own homes or on the streets. St. Mary's Catholic Church as well +as the Church of St. Hilda were damaged, as were the shipyards and +the office of the local newspaper. The destruction of the gas works +left the town in almost complete darkness for many nights afterward. +The authorities issued a proclamation ordering all citizens to +remain indoors for a time, and then began to count the number of +dead and injured. The first estimate gave the former as 22 and the +latter as 50, but subsequent reckoning showed that both figures +were too low. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In Scarborough most of the inhabitants were still in bed when the +bombardment started and for a few minutes did not become excited, +thinking the booming of the guns was the sound of thunder. But when +the shells began to drop on their houses they knew better. Many were +killed or wounded while they hastily got into their clothes. One +shell hit St. Martin's Church while communion was being held. Here, +too, the railway station was made the objective of many refugees, +and the police did what they could to send the women and children +out of range of fire by putting them on trains of extra length. +As in all such scenes there were humorous sides to it. One old +workman, while hurrying along a street was heard to say: "This is +what comes of having a Liberal Government." In all, about 6,000 +people left the town immediately and did not return for some days. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Similar were the scenes enacted in Whitby when the turn of that +town came. Only two persons were killed in that town, while thirteen +casualties were reported from Scarborough. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The raid immediately became the subject for discussion in the newspapers +of every country on the globe. In England it was bitterly denounced, +and the term "baby killers" was applied to the men of the German +navy. In Germany it was justified on the ground that the German +admiralty had information and proof that the bombarded cities were +fortified, and therefore, under international law, subject to +bombardment. Nor did the German journalists lose the opportunity +to declare that Great Britain no longer ruled the waves nor to +show pride over the fact that their fleet had successfully left +the German coast and had successfully returned to its home port. +The war, they said—and truthfully—had been brought +to England's door. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The year 1914 ended gloomily for the British public; nothing could +have disappointed them more than the failure to catch the Germans. +Nor did the new year open brightly for Britain, for on the first +day of January, 1915, there came the news of disaster to the +<i>Formidable</i>, sister ship to the <i>Bulwark</i>. The lesson of +the <i>Hogue, Cressy</i>, and <i>Aboukir</i> had not been learned, +for this ship went down under the same circumstances. While patrolling +near Torbay during a night on which there was a bright moon and +a calm sea, this ship, in company with seven other large ships +unaccompanied by a "screen" of destroyers, was hit by a torpedo +fired from a German submarine. Most of her crew were asleep when +the torpedo struck and damaged the engine room so much that no +lights could be turned on. In the darkness they hurried to the +deck, which was slanting from her list. In obedience to orders +issued by the admiralty after the sinking of the <i>Cressy</i> +and the ships with her, the rest of the fleet immediately sailed +away from the scene, so that no more of them would be hit. Only +a light cruiser stood by the sinking <i>Formidable</i>. A second +torpedo struck her and this had the effect of letting water into +her hold on the side which was slowly coming out of the water. She +took a position with even keel after that, and this fact enabled +most of her crew to get off safely before she sank. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Once more the Germans were to attempt a raid on the coast cities +of England. The date of this third attempt was January 24, 1915. +This time the British were a bit better prepared, for a squadron +of battle cruisers, consisting of the <i>Lion, Tiger, Princess +Royal, New Zealand</i>, and <i>Indomitable</i>, put out from a port +in the north of England at about the same time that the Germans +left their base. All of these ships, with the exception of the last +named, were quite fast, having speeds of from 25 to 28.5 knots; +they were at the same time carrying heavy armament—13.5-inch +guns in the main batteries. In company with them went four cruisers +of what is known in England as the "town class"; these were the +<i>Nottingham, Birmingham, Lowestoft</i>, and <i>Southampton</i>, +together with the three light cruisers <i>Arethusa, Aurora</i>, +and <i>Undaunted</i>, and a squadron of destroyers. The German +fleet which was engaged in this raid consisted of the <i>Seydlitz, +Moltke, Derfflinger</i>, and <i>Blücher</i>, in company with +a fleet of destroyers. The German ships were not quite as fast +as the English ships, nor did they carry guns of such range or +destructive power as their British opponents. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Early in the first hours of January 24, these two forces, unknown +to each other were steaming head on, the Germans taking a course +leading northwest and the English a course leading southeast. At +twenty minutes past seven in the morning the <i>Aurora</i> first +sighted the enemy and engaged him immediately with her two 6-inch +guns, sending at the same time word of her discovery to Admiral +Beatty. Admiral Hipper, the German commander, as soon as he knew +the enemy had sighted him, turned about and started to steam in +a southeasterly direction. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In view of the results of this battle, it is best to go into the matter +of the tactics involved. Tactics may be of two kinds—spontaneous +or premeditated. When two hostile fleets meet on the high sea far from +the base of either, the object of each is the complete destruction of +the other, and the tactics employed are spontaneous. Such an action +was that off Coronel. But on a closed sea such as the North Sea +spontaneous tactics can rarely be used, for the reason that naval +bases are too near, and from these there may slyly come reenforcements +to one or the other or to both of the fighting fleets, making the +arrangement of traps an easy matter. This is particularly true +of the North Sea, on which it is possible for a fleet to leave +Cuxhaven early in the evening and to be at Scarborough early the +following morning. In addition, sailing is restricted because an +unusually large portion of its waters is too shallow to permit of +the passage of large ships. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The Germans on this occasion had arranged a trap. They knew that +after making two successful raids on the English coast the British +would keep even a closer watch for them. When they sailed from +their base, it was with the expectation of meeting a hostile force, +as was undoubtedly their expectation on the first two raids. But +they did not intend to fight matters out on high waters. What they +wanted to do was to get the British involved in a good running +engagement, steering a southeasterly course the while and luring +the British ships within striking force of a waiting fleet of +superdreadnoughts and perhaps land guns and mines. This explains +why Admiral Hipper turned stern as soon as he got into touch with +the enemy. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +There was a distance of fourteen miles between the two fleets when +the <i>Lion</i> got her heavy guns into action. The German line +was off her port (left) bow. At the head of that line was the +<i>Moltke</i>, and following her came the <i>Seydlitz, Derfflinger, +Blücher</i>, and the destroyers in the order given. At the head +of the British line was the <i>Lion</i>, followed by the <i>Tiger, +Princess Royal, New Zealand</i>, and <i>Indomitable</i> in the +order named. The other cruisers and the destroyers of the British +fleet brought up the rear. In the chase which followed the Germans +were handicapped by the fact that the <i>Blücher</i> was far +too slow to be brought into action, which meant that either the +other ships must leave her behind to certain destruction or that +they must slow down to keep with her. They chose the latter course, +while her stokers did their best to increase her speed. In the English +fleet there was the same trouble with the <i>Indomitable</i>, but +inasmuch as the British were the pursuers and had a preponderance +in ships and in the range of their guns, this did not matter so +much to them. But the stokers of the <i>Indomitable</i> worked +as hard, if not harder, than those of the <i>Blücher</i>. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +By half past nine the two forces were seven miles apart and the +battle was on. It is necessary here to give certain facts about +gunnery on a large modern battleship. Firing at a range of seven +miles means a test of mathematics rather than of the mere matter +of pointing guns. At that distance the target—the ship to +be hit—is barely visible on the sky line on the clearest +and calmest sea. If a hole the size of the head of a pin be made +in a piece of cardboard and the latter he held about a foot and +a half from the eye, the distant ship will just about fill the +hole. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The guns on the modern battleships are not "laid"; that is, they +are not aimed as were the cannon of past days or the rifle of today. +It is set toward its target by two factors. The first is known as +"traverse," which means how far to the left or right it must be pointed +in a horizontal plane. The second factor is "elevation"—how +far up or down it must be pointed in a vertical plane. The latter +factor determines how far it will throw its projectile, and up to +a certain point the higher the gun is pointed the further will +go the shell. A certain paradox seems to enter here. It is a fact +that a distant ship presents a target more easily hit if its bow +or stern is toward the gunner. If it presents a broadside there is +the danger that the shells will go either beyond the ship or will +fall short of it, for the greatest beam on a warship is not much +more than 90 feet. If the bow or stern is toward the gunner he has +a chance of landing a shell on any part of the 600 or more feet +of the ship's length. The first firing in a battle at a distance +is known as "straddling," by which is meant that a number of shots +are sent simultaneously, some falling short, some falling beyond +the target, and some hitting it. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The man who really "aims" the gun never sees what he is shooting at. +At some point of vantage on his ship one of the officers observes the +enemy and reports to the chief gunner the distance, the direction, +and the effect of the first shots. The gunnery officer then makes +certain calculations, taking into consideration the speed of his +own ship and the speed of the enemy ship. He knows that at a given +moment his target will be at a given point. He knows also just how +fast his shells will travel and makes calculations that enable him +to place a shell at that point at just the right second. In this +battle the shells of the British ship took about twenty seconds +to go from the mouths of the guns to the German hulls. And they +made a curve at the highest point of which they reached a distance +of more than two miles; and most wonderful of all was the fact +that at the beginning of the firing a man standing on the deck +of one of the German ships could not even see the ship which was +firing the shells at her, though the weather was very clear. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +By a quarter to ten o'clock the <i>Lion</i> had come up with and +had passed the slow <i>Blücher</i>, firing broadsides into +her as she went by. The <i>Tiger</i> then passed the unfortunate +German ship, also letting her have a heavy fire, and then the +<i>Princess Royal</i> did likewise. Finally the <i>New Zealand</i> +was able to engage her and later even the slow <i>Indomitable</i> +got near enough to do so. By that time the <i>Blücher</i> +was afire and one of her gun turrets, with its crew and gun, had +been swept off bodily by a British shell. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Meanwhile the <i>Lion, Tiger</i>, and <i>Princess Royal</i> kept +straight ahead till they were able to "straddle" even the leading +ship of the enemy's line. The <i>Tiger</i> and <i>Lion</i> poured +shells into the <i>Seydlitz</i>, but were unable to do much damage +to the <i>Moltke</i>. While they were thus engaged the <i>Princess +Royal</i> singled out the <i>Derfftinger</i> for her target. The +light British cruiser <i>Aurora, Arethusa</i>, and <i>Undaunted</i> +were far ahead of the rest of the British fleet and were firing at +the <i>Moltke</i>, but thick black smoke which poured from their +funnels as their engines were speeded up got between the gunners +of the <i>Lion</i> and their target, the <i>Moltke</i>, completely +obscuring the latter. As a result the three light British cruisers +were ordered to slow down and to take positions to the rear. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +By eleven o'clock there were fires raging on both the <i>Seydlitz</i> +and the <i>Derfftinger</i>, and Admiral Hipper decided to try to +save his larger ships by sacrificing the destroyers that accompanied +them. Consequently the German destroyers put their bows right toward +the large British ships and charged, but the fire which they drew +was too much for them and they gave up this maneuver. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The British destroyer <i>Meteor</i>, which had been maintaining +a perilous position between the battleships, then attempted to +torpedo the <i>Blücher</i>, which had fallen far to the rearward +to be abandoned by the rest of the German fleet. Badly damaged as +the <i>Blücher</i> was, the crew of one of her guns managed +to get in some final shots, one of them nearly ending the career +of the British destroyer. The <i>Arethusa</i> had also come up +and prepared to launch a torpedo. Cruiser and destroyer torpedoed +her at about the same moment, and later, while within 200 yards of +the sinking German ship the <i>Arethusa</i> sent another torpedo +at her. She now began to list, although not greatly damaged, on +her port side till her keel showed. Her crew showed remarkable +bravery. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The men lined up as though at a review and began to sing the German +national airs, intending to go to their deaths in that formation. +But an officer on the <i>Arethusa</i> shouted to them through a +megaphone to jump while they could to save their lives. This had a +psychological effect, and as the starboard side of her hull slowly +came up her men were seen scrambling on it from behind her taff rail +and creeping down toward her keel. Some of them almost walked into +the water while she was in that position. Her guns were pointing +toward the sky, one of them slowly revolving. Finally, when she +was completely upside down she went under. Many of her crew were +picked up by British small boats, and her captain, who was one of +them, was taken to England, where he died later from the results +of this experience and was buried with full naval honors. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The German destroyers had meanwhile come between their own cruisers +and those of the enemy and emitted volumes of heavy smoke, which +they hoped would form an effective screen between the former and +the gunners on the latter. Admiral Hipper then ordered all of his +ships to turn northward, in the hope of getting away behind this +screen, but the British admiral anticipated this maneuver and changed +the course of his ships so that he again had the German ships in +view after both fleets had driven through the smoke. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The <i>Lion</i> of the British fleet was chosen as the target for +the German ships, and by keeping a concentrated fire upon her were +able to do considerable damage. One shell penetrated the bow of the +<i>Lion</i> as it was partly lifted out of the water on account +of the great speed she was making; this shot hit her water tank +and made it impossible for her to use her port engine from that +time on. She slowed down. When she fell out of the line it was +necessary for Admiral Beatty to leave her, and he transferred his +flag to the destroyer <i>Attack</i>. But all of this took time and +it was quite long before he was able to rejoin his leading ships. +By twenty minutes past twelve he had got aboard the <i>Princess +Royal</i>. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Rear Admiral Moore automatically took up command of the British +fleet while his senior officer was making these changes. It is +not known what Admiral Moore's orders had been, but it is known +that he suddenly ordered all ships to cease firing and allowed +the German warships to proceed without further engaging them. By +the time that Admiral Beatty was again on a battle cruiser the +action was virtually over. The <i>Indomitable</i> passed a cable +to the crippled <i>Lion</i> and towed the latter home, the rest of +the British fleet keeping to the rearward to be ready for possible +resumption of fighting. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Much criticism was made by the British press and by laymen on account +of the sudden termination of the fight, and there was great complaint +in England because the career of all the raiding German ships had not +been brought to an end. But when the engagement ended the opposing +fleets were within seventy miles of Helgoland, and the German admiralty +had ready a fleet of dreadnoughts and another of battle cruisers to +engage the British ships when they got within striking distance. +By ending the fight when he did the British commander chose not to +be led into this trap. Nor was there dissatisfaction in England +alone. In Germany the complaint was that the ruse had not worked, +and not long afterward Admiral von Ingenohl was replaced as commander +of the High Sea Fleet by Admiral von Pohl. None of the blame for +the failure was laid at the door of the officer who had actually +been engaged in the fighting—Admiral Hipper—which showed +that his senior officers had considered the engagement as part of +a larger action. +</p> + +<hr> + +<h2><a name="chapter_XL">CHAPTER XL</a></h2> + +<p class="subtitle">RESULTS OF SIX MONTHS' NAVAL OPERATIONS</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The first six months of naval operations in the Great War came to +a close without battle between the main fleets of the navies of +the warring nations. The British navy had kept open communication +with the Continent, allowing the Expeditionary Force, as well as +later military contingents, to get to the trenches in Flanders +and France. It had, in addition, made possible the transportation +of troops from Canada and Australia. The ports of France were open +for commerce with America, which permitted the importation of arms +and munitions, and the same privilege had been won for the ports +in the British Isles. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The northern ports of the Central Powers were closed to commerce +with all but the Scandinavian countries, and the oversea German +possessions, where they were accessible to naval attack, had been +taken from her. The German and Austrian flags had been swept from +the seven seas, with the exception of those on three or four German +cruisers that now and then showed themselves capable of sinking +a merchantman. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In the four engagements of importance which had been fought by +the end of January, 1915, the British had been the victors in +three—the battles of the Bight of Helgoland, the Falkland +Islands, and the third German raid of January 24, 1915—the +Germans had been victors in one—the fight off Coronel. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +British and other allied ships were unable to inflict damage on +the coast defenses of Germany, but the latter in two successful +raids had been able to bombard British coast towns, offsetting +in a way the loss of over-sea dominions. +</p> + +<div class="picbox"> + +<p class="subtitle"> +<span style="font-size: x-large;">SEA FIGHTS</span><br />AND THE<br /> +<span style="font-size: x-large;">CRUISES OF GERMAN RAIDERS</span> +</p> + +<p class="bquote"> +THE EMDEN AND THE SYDNEY. FALKLAND AND NORTH SEA BATTLES. SEARCHLIGHTS. +SUBMARINES. WRECKS. SHIPPING ARTILLERY +</p> + +<table class="center" style="width: 341px;"> +<tr><td> + <a name="fig039"></a><a href="images/fig039.jpg"> + <img src="images/fig039.jpg" width="341" height="596" alt="Fig. 39"> + </a> +</td></tr> +<tr><td>Among the modern inventions which insure a battleship's efficiency +is the searchlight, which must sweep not only the sea but the sky +to find the enemy</td></tr> +</table> +</div> + +<div style="text-align: center;"> +<table class="center" style="width: 583px;"> +<tr><td> + <a name="fig040"></a><a href="images/fig040.jpg"> + <img src="images/fig040.jpg" width="583" height="347" alt="Fig. 40"> + </a> +</td></tr> +<tr><td>The German steamer "Walküre" sunk in the harbor +of Papeete, Tahiti, when the German cruisers "Scharnhorst" and +"Gneisenau" shelled the town</td></tr> +</table> + +<table class="center" style="width: 581px;"> +<tr><td> + <a name="fig041"></a><a href="images/fig041.jpg"> + <img src="images/fig041.jpg" width="581" height="346" alt="Fig. 41"> + </a> +</td></tr> +<tr><td>The Australian cruiser "Sydney" which caught and +destroyed the raider "Emden" near the Cocos Islands</td></tr> +</table> + +<table class="center" style="width: 589px;"> +<tr><td> + <a name="fig042"></a><a href="images/fig042.jpg"> + <img src="images/fig042.jpg" width="589" height="353" alt="Fig. 42"> + </a> +</td></tr> +<tr><td>The famous German raider "Emden" beached on one of +the Cocos Islands after being wrecked by the "Sydney's" shells</td></tr> +</table> + +<table class="center" style="width: 581px;"> +<tr><td> + <a name="fig043"></a><a href="images/fig043.jpg"> + <img src="images/fig043.jpg" width="581" height="350" alt="Fig. 43"> + </a> +</td></tr> +<tr><td>Rescuing drowning sailors after the naval battle +near the Falkland islands, in which the "Scharnhorst," "Gneisenau," +"Nurnberg" and "Leipzig" were sunk</td></tr> +</table> + +<table class="center" style="width: 534px;"> +<tr><td> + <a name="fig044"></a><a href="images/fig044.jpg"> + <img src="images/fig044.jpg" width="534" height="829" alt="Fig. 44"> + </a> +</td></tr> +<tr><td>Canadian soldiers shipping a rapid-fire gun, on +embarking at Montreal for England, to take their part in the Great +War</td></tr> +</table> + +<table class="center" style="width: 586px;"> +<tr><td> + <a name="fig045"></a><a href="images/fig045.jpg"> + <img src="images/fig045.jpg" width="586" height="348" alt="Fig. 45"> + </a> +</td></tr> +<tr><td>The interior of a submarine, showing torpedo tubes +and batteries. The flooring which covers the batteries has been +removed</td></tr> +</table> + +<table class="center" style="width: 587px;"> +<tr><td> + <a name="fig046"></a><a href="images/fig046.jpg"> + <img src="images/fig046.jpg" width="587" height="346" alt="Fig. 46"> + </a> +</td></tr> +<tr><td>The German cruiser "Blücher" turning on her +side as she sank in the North Sea battle of January 24, 1915. The +other vessels of the German squadron escaped</td></tr> +</table> + +</div> + +<p class="indent"> +Great Britain, after six months of naval warfare had lost three +battleships, the <i>Bulwark, Formidable</i>, and <i>Audacious</i>;[*] +the five armored cruisers <i>Aboukir, Cressy, Hogue, Monmouth</i>, +and <i>Good Hope</i>; the second-class cruisers <i>Hawke</i> and +<i>Hermes</i>; the two third-class cruisers <i>Amphion</i> and +<i>Pegasus</i>; the protected scout <i>Pathfinder</i> and the converted +liner <i>Oceanic</i>; losses in destroyers and other small vessels +were negligible. +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +[Footnote *: The British admiralty did not clear up the mystery +of her disaster.] +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Germany had lost no first-class battleships, but in third-class +cruisers her loss was great, those that went down being the eleven +ships <i>Ariadne, Augsburg, Emden, Graudenz, Hela, Köln, +Königsberg, Leipzig, Nürnberg, Magdeburg, Mainz</i>, +and the <i>Dresden</i>; she lost, also, the four armored cruisers +<i>Blücher, Scharnhorst, Gneisenau</i>, and <i>Yorck</i>; the +old cruiser <i>Geier</i> (interned); the three converted liners +<i>Spreewald, Cap Trafalgar</i>, and <i>Kaiser Wilhelm</i>; and +the mine layer <i>Königin Luise</i>. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The German policy of attrition had not taken off as many ships +as had been lost by Germany herself, and, as England's ships so +far outnumbered her own, it may well be said that the "whittling" +policy was not successful. She made up for this by having still at +large the cruiser <i>Karlsruhe</i> which damaged a great amount +of commerce, and by the exploits of her submarines, far outshining +those of the Allies. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Russia had lost the armored cruiser <i>Pallada</i>, and the +<i>Jemchug</i>, a third-class cruiser, and the losses of the French +and Austrian navies were not worth accounting. With regard to interned +vessels both sides had losses. While the Germans were unable to +use the great modern merchantmen which lay in American and other +ports, and had to do without them either as converted cruisers +or transports, the Allies were forced to detail warships to keep +guard at the entrance of the various ports where these interned +German liners might at any moment take to the high seas. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In naval warfare the number of ships lost is no determining factor +in figuring the actual victory—the important thing being the +existence or nonexistence of the grand fleets of the combatants +after the fighting is finished. Viewed from such an angle, the +fact that the Allies had left no German ships at large other than +those in the North Sea, cannot entitle them to victory at the end +of the first six months of war. So long as a German fleet remained +intact and interned in neutral ports, naval victory for the Allies +had not come, though naval supremacy was indicated. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The fact was apparent, moreover, that while the Central Powers +were being deprived of all their trade on the seas, the world's +commerce endangered only by submarines was remaining wide open +to the Allies. +</p> + +<p class="part">PART III—THE WAR ON THE EASTERN FRONT</p> + +<hr> + +<h2><a name="chapter_XLI">CHAPTER XLI</a></h2> + +<p class="subtitle">GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE THEATRE OF +WARFARE</p> + +<p class="indent"> +World war—the prophecy of the ages—now threatened the +foundations of civilization. Whether or not the modern era was +to fall under the sword, as did the democracy of Greece and the +mighty Roman Empire, was again to be decided on battle grounds that +for seventy centuries have devoured the generations. The mountain +passes were once more to reverberate with the battle cry—the +roar of guns, the clank of artillery, the tramp of soldiery. The +rivers were to run crimson with the blood of men; cities were to +fall before the invaders; ruin and death were to consume nations. +It was as though Xerxes, and Darius, and Alexander the Great, and +Hannibal, and all the warriors of old were to return to earth to +lead again gigantic armies over the ancient battle fields. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +While the war was gaining momentum on the western battle grounds of +Europe, gigantic armies were gathering in the East—there to +wage mighty campaigns that were to hold in the balance the destiny +of the great Russian Empire; the empire of Austria, the Balkan +kingdoms-Serbia, Montenegro, Rumania, Bulgaria. The Turks were +again to enter upon a war of invasion. Greece once more was to +tremble under the sword. Even Egypt and Persia and Jerusalem itself, +the battle grounds of the Assyrians, the Babylonians, and the Trojans, +the bloody fields of paganism and early Christianity, were all to +be awakened by the modern trumpets of war. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Before we enter upon these campaigns in the East it is well to +survey the countries to be invaded, to review the battle lines and +travel in these pages over the fighting ground. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The eastern theatre in the first six months of the war, from August +4, 1914, to February 1, 1915, includes the scenes of the fighting +in the historic Balkans and in the Caucasus. But the eastern front +proper is really that region where the Teutonic allies and the +Russians opposed each other, forming a fighting line almost a thousand +miles long. It stretches from rugged old Riga on the shores of the +Baltic Sea in the far north, down through Poland to the Carpathian +Mountains, touching the warm, sunlit hills on the Rumanian frontier. +When the total losses of the Great War are finally counted it will +probably be found that here the heaviest fighting has occurred. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +This is the longest battle line in the world's history. Partly on +account of its great length, and partly because of the nature of +the country, we see the two gigantic forces in this region locked +together in their deadly struggle, swaying back and forth, first +one giving way, then the other. This was especially the case in +the northern section, along the German-Russian frontier. +</p> + +<table class="center" style="width: 592px;"> +<tr><td> + <a name="fig047"></a><a href="images/fig047.jpg"> + <img src="images/fig047.jpg" width="592" height="828" alt="Fig. 47"> + </a> +</td></tr> +<tr><td>THE WAR IN THE EAST—THE RELATION OF THE EASTERN +COUNTRIES TO GERMANY</td></tr> +</table> + +<p class="indent"> +As we view the armies marshaling along this upper section, along +the Baltic shore, southward, including part of East Prussia as well +as Baltic Russia, we look upon the ancient abode of the Lithuanians, +supposed to be the first of the Slavic tribes to appear in Europe. +Hardly any part of Europe has a more forbidding aspect than this +region. There the armies must pass over a flat, undulating country, +almost as low in level as the Baltic, and therefore occupied in large +part by marshes and lagoons through which they must struggle. In +all parts the soil is unproductive. At one time it was a universal +forest: thick, dark, and dank. A century ago, however, Catherine the +Great distributed large areas of this comparatively worthless land +among her favorites and courtiers. In this way a certain percentage +was reclaimed, and with the incoming of the sunlight more favorable +conditions for human life were established. Yet even now it is +very thinly settled. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Through this region the armies must cross big rivers: the Oder, Dvina, +Warthe, Vistula, Pregel, and Niemen, northward and northeastward. +Just above or eastward of that point, where the German-Russian +frontier touches the shore, the Baltic curls into a dent, 100 miles +deep, forming the Gulf of Riga. Near the southern extremity of +this gulf, eight miles from the mouth of the Dvina, is the city +of Riga, ranking second only to Petrograd in commercial importance +as a seaport, and with a population of about 300,000. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +As the armies move across the frontier they come to a vast domain +projecting into this marsh country, like a great, broad tongue +licking the shore of the Baltic; this wide strip of German territory +is East Prussia—a country to be beleaguered. Not far below +the tip of this tongue, about five miles from the mouth of the +Pregel River in the Frische Haff, and about twenty-five miles from +the seacoast, is situated another embattled stronghold—the +city of Königsberg which, since 1843, has been a fortress +of the first rank. These two cities in the following pages will +be the immediate objectives of the enemy forces operating on this +section of the eastern front. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +It will be obvious why the lines of battle were less permanently +fixed here than in the more solid and mountainous sections of northern +France. Railroads and fairly well-laid highways do indeed traverse +these swamps in various parts, especially in German territory, +but trenches could not be dug in yielding mire. In yet another +feature were the military operations hampered by the nature of the +terrain here; the use of heavy artillery. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +We have seen that one of the chief causes of success attending +German attacks in the other theatres of the war has been their +use of heavy guns. But in the fighting before Riga, we shall see +when the Germans seemed on the point of taking that city their +heavy artillery was so handicapped that it was rendered practically +useless. Being restricted by the marshes to an attack over a +comparatively narrow front, they were compelled to leave their +heavy guns behind on firmer soil. The guns which they could take +with them were matched by the Russians; the fighting was, therefore, +almost entirely limited to infantry engagements, in which the Russians +were not inferior to the Germans. Thus, we shall find the German +advance on Riga was stopped before it could attain its object. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In studying the fighting in this part of the eastern front, it +will be seen why the Germans were more successful below Riga, and +why the Russians were compelled to evacuate Vilna. Here is a broad +rise, something like the back of a half-submerged submarine, which +seems to cross the country, where the land becomes more solid. The +armies must move, instead of through marshes, along innumerable +small lakes, most of the lakes being long and narrow and running +north and south, with a fairly thick growth of timber among them, +mostly pine and spruce and fir. In character this section is rather +similar to parts of Minnesota. There are two cities to be conquered +in this drier region, Dvinsk, and, further south, Vilna, once the +chief city or capital of the Lithuanians. We shall see the Russians +thrust back from Königsberg, and the heavy fighting shifted +over to this section; yet even here, where the huge guns of the +Germans could find footing, the terrain was not suited to trench +warfare, and every arrival of reenforcements on either side would +swing the lines back or forth. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In studying the military movements in a country of this character, +special attention must be paid to the railway lines. Railways, and +more especially those running parallel to the fronts, are absolutely +necessary to success. In looking, therefore, for a key to the object +of any particular movement, the first step must be a close study +of this railroad situation. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +We find from Riga to the fortress of Rovno there is a continuous +line of railroad, running generally north and south and passing +through Dvinsk, Vilna, Lida, Rovno, and thence down through Poland +to Lemberg. Every effort of the Russian armies in the succeeding +chapters will be made to keep to the westward of and parallel to +this line, and for a very good reason. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Feeding into this great north and south artery are the branch lines +from Petrograd to Dvinsk; from Moscow to the junction at Baranovitschi; +from Kiev to Sarny. Aside from these three important branch lines, +there are a few other single-track offshoots, but from a military +point of view they are of no importance. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +This line was the main objective (short of capturing Riga itself) +of the German operations. This line proves especially vital to +the Russians, for nowhere east of it is there another such line +which could be used for the same purpose. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +If, in the campaigns to be described, this railroad falls into Russian +hands, it gives every facility for strengthening or reenforcing any +part of the Russian front where German pressure becomes excessive. It +is, in addition, a solution to the difficult problem of transportation +of supplies. To use a military term, it gives the Russian army a +mobility not possessed by the enemy because of a lack of similar +facilities. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +But should this railroad be taken by the Germans, the advantage +would immediately be reversed. And if once the Russian lines were +driven back beyond the railroad, a division of their forces would be +forced upon them; their armies would be obliged to group themselves +beside the three east and west branches already mentioned, for only +by these three systems could their forces be supplied, lateral +communications being absolutely lacking. And this is the key to +the fighting, not only in the northern section of the front, but +all along the line, down to Galicia. Naturally, only the Russian +railroads need be considered, for in the first months of the war +the Germans are the invaders in the northern half of the eastern +front, except for a few short periods in the beginning. Compared +to the German railway lines near the frontier, the Russian lines +are very few. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +There are two distinct railway lines running from Germany into +East Prussia, with innumerable branches leading to all points of +the Russian frontier, laid especially for military purposes. It +was along these that we shall witness the German forces rushed from +Belgium to drive back the first Russian advance. But, of course, the +moment the Germans enter Russian territory they have no advantage +over the Russians, since even their wonderful efficiency does not +enable them to build railroads as fast as an army can advance. +Hence, we observe their efforts to gain possession of the Russian +railroads. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +We come now to the central part of the eastern front. Here, just +below East Prussia, Russian Poland projects into German territory +in a great salient, about 200 miles wide and 250 long, resembling +a huge bite in shape. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +This land is a monotonous, wind-swept plain, slightly undulating, +its higher parts not even 500 feet above sea level. To the northward +and eastward it descends gradually into the still lower lands of +East Prussia and White Russia, but in the south it lifts into the +foothills of the Carpathian Mountains. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Gigantic armies are to move over this plateau, timbered in parts +with oak, beech, and lime, and in some sections deeply cut by small +rivers and streams forming fissures, some narrow and craggy, others +broad and sloping with marshy bottoms. Toward the south the soldiers +must cross narrow ravines in all directions, often covered with wild, +thick undergrowth. The chief river is the Vistula, which enters +by the southern boundary and flows first north, then northwest, +skirting the plateau region at a height of 700 feet, finally making +its exit near Thorn, thence on to the Baltic through East Prussia. +Its valley divides the hilly tracts into two parts: Lublin heights +in the east and the Sedomierz heights to the westward. Picture +in your mind the great armies approaching these ridges, the most +notable of which is the Holy Cross Mountains, rising peaks almost +2,000 feet above sea level. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The fighting forces in the northeast, where the plain slopes gradually +into the Suwalki Province, must pass over a country dotted with lakes +and lagoons, which farther on take on the character of marshes, +stagnant ponds, peat bogs, with small streams flowing lazily from one +to the other. Here and there are patches of stunted pine forests, +with occasional stretches of fertile, cultivated soil. Throughout +this section many rivers flow along broad, level valleys, separating +into various branches which form many islands and, during the rainy +seasons, flood the surrounding country. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Farther west the armies pass through broad valleys or basins, once +the beds of great lakes, whose rich, alluvial soil give forth abundant +crops of cereals. Here, too, flows the Niemen, 500 miles in length, +watering a basin 40,000 square miles in area and separating Poland +from Lithuania. It advances northward in a great, winding pathway, +between limestone hills covered with loam or amid forests, its +banks rising to high eminences in places, past ruined castles built +in the Middle Ages. In the yellowish soil along its banks grow +rich crops of oats, buckwheat, corn, and some rye. Naturally such +a section would be thickly populated, not only on account of the +fertile soil, but because the Niemen, like the Vistula, is one of +the country's means of communication and transportation. As many +as 90,000 men earn their livelihoods in navigating the steamers +and freight barges passing up and down this great waterway. At +Yurburg the Niemen enters East Prussia on its way to the Baltic. +</p> + +<hr> + +<h2><a name="chapter_XLII">CHAPTER XLII</a></h2> + +<p class="subtitle">THE STRATEGIC VALUE OF RUSSIAN POLAND</p> + +<p class="indent"> +It is in the southern part of Russian Poland, among the foothills +of the Carpathians, that the armies come into possession of its +mineral resources, a fact which will have some influence on the +German military movements in this region. Up in the Kielce hills +copper has been mined for 400 years, though the value of these +mines has decreased on account of the much greater quantity found +in America. A hundred years ago the Kielce mines produced nearly +4,000 tons of copper a year. Brown iron ore is also found here +in deposits 40 per cent pure, while there are also veins of zinc +sometimes 50 feet thick, yielding ore of 25 per cent purity. Sulphur, +one of the ingredients for the manufacture of explosives, is found +at Czarkowa in the district of Pinczow. In the southwest, in Bedzin +and Olkuz, there are coal deposits about 200 square miles in area. +In the southern districts wheat is also grown in some abundance. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The military value of this country is further enhanced by political +conditions. Like the greater part of Galicia to the southward, it +is peopled by the Poles, who form one of the important branches +of the great Slavic family. At one time Poland was a kingdom whose +territory and possessions spread from the Carpathians up to the +Baltic and far into the center of Russia, ruling its subject peoples +with quite as much rigor as the Poles have themselves been ruled +by Russia and Germany. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Poland is a seat of conquest in the Great War. For not much over +a hundred years ago what remained of this old kingdom was divided +among the three great powers: Prussia, Austria, and Russia. Austria, +on the whole, has been much the best master. Germany tried in various +ways to Germanize her subjects in German Poland, thereby rousing +their bitter hatred. Russia was no less autocratic in attempting +to extinguish the spirit of nationality among the Poles under her +rule. But, naturally, the fact remains that between the Poles and +the Russians there are still ties of blood. In moving westward, +by this route Russia would be moving among a race who, in spite +of all they had suffered at the hands of the Czar, still would +naturally prefer Slav to Teuton. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +We shall soon stand with the invading armies in the center of Russian +Poland, and enter the great city of Warsaw. This conquered citadel +with more than 400,000 inhabitants, is situated on the Vistula. +It was, next to Paris, the most brilliant city of Europe in the +early part of last century. But under Russian influence it became a +provincial town in spirit, if not in size. It once had the character +of prodigal splendor; within late years it became a forlorn, neglected +city, not the least effort being made by the Russian authorities to +modernize its appearance and improvement. From a sanitary point +of view it became one of the least progressive cities of Europe. +And yet, as the armies march into the capital, there are still +signs of the city's past glory: over thirty palaces rear their +lofty turrets above the tile roofs of the houses, among them the +palace of the long-dead Polish kings. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +However, from a military point of view, Warsaw maintained great +importance in the Great War. It is at this time one of the strongest +citadels of Europe, and around it lies the group of fortresses +called the Polish Triangle. The southern apex is Ivangorod on the +Vistula; the eastern, Brest-Litovsk; the northern being Warsaw +itself. To the northwest lies the advanced fort of Novo Georgievsk. +This triangle is a fortified region with three fronts: two toward +Germany and one toward Austria, and the various forts are fully +connected by means of railroads. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +It would appear, therefore, that Russian Poland would offer excellent +conditions for an army on the defensive. And this is quite true, the +Vistula, especially, serving as a screen against the attacking armies +from the west. As a matter of fact, it would have been extremely +difficult to take Warsaw by a frontal attack. Warsaw's weakness +lay in the north in the swamp regions. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +One of the greatest dangers in all wars, against which a military +commander has to guard his army, is that of being flanked. The road +or roads leading from the rear to the base of supplies, along which +not only food supplies for the soldiers, but, quite as important, +ammunition, is brought up, either in wagons, automobiles, or in +railroad trains, are the most sensitive part of an army's situation. +Unless they are very short—that is, unless an army is very +close to its base of supplies—it is impossible to guard these +lines of communication adequately. Therefore, if the enemy is able +to break through on either side of the front, there is great danger +that he may swing his forces around and cut these lines of +communication. The army that is thus deprived of its sources of +supply has nothing left then but to surrender, sometimes even to +inferior forces. Sometimes, of course, if the army is within the walls +of a fortified city and is well supplied with food and ammunition, +it may hold out and allow itself to be besieged. This may even +be worth while, for the sake of diminishing the enemy's strength +to the extent of the forces required for besieging, usually many +times larger than the besieged force. But in the case of Warsaw +we shall see that that would not have been a wise plan; hardly +any food supply that could have been laid by would have maintained +the large civil population, and the big guns of the Germans would +soon have battered down the city's defenses. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +This the Russians realized from the very beginning. As is well +known now, Russia had never intended to hold Poland against the +Teutons. Her real line of defense was laid much farther back. It was +only on account of the protest of France, when the two Governments +entered into their alliance, that any fortifications at all were +thrown up in Poland. A real line of defense must be more or less +a straight line, with no break. And the marshes in the north, as +well as the tongue of East Prussia projecting in along the shores +of the Baltic toward Riga made that impossible. Russia's real line +of defense was farther east, along the borders of Russia proper +and along the line of railroad already referred to. By studying +this territory east of Poland it will become obvious why Russia +should prefer this as her main line of defense against a German +invasion. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +As we witness the armies moving along what was once the frontier +between Poland and Russia proper we shall find the plain of Poland +dips into a region which apparently was once a vast lake which +drained into the Dnieper, but the outlet becoming choked, this +stagnant water formed into those immense morasses known as the +Pripet Marshes, forming over two-fifths of the whole province of +Minsk and covering an area of over 600 square miles. Even when +more than 6,000,000 acres have been reclaimed by drainage, the +armies found some of these marshes extending continuously for over +200 miles. In the upper Pripet basin the woods were everywhere full +of countless little channels which creep through a wilderness of +sedge. Along the right bank of the Pripet River the land rises above +the level of the water and is fairly thickly populated. Elsewhere +extends a great intricate network of streams with endless fields +of bulrushes and stunted woods. Over these bogs hang unhealthy +vapors, and among the rank reeds there is no fly, nor mosquito, +nor living soul or sound in the autumn. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Not even infantry could pass over this region—not to consider +cavalry or artillery, save in the depth of a cold winter when the +water and mire is frozen. Even then it would be impossible to venture +over the ice with heavy guns. An invading army must, therefore, +split in two parts and pass around the sides, and nothing is more +dangerous than splitting an army in the face of the enemy. It is +behind these vast marshes that we shall find the Russians planned +to make their first determined stand. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Here, too, the Russians expected to have the advantage of being +surrounded by their own people, for this is the country of the +White Russians, so called on account of their costumes. Here the +purest Slavic type is preserved; they have not blended with other +stocks, as the Great Russians with the Finns and the Little Russians, +farther south, with the Mongols. For a while this territory was +subject to the kings of Poland, who oppressed its inhabitants most +barbarously, from the effects of which they have not even fully +recovered. To-day White Russia is one of the poorest and most backward +parts of the empire. And even yet the great bulk of the landlords +are Poles. +</p> + +<hr> + +<h2><a name="chapter_XLIII">CHAPTER XLIII</a></h2> + +<p class="subtitle">AUSTRIAN POLAND, GALICIA AND BUKOWINA</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Let us now pass ahead of the armies into the southern section of +the eastern front. Here we have to consider only Austrian Poland, +Galicia and Bukowina, for here there is much less swaying back and +forth, the Russians maintaining their lines much more steadily than +farther north. This section is an undulating terrace which slopes +down to the Vistula and the Dniester; behind rise the Carpathian +ranges, forming the natural frontier between the broad, fertile +plains of Hungary and Russia. Here the population is quite dense, +there being 240 inhabitants to the square mile. Nearly half of +the total area is in farm lands, about one-fourth woodland, and +the rest mostly meadow and pasture, less than a quarter of one +per cent being lake or swamp. Rich crops of barley, oats, rye, +wheat, and corn are grown here, while the mineral resources include +coal, salt, and petroleum, the latter especially being important in +modern warfare on account of the great quantities of fuel necessary +for motor carriages. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Here, in Galicia, we shall witness the conquests of the important +city of Lemberg—with its 160,000 population—fourth in +size of all Austrian cities, only Vienna, Prague, and Triest being +larger. Further in toward the mountains we shall see the storming of +the strongly fortified city of Przemysl (pronounced Prshemisel), +also important as the junction of the network of railroads that +the Austrians had built throughout the country, including several +lines passing over the Carpathians into Hungary. And farther west +still we shall look upon the invasion of the old Polish city of +Cracow, also strongly fortified. This section is especially rich +in industries, mines, and agriculture. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Here, too, are staged many of the battles of the rivers—parallel +with the mountain ranges flows the Dniester in a southeasterly +direction, into which, flowing down from the north and running +parallel with each other, empty the Gnila Lipa, the Zlota Lipa, and +the Stripa, all of which figure prominently in the war movements, +for each of these is crossed several times by both armies engaged +at bloody costs. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +As will be noted by reading the chapters on the fighting on the +eastern front, here, as in East Prussia, the Russians make a determined +advance and actually succeed in conquering this territory from +the Austrians. At one time we find them even in possession of all +except one of the chief passes in the Carpathians and threatening +to overrun the plains of Hungary. To hold Russian Poland it was +necessary that they should have a firm grip of East Prussia and +Austrian Poland, thus protecting the flanks of their center. Had +they been able to hold their grip, then they could have straightened +out their entire line from north to south, and Warsaw would have +been safe. But we shall see both their extremities driven back; +therefore Warsaw was in danger, in spite of its fortifications. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +That the Austrians should have allowed themselves to be thrust +back over the Carpathians is one of the surprises of the early +stages of the war. For these mountains are only second in size +in all Europe to the Alps themselves, forming the eastern wing +of the great European mountain system. They are about 800 miles +long and nearly 250 miles wide in parts. Some of the higher peaks +reach 8,000 feet above sea level. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Imagine the vision of an army marching along the roads from the +foothills to the mountains leading through mysterious, shadowy +spruce forests, where the soil is covered with rich carpets of +moss. Foaming streams ripple in among the moss-covered bowlders. +Then the paths emerge on the cheerful, emerald-green pastures of the +slopes, alive with the flocks of goats, sheep and cattle, attended +by their shepherds. A little farther and the whole scenery changes, +and the armies approach tremendous mountains of solid granite, +ominously dark, shining like hammered iron, rising abruptly from +the stone débris and black patches of mountain fir, and +towering bluffs and crags seem to pierce the sky with their sharp +peaks, bastions and jagged ridges, like gigantic fortresses. Clouds of +white mist, driven and torn by gusts of wind, cling to the precipitous +walls, and masses of eternal snow lie in the many fissures and +depressions, forming large, sharply outlined streaks and patches. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The Magyars inhabit the great central plains of Hungary which +constitutes ethnologically a vast island of Magyars in a sea of +Slavs. The Carpathian slopes on the Hungarian side of the ranges, +including the mounts of the Tatra—with the exception of the +Zips district, which is peopled with German-Saxon colonists—are +inhabited, in their western parts, by two million Slovaks, in the +eastern parts by half a million Ruthenians or Little Russians, and +on the Transylvanian side by nearly three million Rumanians. The +border lines between these Rumanians and the Magyars and between +the Hungaro-Slav groups (Slovaks and Ruthenians) and the Magyars +lie far down within the borders of the great central Hungarian +plains. This line at one point extends to within a few miles of +the Hungarian capital of Bupapest. +</p> + +<hr> + +<h2><a name="chapter_XLIV">CHAPTER XLIV</a></h2> + +<p class="subtitle">THE BALKANS-COUNTRIES AND PEOPLES</p> + +<p class="indent"> +This survey of the fighting ground in eastern Europe brings us +now to the "cockpit of the war." From a military point of view, as +well as from the political, the Balkan theatre is of equal importance +with other big fronts in Europe. It is the gateway to the Orient +for central Europe. Here the armies engaged are numbered only by +the hundred thousands, none reach a million. But from the point of +view of human interest and political intrigue it is by far the most +picturesque. Here the hatred between the combatants is most bitter; +indeed so bitter that when it burst into flame a mad whirlwind of +passion swept over half the world. For here the great conflagration +began. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +A map of the Balkan Peninsula is almost, on the face of it, a full +explanation of the causes of the war. The military campaigns, studied +in connection with their physical environment, explain all the +diplomatic intrigues of the past fifty years, for they are the intrigues +themselves translated into action. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Geographically speaking, the Balkan nations are those situated in +the big peninsula of southern Europe which lies below the Danube +River and the northern border of Montenegro. Some authorities, +however, include Rumania, and others even bring in Austria's Slavic +provinces, Bosnia and Herzegovina. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The most noticeable feature of this vast war-ridden region is its +mountains. Those same Carpathian Mountains, which form the natural +boundary between the land of the Magyars and the Russian plains, +take a sudden turn westward at the Rumanian frontier, then sweep +around in a great semicircle, forming a shape resembling a scythe, +the handle of which reaches up into Poland, the blade curling around +within the Balkan Peninsula. Behind the handle, and above the upper +part of the blade, stretch the broad plains of Hungary, through +which flows the great Danube, the largest river in Europe next +to the Russian Volga—a river which flowed with blood during +the Great War. Just in the middle of the back of the blade this +great river bursts through the mountain chain, swirling through +the famous Iron Gate into the great basin within the curved blade. +On the south of its farther course to the Black Sea lie the plains +of northern Bulgaria. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The curving chain of mountains below the Iron Gate is the Balkan +Range. But excepting for the plains of Thrace, lying south of the +Balkans, over toward the Black Sea and above Constantinople, the rest +of the peninsula is almost entirely one confused tangle of craggy +mountains, interspersed throughout with small, fertile valleys and +plateaus. This roughness of surface becomes especially aggravated +as one passes westward, and over toward the Adriatic coast, from +Greece up into the Austrian province of Dalmatia, the country is +almost inaccessible to ordinary travelers. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +What is the political value of this beleaguered domain? The broad, +significant fact is that any road from western Europe to the Orient +must pass through the Balkan Peninsula, and that these mountains +almost block that road. From north to south there is just one highway, +so narrow that it is really a defile. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +This road stretches from the seat of the war at Belgrade on the +Danube down a narrow valley, the Morava, thence through the highlands +of Macedonia into the Vardar Valley to Saloniki, on the Ægean +Sea. At Nish, above Macedonia, another road branches off into Bulgaria +across the plains of Thrace and into Constantinople. This was the +road by which the Crusaders swarmed down to conquer the Holy Land. +This was the road by which, hundreds of years later, the Moslems +swarmed up into the plains of Hungary and overran the south of +Europe, until they were finally checked outside the gates of Vienna. +Nothing is more significant of the terror that these marching hosts +inspired than the fact that, with the exception of a few larger +towns, the villages hid themselves away from this highway in the +hills. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Bear clearly in mind that in the existence of this narrow way to +the Orient lies the key not only to the causes of the war, but to +the military campaigns that we shall follow in this region. For +it is the Teutons who would in the Great War, like the Crusaders +of old, pass down this highway and again conquer the East, though +in this case their object is trade, and not the Holy Sepulcher. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +To secure the pathway through this strategic country it also is +necessary to have control of the territory on all sides, and this +is quite as true in a political as in a military sense. To secure +their pathway up into Europe the Turks once conquered all the peoples +in the Balkans, except those inhabiting the mountains over on the +Adriatic: the Montenegrins and a small city called Ragusa, just +above Montenegro in Dalmatia. It is not at all peculiar that just +here, in almost the same locality, the Teutons should meet with +the first and strongest resistance. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +A study of the territory in which the first fighting of the war +occurred will explain the foregoing calculations. It will be observed +that Austrian territory runs down past the eastward turn in the +Danube, along the frontier of Montenegro, until it narrows gradually +into a tip at Cattaro, just below Cettinje, the Montenegrin capital. +This land is composed of the three provinces of Bosnia, Herzegovina +and Dalmatia. All this territory is inhabited by the same race +that peoples Serbia and Montenegro—the Serbs. In fact, the +Slavic population reaches up all along the coast to Trieste, and +even a little beyond. For this reason it is in this direction that +we shall see the Serbians and the Montenegrins invade Austrian +territory, after their initial success in repulsing the Austrian +invasion. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The objectives of the brief campaign soon to be considered were +Sarajevo, the capital of Bosnia, and Ragusa, the famous little +seaport on the Adriatic. Ragusa is of especial interest on account of +its remarkable history. In the Middle Ages it was the most important +seaport in that part of the world. Its ships sailed over all the +Mediterranean and from them is derived the word "argosy," signifying +a ship laden with wealth. Again and again the Turks attempted to +conquer this little state, which was at that time a republic, but +always the Ragusans beat off the enemy. For the country about is +so rocky, so rough, that the city was easily defended, especially +in that time when nearly all fighting was hand to hand. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The first and foremost word in the Great War—the key word—is +Sarajevo. Here is the scene of the assassination of the Crown Prince +of Austria, which was at least the final cause of the war. As we +enter it we find a population of about forty thousand, half of +which are Mohammedans. It is a large, straggling town, situated +in a narrowing valley overtopped by steep hills on either side, +which close in a narrow gorge in the east and broaden into a plain +on the west. It was to the eastward, however, that we shall find +the heavy fighting along the Austro-Serbian frontier. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The armies along the Danube will soon command our attention. As +they follow the river toward Belgrade, the capital of Serbia, it +is no longer the "Blue Danube" of the famous German song. Here, +in fact, it is a broad, mud-colored river, dotted with a number +of low islands along its center. Belgrade, where the first shots +of the war were fired, is located on rather high ground, backed +by a semicircle of low hills in its rear. But opposite all is flat +and, in places, marshy. Modern guns could, of course, keep up an +effective fire across the river at this point, as in fact they +did before the actual invasion of Serbia began, but the conditions +for a crossing are not favorable. It was from the west, from the +Bosnian side, that the actual attack was made. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Just below Belgrade the river Save, shallower and narrower, empties +into the Danube, forming the frontier westward, past Shabatz, to +Ratcha, where the Drina, flowing down from the Macedonian highlands +northward, joins it, forming the western frontier between Bosnia +and Serbia. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The Drina, where much fighting occurs, is no ordinary waterway, +no mere mountain stream, though it lies in a mountainous country. +Before reaching its junction with the Save it is fed by many important +tributaries. Ever swift, often torrential, it has washed out a bed +of imposing width, and by a constant cutting out of new courses +has created a series of deltas. It was one of the largest of these +islands, that of Kuriachista, between Losnitza and Leschnitza, +that the Austrians chose as a base for their first invasion. From +this point up and around to Shabatz lies the bloody field of the +Austro-Serbian battles. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +A description of this section, in brief at least, is necessary to +an understanding of the three Austrian invasions made here, and +all three of which failed disastrously. North and west of Shabatz +lies the great plain of Matchva, bounded on its east and north +by the Save and by the Drina on the west. It is a rich, fertile +land, but much broken up by woodland. To the southeast a rolling +valley is divided by the River Dobrava, while due south the Tzer +Mountains rise like a camel's back out of the plain and stretch +right across from the Drina to the Dobrava. The southern slopes of +Tzer are less abrupt than those on the north and descend gradually +into the Leschnitza Valley, out of which rise the lesser heights +of the Iverak Mountains. Both these ranges are largely covered +by prune orchards, intersected with some sparse timber. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +This is a region of natural fortifications. Descending southward +again, the foothills of Iverak are lost in a chain of summits, +which flank the right bank of the Jadar River, that tributary of +the Drina River from which the first big battle takes its name. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +From the left bank of the Jadar, from its junction with the Drina +to Jarebitze, a great rolling level stretches south until the high +Guchevo Mountains, stretching in southeasterly direction, rise +abruptly and hide the Bosnian hills from view. From there, southward, +the country is extremely mountainous, even the highways being blasted +out of the sides of the precipitous mountains along the innumerable +ravines through which run watercourses which, though almost dry +in summer, burst into torrential streams after the snows begin +to melt in the higher altitudes. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Naturally in such a country roads are of prime importance in military +operations. A few built and maintained by the state are in excellent +condition and practicable in all sorts of weather. But for the +rest communications consist of bridle paths and trails over the +mountains. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +As has been stated, the great highway from Belgrade to Saloniki +is the key to all military operations in the Balkans; nor is this +case any exception. A study of the map will show how this big, +underlying fact entered into the plans of the first three attempts +at invading Serbia. Naturally, had facilities been convenient at +Belgrade, that would have been the point from which to advance. +The next possible point was over the Drina, because it was not +so wide or so deep. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Bosnia and Herzegovina at the beginning of the war were sparsely +served by railroads. But for the purpose of an invasion of Serbia +the lines running to Tuzla in the north and to Vishegrade and Uvatz +in the south were of much strategic importance. Moreover, unlike the +Hungarian plain opposite Belgrade, the country is so mountainous +and well wooded that great bodies of troops could be moved about +without being observed. We now come to the main reason why this +point was chosen, next to Belgrade. Though we shall see that they +did not reach it at their first attempt, there is no doubt that +the main objective of the Austrians was the little town of Valievo, +lying some distance back from the Jadar and the field of battle. +For at Valievo is the terminus of a light railway which joins with +the main line running from Belgrade down to Saloniki. The Teutons +were in a hurry to open this highway, for it meant opening a means +of communication with the Turks, who were to become, and later +did become, their active allies. These are political matters of +significance here insomuch as they explain the special importance +of the railway from Belgrade south along the ancient highway of +the Crusaders. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Before following this route farther south, a few words should be +devoted to Montenegro. Between Serbia and Montenegro lies the Sanjak +of Novibazar. This small territory nominally belonged to Turkey +before the Balkan War, but it was in fact garrisoned by Austrian +troops, the civil administration being left to the Turks. Austria +had gone to special trouble to establish this arrangement, so that +it might have a wedge between the territories of the two little +Serb nations. Anticipating this war long ago, Austria had counted +on having a large enough force in Novibazar to prevent a union of +the two armies. But, when it actually came, she was in no position +to prevent it, so much of her strength being required to meet the +Russians. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Montenegro is the natural refuge of the Serbs. Whenever in the +past they were especially hard pressed by the Turks, they would +flee to the mountain fastnesses of Tzherna Gora, the Black Mountain, +for here military operations, even in this day of modern artillery, +are absolutely impossible, and when it came to mountain guerrilla +fighting, the Turks were no match for the Serbs. Thus it was that +the Serbs were able to preserve their old traditions, their language +and the best blood of their race. And it may be said that to a +slightly lesser extent Ragusa served the same purpose. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The Montenegrins are born fighters and die fighters. From one end +to the other Montenegro is one wilderness of mountain crags and +towering precipices, traversed only by foot trails. Here and there +a shelf of level soil may be found, just enough to enable people +to grow their own necessities. The capital of this rocky domain, +high up among the crags and overlooking the Adriatic, is Cettinje, +which was to be stormed and conquered by the Teutons. The main +street, about 150 yards long, comprising two-thirds of the town, +is so broad that three or four carriages may be driven abreast +down the length of it. It is composed entirely of one and two story +cottages. A few short streets branch off at right angles, and in +these is all of Cettinje that is not comprised in the main street. +The king inhabited a modest-looking, brown edifice with a small +garden attached. Overlooking the capital is Mt. Lovcen, on top +of which the Montenegrins planted guns to defend any attack that +might be made against them. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +South of Montenegro and north of Greece lies another country of +instinctive fighters. It is similar in physical aspect, but very +different in its population. This is the land of the Albanians, +whom the Turks conquered by force of arms, like all the rest of +the Balkan peninsula. They are a distinct race by themselves; it +is supposed that they are the descendants of the ancient Illyrians, +those wild tribes of whom the ancient Greeks wrote. Nor is this +unlikely, for in such a country as theirs the inhabitants are most +likely to remain pure from generation to generation. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Returning for a few moments to Belgrade, we now may resume our +course down the ancient highway toward Saloniki. Down the Morava +Valley passes the railroad, after which it passes within a few +miles of the Bulgarian frontier, near Kustendil; dangerously near +the frontier of a possible enemy, but especially perilous in this +war in which the Serbians would naturally endeavor to retreat toward +her ally, Greece. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Just below Vranya the railroad enters what was, before the two +Balkan Wars, the Turkish territory of Macedonia. This region down +to within sixty miles of Saloniki was reconquered from the Turks by +the Serbs, having been Serb inhabited since early in the Christian +era as shown by historical record. As early as 950 Constantin +Porphyrogenitus writes of its inhabitants as Serbs, from whom, +he says, the town of Serbia on the Bistritza River near Saloniki +took its name. Throughout this region there are so many mountain +ranges that it would be impossible to name them all. Nowhere has +blood been more continuously shed than here, and nowhere in Europe +is the scenery more beautiful. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Especially impressive is that section around Monastir, toward the +frontier of Albania and away from the main line of the railroad. +Here, not more than a day's walk from the city of Monastir, or +Bitolia, as its Slavic inhabitants call it, is Lake Prespa, a small +sheet of crystal-clear water in which are reflected the peaks and +the rugged crags of the surrounding mountains. Through a subterranean +passage the waters of this mountain lake pass under the range that +separates it from the much larger lake, Ochrida, the source of +the bloody Drina. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The people of these mountains are Serbs, almost to Saloniki. Uskub, +whose ancient Serb name is Skoplya, was the old Serb capital, and +there the Serb ruler Doushan was crowned emperor in 1346. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +For the past five hundred years these Macedonians have been used to +all the ways of guerrilla fighting. Roaming through their mountains +in small bands they have harassed the Turkish soldiers continuously. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The Bulgarian ruler Ferdinand had through many years by means of +committees and church jugglery striven to Bulgarize this population, +preparatory to the contemplated seizure of the territory which he has +now been able with the help of the Germanic powers to accomplish. +But in reality the Bulgar population in what was European Turkey was +found only eastward of the Struma in Thracia including Adrianople. +Those regions formed the ample and legitimate field of ambition +for the unification of the Bulgars. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +When hostilities broke out in 1914, when Serbia was defending herself +against the Austrians, King Ferdinand of Bulgaria, the secret ally +by treaty of Austria, did everything possible to forward his designs +against the Serbs and sent armed Bulgar bands into Serb Macedonia. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Shortly below the city of Monastir in the west begins the Greek +frontier, running over eastward to Doiran, where it touches the +Bulgarian frontier. Here the railroad, coming down along the Vardar +River, emerges into the swamp lands and over them passes into the +city of Saloniki. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Here is the old territory of Philip of Macedon, the father of the +conqueror. For some forty or fifty miles these swamps stretch out +from Saloniki, overshadowed by Mt. Olympus on their southern edge. +While not quite so extensive as the Pinsk Swamps, they are quite +as impassable, from a military point of view. In the center of +this region of bulrushes and stunted forests is an open sheet of +shallow water, Lake Enedjee. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Nearly all this swamp land is submerged, but here and there are +small islands. For some years the Turkish soldiers garrisoned these +islands during the mild winter months, living on them in rush huts. +In the summer they would withdraw into the near-by foothills. But +one summer several hundred Comitajis descended into the swamps +and took possession. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The stunted forests and the bulrushes here are traversed by a maze +of narrow waterways, just wide enough for a punt to pass along. +When the soldiers returned in the fall, they started out for their +islands in strings of punts. Presently they were met by volleys of +bullets that seemed to come from all directions out of the bulrushes. +Some, in their panic, leaped out into the shallow water and sunk +in the mire. The rest retired. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +For years the Turkish soldiers attempted to drive the Comitajis +out of the swamp. First they surrounded it, watching all possible +landing places, but the outlaws had supplies smuggled in to them +by the peasants. Then the Turks began bombarding with heavy cannon, +which, of course, was futile, since they could not distinguish +the points at which they were firing. And finally they gave up +molesting the Comitajis, who continued making the swamps their +headquarters until the Young Turks came into power. Then, believing +that a constitutional Macedonia was finally to be granted them, +all the Comitajis laid down their arms. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +It is a peculiar fact that Saloniki, one of the largest cities +on the peninsula, with a population considerably over a hundred +thousand, should represent none of the national elements of the +country. For though Bulgars, Turks, Greeks, and Serbs may be found +there, an overwhelming majority, nearly 90,000 of the people, are +Spanish Jews. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Walking along the streets, it would be easy to imagine oneself in +Spain or in Mexico; on all sides the shouts of peddlers, the cries +of cabmen, the conversation of pedestrians, are in Spanish. With +a knowledge of that language the stranger may make his way about +as easily as in his own native country. These are the descendants +of the Jews who were driven out of Spain by Torquemada and his +Spanish Inquisition and were so hospitably received by the Sultan +of Turkey. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Saloniki, where we shall witness severe battles, is situated at +the head of the gulf by the same name, an inlet of the Ægean +Sea. It is a well-fortified city, built on the water's edge, but +surrounding it is high land commanding the surrounding country. Added +to that, the swamp region is another protection from an enemy coming +from inland. Its seaward forts, however, are, or were, obsolete and +would probably crumble before the fire of modern naval guns. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Stretching down the eastern shore of the Gulf is a peninsula on +which is the famous Mt. Athos, that very peculiar community of +celibate monks. Here, in the Holy Mountain, as the Slavs call it, +there are monasteries representing all the various denominations of +the Greek Orthodox Church: Greek, Bulgarian, Serbian, and Russian, +each swarming with hundreds of monks, who pass their time in idleness. +Not only are women forbidden to enter this domain, but even female +dogs or cats are kept out. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Across this upper end of the Ægean, from Mt. Athos, is the +Bulgarian port, Dedeagatch, to which runs a branch of the main +railway from Sofia to Constantinople. The country here is low and +swampy, the port itself being little more than a boat landing. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Just below this point, across the Gulf of Saros, is the peninsula +of Gallipoli, where a critical phase of the war was fought. It is +somewhat like the blade of a scimitar, covering the entrance to +the Sea of Marmora. Between this strip of land and the coast of +Asia Minor is a narrow strait, the outer mouth of which is called +the Dardanelles, the inner gateway being the famous Hellespont. +Here it was that Xerxes crossed over on a bridge of boats at the +head of his Persian army to invade Greece, only to meet disaster +at Thermopylæ, and here Alexander of Macedonia crossed over +to begin his march of conquest which was to extend his power as +far as India. And about this narrow strait is centered the ancient +Greek myth about Hero and Leander, which inspired Byron to swim +across from Asia to Europe. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +How well the Turks have fortified this approach to their capital +is well enough indicated in the story of the operations of the +allied fleets in their attempt to force the passage. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +From the Hellespont to Constantinople is a sail of forty miles, +along a coast steep and rugged, destitute of any harbor or even a +beach where a boat might land. Nor is there a more beautiful sight +than that which is presented on approaching the Turkish capital +from this direction, especially of an early morning. Against the +dawn in the East are silhouetted the minarets and domes and the +palace roofs of the city; then, as the light increases, the white +buildings are distinguished more clearly through a purple mist +that rises from the waters, until the ship enters the Bosphorus, +gliding past the shipping and the boat traffic along the shore of +the harbor. The beauties of the Bosphorus have been described in +every book of travel that has ever included this section of the +world in its descriptions: it is undoubtedly the most beautiful +waterway that may be found in any country. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Emerging into the Black Sea from the Bosphorus, one strikes the +Bulgarian coast not far above that neck of land on which Constantinople +is built. Along this stretch of coast up to the mouth of the Danube +there are two harbors, Varna and Burgas. Each is terminus of a +branch railroad leading off from the Nish-Sofia-Constantinople +line. Behind Burgas lie the level tracts of Eastern Rumelia, or +Thrace, as that part of the country is still called. But Varna +is above the point where the Balkan Range strikes the coast, all +of which is steep and rocky. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Above Varna begins the Delta of the Danube, up which steamers and +heavily laden barges sail continuously, but here also begins the +neutral territory of Rumania, the Dobruja, the richest section of +the Danube basin, which was ceded to Rumania by Bulgaria after +the Second Balkan War. +</p> + +<hr> + +<h2><a name="chapter_XLV">CHAPTER XLV</a></h2> + +<p class="subtitle">THE CAUCASUS—THE BARRED DOOR</p> + +<p class="indent"> +We now come to that section of the eastern theatre of the war which +received the least extended notice in printed reports—the +barred doorway between Europe and Asia—the Caucasus. Not +because the fighting there was less furious, but because the region +was less accessible to war correspondents. The struggle was in +fact quite as bloody and even more savage and barbarous here than +elsewhere, for on this front Russ meets Turk, Christian meets Moslem, +and where they grapple the veneer of chivalry blisters off. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Here again, as in Galicia, we come to a natural frontier, not only +between two races, but between two continents. For here, crossing +the isthmus between the Black Sea and the Caspian, stretches a +mountain range over seven hundred miles in length, rising abruptly +out of the plains on either side. These are the Caucasus Mountains, +forming the boundary between Europe and Asia. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The higher and central part of the range (which averages only from +sixty to seventy miles in width) is formed of parallel ridges, +not separated by deep and wide valleys, but remarkably connected +by elevated plateaus, which are traversed by narrow fissures of +extreme depth. The highest peaks are in the most central chain; +Mt. Elburz, attaining an elevation of 18,000 feet above the sea, +while Mt. Kasbeck reaches a height of more than 16,000 feet, and +several other peaks rise above the line of perpetual snow. The +outlying spurs and foothills of this chain of lofty mountains are +of less extent and importance than those of almost any other mountain +range of similar magnitude, subsiding, as they do, until they are +only 200 feet high along the shores of the Black Sea. Some parts +are almost entirely bare, but other parts are densely wooded and +the secondary ranges near the Black Sea are covered by magnificent +forests of oak, beech, ash, maple, and walnut. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +This range is an almost impassable wall across the narrow isthmus +which joins Europe and Asia, and the Gorge of Dariel is the gateway +in this wall through which have come almost all the migrating races +that have peopled the continent of Europe. As is well known, the +white peoples of Europe have been classified as the Caucasian race, +because they were all supposed to have passed through this gateway +originally. Apparently each of these oncoming waves of barbaric +humanity, bursting through the great gateway, must have left behind +some few remnants of their volume, for nowhere in the world, in so +limited an area, is there such a diversity and mixture of peoples. +In the words of one writer, who speaks with authority on this region, +the Caucasus is "an ethnological museum where the invaders of Europe, +as they traveled westward to be manufactured into nations, left +behind samples of themselves in their raw condition." +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Here may be found the Georgians, who so long championed the Cross +against the Crescent, the wild Lesghians from the highlands of +Daghestan; the Circassians, famed for the beauty of their women; +Suanetians, Ossets, Abkhasians, Mingrelians, not to enumerate dozens +of other tribes and races, each speaking its own tongue. It is said +that over a hundred languages are spoken throughout this region; +seventy in the city of Tiflis alone. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The scenery of the mountains themselves is unparalleled in grandeur +except by the Himalayas and offers many a virgin peak to the ambitious +mountain climber. Here may be found the ibex, the stag, the wild +boar, the wild bull and an infinite variety of feathered game. The +animal life of the mountains has, in fact, become more abundant +of late years on account of the high charges for hunting licenses +fixed by the Russian Government. Wolves are so plentiful that in +severe winters they descend to the lowlands in great packs and +rob the flocks before the very eyes of the shepherds. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The most important mineral resources of the region are the oil +wells; here, in fact, around Batum, are situated some of the most +important oil fields in the world. Of manganese ore, an essential +of the steel industry, the Caucasus furnishes half of the world's +supply, which is exported from the two ports of Poti and Batum. Its +mineral wealth seems to be practically unlimited, copper, zinc, iron, +tin, and many other metals being found throughout the region, in +most cases in exceedingly rich deposits. The agricultural resources +are not so important, especially from a military point of view, +though vast quantities of sheep are raised in the highlands in the +spring and summer, the flocks being driven down into the plains +to the south in winter. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +One of the outstanding features of Russian occupation is the great +Georgian military road which has been built across the mountains of +recent years and maintained by the Government. Its engineering is +masterly; here and there it passes close to or under vast overhanging +lumps of mountainside. Everywhere the greatest care has been taken +of this most important military highway, Russia's avenue into that +country she coveted and fought for so long. Beginning at Vladikavkaz, +it runs through Balta, Lars, thence through the famous Gorge of +Dariel, the "Circassian Gates," the dark and awful defile between +Europe and Asia. The gorge is what the geologists call a "fault," +for it is not really a pass over the mountain chain, but a rent +clear across it. Seventy years ago it was almost impassable for +avalanches or the sudden outbursts of pent-up glacial streams swept +it from end to end, but the Russians have spent over $20,000,000 +on it and made it safe. In 1877, during the Russo-Turkish War, +nearly all the troops and stores for carrying the war into Turkey +and Asia came by this road. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Its importance has since been lessened to a certain degree, for +there is now direct railway communication from Moscow to Baku, +at one end of the Trans-Caucasian Railway, and therefore to Kars +itself, via Tiflis; and equally from Batum to Kars at the other +end to which military steamers can bring troops and supplies from +Odessa and Novorossik in the Black Sea. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The most important city in this region is Tiflis, the "city of +seventy languages." It may, indeed, be called the modern Babel. As +seen from the mountains, it lies at the bottom of a brown, treeless +valley, between steep hills, on either side of the River Kura. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +It is a point of great importance to modern Russia. It forms, to +begin with, the end of the great military road across the mountains +which, in spite of the railways, is still the quickest way to Europe +for an army as well as for travelers, and all the mails come over +it by express coaches. From Tiflis a railway runs to Kars, a strong +frontier on the Persian frontier. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Tiflis has been much developed under the Russian Government. In +the modern section of the city the streets are wide and paved and +lighted by electricity and the stores are large and handsome while +electric railways run in all directions. In the older parts of the +city, however, the houses remain as they were built centuries ago, +divided out into the many quarters devoted to the residences of the +many races and nationalities that compose the population of Tiflis. +Between most of them is bitter enmity and prejudice, even among those +of the two great religious faiths, Christians and Mohammedans. It +is this diversity of interests, which extends throughout all the +section down into Persia, which has so complicated the situation +on this front. For not only are the two military forces fighting +here, but wherever governmental authority is momentarily relaxed, +there these mutual animosities flare up into active expression and +the most barbarous features of warfare take place, such as the +massacres of the Armenians by the Mohammedans. Neither Turkey nor +Russia has been especially eager to suppress these bitter feuds, +even in time of peace. In time of war there is nothing to restrain +them, and the whole region is swept "by carnage infinitely more +hideous than legitimate warfare. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +We have now passed over the entire theatre of the battles on the +Eastern frontiers of the war in Europe. The battle grounds are +familiar to us. In the succeeding chapters we will follow the armies +over this war-ridden dominion and watch the battle lines as they +move through the war to its decisive conclusion. +</p> + +<p class="part">PART IV—THE AUSTRO-SERBIAN CAMPAIGN</p> + +<hr> + +<h2><a name="chapter_XLVI">CHAPTER XLVI</a></h2> + +<p class="subtitle">SERBIA'S SITUATION AND RESOURCES</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The first great campaign on the southeastern battle grounds of +the Great War began on July 27, 1914, when the Austrian troops +undertook their first invasion of Serbia. They crossed the Serbian +border at Mitrovitza, about fifty miles northwest of Belgrade, +driving the Serbians before them. The first real hostilities of +the war opened with the bombardment of Belgrade by the Austrians on +July 29, 1914—six days before the beginning of the campaigns +on the western battle fields. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +We are now familiar with the theatre of war as described in the +preceding chapters, and will now follow the first Austrian armies +into Serbia. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +A stubborn fight excites the admiration of all observers, regardless +of the moral qualities of the combatants. So, wherever our sympathies +may lie, considering the war as a whole, there can be no doubt +that the defense which the Serbians made against the first efforts +of the Austrians to invade their country will stand out in the +early history of the war as one of the most brilliant episodes +of that period of the general struggle. Like a mighty tidal wave +from the ocean the Austrian hosts swept over the Serbian frontier +in three furious successive onslaughts, only to be beaten back +each time. Naturally, there were material and moral causes, aside +from the mere valor of the Serbians, which combined to create this +disaster for the Austrian forces, but enough of the human element +enters into the military activities of these campaigns to make +them easily the most picturesque of the early period of the war. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Before entering into a description of the actual events in 1914, +it is well to consider the forces engaged. From a material point of +view the Serbians entered into these campaigns greatly handicapped. +They had lately been through two wars. In the First Balkan War they +had not, it is true, been severely tested; the weight of the fighting +had been borne by the Bulgarians in Thrace. The real test, and the +great losses, came only with the second war, when the Serbian army +threw every fiber of its strength against the Bulgarians in the +Battle of the Bregalnitza, one of the most stubborn struggles in +military history. The result was a Serbian victory, but it was very +far from being a decisive and conclusive victory. The Bulgarians +were forced back some fifteen miles into their own territory, but +had it not been for the intervention of Rumania there can be no +doubt that the Serbs would have entered Sofia. Here it was that +the Serbians lost 7,000 killed and 30,000 wounded of their best +men, as against 5,000 killed and 18,000 wounded in the whole war +with Turkey; a total loss that was bound to be felt a few months +later when the struggle was to be against so powerful an adversary +as Austria-Hungary. The two previous wars had, without exaggeration, +deprived the Serbian fighting forces of one-tenth their number—a +tenth that was of the very best of first-line troops. +</p> + +<table class="center" style="width: 592px;"> +<tr><td> + <a name="fig048"></a><a href="images/fig048.jpg"> + <img src="images/fig048.jpg" width="592" height="377" alt="Fig. 48"> + </a> +</td></tr> +<tr><td>PICTORIAL MAP OF THE BALKANS</td></tr> +</table> + +<p class="indent"> +Added to this was another serious handicap, possibly even more +serious. Serbia had, indeed, emerged victorious from the two wars, +with a large stretch of conquered territory at her backdoor. But +this acquired territory, practically all of Macedonia that had +not gone to Greece, was peopled by Serbs. For twenty-five years +these Macedonians had been organized into revolutionary fighting +bands, the "Macedonian Committee" for the liberation of Macedonia +and Albania from the Turks, and had struggled, not only against the +Turks, but against foreign armed bands of propagandists. Some eight +years subsequently to the foundation of the Macedonian Committee of +native origin, the Bulgars founded in 1893 their committee which +was called the Macedo-Adrianople Committee. During the First Balkan +War these experienced guerrilla fighters were valuable allies to +the Serbian forces operating against the Turks. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +But even before the First Balkan War the Serbians had very distinctly +given the Macedonians to understand that they were to remain Serbian +subjects. This action on their part had had not a little to do +with rousing the Bulgarians to precipitate the Second Balkan War. +And when finally Serbia conquered all this territory, confirmed +to her down to Doiran by the treaty of Bucharest, King Ferdinand +of Bulgaria began at once a fiery anti-Serb propaganda throughout +the world, and took measures through provocatory agents and Bulgar +bands crossing from Bulgaria into Macedonia to create disturbances. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +When the Great War broke out in July, 1914, this Bulgarian activity +in Serb Macedonia grew more intense. Thus it was that when the +Austrians attacked the Serbians on their front the Serbians had +still to detach enough of their forces to guard the Serbo-Bulgar +border to prevent the crossing into Serb Macedonia of Bulgar bands. +And added to this was the danger from Bulgaria herself. The Serbians +knew that the opportune moment had only to come and Bulgaria, too, +would hurl herself on the Serbian eastern flank. Thus another large +percentage of the Serbian fighting forces had also to be stationed +along the Bulgarian frontier to guard against possible attack from +that quarter. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Offsetting these handicaps, however, and more than equalizing them, +was the moral strength of the Serbian fighting units. They had +just emerged through two victorious wars; they had triumphed so +completely that there was small wonder if the Serbian farmers had +come to believe themselves invincible and their leaders infallible. +Practically every man in the Serbian army was a seasoned veteran; +he had had not only his baptism of fire, but he had been through +some of the bloodiest battles of modern times. He had got over +his first fright; he was in that state of mind where danger and +bloodshed no longer inspired either fear or horror. And even the +warlike savage trembles on entering his first battle. Finally, he +was now defending his country, his home, his very fireside and +his family against foreign invasion. And it is generally admitted +that a man fighting in that situation is equal to two invaders, +all other things being equal. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The Serb army opposing the Austrian invasions was composed of ten +divisions of the First Ban and five divisions of the Second Ban. +Five of the divisions of the First Ban and the five of the Second +came from the kingdom as it was prior to the two Balkan wars, but the +second five divisions of the First Ban were new creations recruited +from Serb Macedonia. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The principles on which the organization of the Serbian army was +based were very simple. The former kingdom was divided into five +territorial divisional districts—Nish, Valievo, Belgrade, +Kragujevatz, and Zaitchar. Each of these territorial divisional +districts was subdivided into four regimental recruiting districts, +each of which provided one infantry regiment of four battalions +and one depot battalion. The battalion numbered about a thousand +men, so that the war strength of the divisional infantry amounted +to about 16,000 men. Attached to each division was a regiment of +artillery, consisting of three groups of three 6-gun batteries; in +all, 54 guns. The divisional cavalry, existing only in war time, +consisted of a regiment of four squadrons, from men and horses +previously registered. To each division was also attached its own +technical and administrative units, engineers, and supply column, and +its total strength amounted to 23,000 officers and men of first-line +troops. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In addition to these five divisions of the First Ban, there was +also a regiment of mountain artillery, made up of six batteries, six +howitzer batteries and two battalions of fortress artillery. Then +there was a separate cavalry division composed of two brigades, each +of two regiments. Its war strength was 80 officers and 3,200 men. +Attached to the cavalry division were two horse artillery batteries, +of eight guns each. All told, this first-line army numbered about +200,000, with about 5,200 sabers and 330 guns. +</p> + +<table class="center" style="width: 588px;"> +<tr><td> + <a name="fig049"></a><a href="images/fig049.jpg"> + <img src="images/fig049.jpg" width="588" height="374" alt="Fig. 49"> + </a> +</td></tr> +<tr><td>SERBIAN AND AUSTRIAN INVASIONS</td></tr> +</table> + +<p class="indent"> +The Second Ban, or reserve, much inferior in armament to the first +line, brought the strength up to about 280,000 men. But this figure +is probably an underestimate. Volunteers were enrolled in immense +numbers. Some of them were men who had been exempted in the first +conscription; others were Serbs from Austrian territory. The United +States sent back thousands of Austrian and Macedonian Serbs who +had emigrated there. It is probable, therefore, that the total +strength of the Serbian forces shortly after the war broke out +was at least 280,000, if not a trifle more. To this must be added +the Montenegrin army which, though operating in a separate field, +contributed its share in driving the Austrians back; another 40,000 +men of first-class fighting ability and experience. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Finally, there was the third reserve, another 50,000 men, but they +could be used for fighting only in the gravest emergency. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The infantry of the First Ban was armed with excellent Mauser rifles, +caliber 7 mm., model 1899. The Second Ban carried a Mauser, the +old single loader, to which a magazine was fitted in the Serbian +arsenals; while the Third Ban had the old single-loader Berdan +rifle. The machine gun carried was the Maxim, of the same caliber +as the new Mauser. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In artillery the Serbians were perhaps not so well off. Their cannons +had seen a great deal of service in the Balkan wars, and the larger +a piece of artillery the more limited is the number of rounds it +can fire. It is extremely doubtful that there had been time to +replace many of these worn-out pieces. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The field gun was of French make; it was a 3-inch quick firer with +a maximum range for shrapnel of 6,000 yards, a little over 3-1/2 +miles. The Second Ban was armed with old De Bange guns of 8 cm. +caliber. The heavy guns, which had done much service outside Adrianople, +were of Creuzot make, and included 24 howitzers of 15 cm. and some +mortars of 24 cm. As for the aviation wing, there was none. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The Serbian army was under the superior command of the Chief of the +General Staff, Voivode (Field Marshal) Putnik. Unlike his younger +colleagues, his military education was entirely a home product; +he had never studied abroad. His father was one of those Serbs +born on Austrian soil; he had emigrated from Hungary to Serbia +in the early forties where he had followed the vocation of +school-teacher. In 1847 the future general was born. After passing +through the elementary schools, young Putnik entered the military +academy at Belgrade. He had already attained a commission when +the war of 1876 with Turkey broke out, through which he served as +a captain of infantry. His next experience was in the unfortunate +war with Bulgaria, in 1885, in which the Serbians were beaten after +a three days' battle. At the outbreak of the war with Turkey, in +1912, General Putnik was made head of the army and received the +grade of voivode (field marshal), being the first Serbian to enjoy +that distinction. The grade of field marshal was created in the +Serbian army during the First Balkan War. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +With him worked Colonel Pavlovitch, the son of a farmer, who had +won a series of scholarships, enabling him to study in Berlin. He +had directed the military operations in the field against Turkey +and Bulgaria, and he was to do the same thing under his old chief +against the Austrians. +</p> + +<hr> + +<h2><a name="chapter_XLVII">CHAPTER XLVII</a></h2> + +<p class="subtitle">AUSTRIA'S STRENGTH AND STRATEGY</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Let us now review the Austrian forces that participated in the +invasions of Serbia. In number they were practically unlimited; at +least they far outnumbered the Serbian forces that met them in the +field. Their armament was of the best and their equipment as complete +as boundless resources could make it. They were, however, partly made +up of the peoples of the Slavic provinces of Austria—Bohemians, +Croatians, Dalmatians, and Bosnians. Naturally there could be but +little enthusiasm in their attacks on their brother Slavs, and while +there are many mutual animosities between these various branches +of the Slavic race, such feelings are, at any rate, secondary to +the general dislike of the "Schwabs," as the German-Austrians are +called, and the Magyars. Possibly this had much to do with the +Austrian defeats. The Hungarian, or Magyar, regiments were probably +in the majority. But the Magyars from the interior of Hungary have +no special reason to hate the Serbians, and, aside from that, they +were attacking on foreign soil. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +At the head of the Austrian campaigns against Serbia was General +Potiorek, generally described as a textbook strategist. But just +how much his failures were due to his own inefficiency and how +much to the inefficiency of those under him will probably never +be determined; he had in the end to suffer for both. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +These were the two great contending forces that were set in motion +by the departure of Baron Giesl, the Austro-Hungarian Minister, +from Belgrade, on July 25, 1914. On the same day the Prince Regent +Alexander signed a decree ordering the general mobilization of the +Serbian army. Three days later, on July 28, 1914, Austria declared +war. By that time Serbia was in the midst of her mobilization. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +That the Austrians, who had the advantage of having taken the +initiative, and who had presumably chosen their own time for the +opening of hostilities, did not immediately take full advantage of +their favorable situation has caused much surprise among impartial +military critics. On the same day that they declared war they had +the opportunity to hurl their troops across the Danube and take +Belgrade with practically no opposition. Apparently they were not +ready; from that moment the difficulties that would have attended +such a movement increased hourly. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +A force of 20,000 men was raised almost immediately for the defense +of Belgrade. To meet this opposition the Austrians had, on the +evening of the day war was declared, July 18, 1914, only one division +concentrated between Semlin and Pancsova, opposite Belgrade—a +force that was hardly sufficient to take the Serbian capital. Two +days later an army corps would have been needed for the enterprise, +for by this time the Serbian army had begun concentrating considerable +numbers within striking distance of the capital. Thus the first +opportunity was lost by the tardiness of the Austrians to act. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +It is presumed that the reader has already studied the description +of this theatre of the war presented elsewhere in this work. Aside +from that, the movements that follow should only be traced with +the aid of a map. Written words are inadequate to give a concrete +picture of the field of operations. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The Austrian General Staff realized the difficulties of crossing +the Danube. Its general plan, probably prepared long before, +contemplated a main attack that should begin from another quarter. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The Austro-Serbian frontier, almost 340 miles in extent, is formed +on the north by the Save as well as by the Danube, and on the east +and southeast by the Drina River. These two smaller streams abound +in convenient fords, especially in summer. To many of these points on +the northeastern frontier Austria had already constructed strategic +railways. Moreover, the Austrian territory throughout this section is +so mountainous and well timbered that large forces of troops could +be well screened from observation, whereas the country opposite +Belgrade is fiat and bane. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +It was from this direction that the Serbian General Staff expected +the first advance of the enemy. And yet there were dozens of other +points where an attack in force was possible. Each must be covered +with a force at least strong enough to hold the enemy back long +enough to enable the forces stationed at the other points to come +up to support. Here was the great advantage that the Austrians +had to begin with; an advantage which the attacking army always +enjoys. The attacking general alone knows where the first battle +shall be fought. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The Serbians, therefore, could not count on meeting the Austrians in +full force before they could enter Serbian territory. They realized +that they must give way at the first contact; that the Austrians would +undoubtedly advance quite some distance within Serbian territory +before enough Serbian forces could be brought up against them to +make the opposition effective. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Realizing this, it was decided to place fairly strong advance guards +at all probable points of invasion with orders to resist as long +as possible; until, in fact, defensive tactics could be adapted +to the situation and the main Serbian army could be brought up +to offer battle. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +However, two points stood out as the most probable. These were the two +already mentioned; the north, along the line from Obrenovatz to Belgrade +and to Semendria; or, the front Obrenovatz-Ratza-Losnitza-Liubovia. +The first possibility had the advantage to the Austrians of offering +the shortest route to the center of the country—the Morava +Valley, their natural objective. But it also necessitated a difficult +crossing of the Danube, which would have had to be preceded by the +building of pontoon bridges. This would have given the Serbians time +to move up their main forces. The second alternative, an invasion from +the east, would have entailed a longer journey, but the advantage +of natural covering and easy crossing made it a sounder plan. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On July 28, 1914, the Serbians concentrated their forces in anticipation +of either event. The outpost forces were stationed at or near Losnitza, +Shabatz, Obrenovatz, Belgrade, Semendria, Pozarevatz and Gradishte. +But their principal armies were centrally grouped along the line +Palanka-Arangelovatz-Lazarevatz, while weaker, though important, +detachments were stationed in the vicinity of Valievo, a branch +railroad terminus, and Uzitze. This narrowed the field down to +such limits that it was possible to march the troops from point +to point, while the few railway facilities available were utilized +for food and ammunition supplies. +</p> + +<hr> + +<h2><a name="chapter_XLVIII">CHAPTER XLVIII</a></h2> + +<p class="subtitle">AUSTRIAN SUCCESSES</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the morning of July 29, 1914, the day after war had been declared, +the residents of Belgrade were startled by a deep roar, followed +by the whistling shriek of a huge body hurtling through the air, +and a shell burst over the battlements of the old Turkish citadel, +doing no damage. Immediately there came another deep shock; the +Serbian guns were responding. Thence on the cannonading along the +Danube front continued for week after week, with only now and then +a lull. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The Austrian batteries bombarded not only Belgrade, but Semendria, +Gradishte and a number of other points along the river bank. Next +they were seen building a pontoon bridge out to one of the little +islands in the river, opposite the city and barges were towed alongside +the landings on the opposite shore, presently to be crowded with +black masses of Austrian troops. Naturally, the Serbian gunners +made these objects the targets of their fire. But these were mere +bluffs, such feints as the skilled boxer makes when he wants to get +behind the guard of his opponent. If anything, these demonstrations +only served to deepen the conviction of General Putnik that the +real danger was not from this quarter. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +But where was the first great blow to strike? Naturally, not only +the General Staff, but the whole army and population waited in +deep anxiety. This tension lasted over the last days of July, into +the first week of August, 1914. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Then, on August 6, 1914, some Bosnian peasants, Serbs, appeared +and reported that they had seen great bodies of soldiers moving +along the mountain roads toward Syrmia, in northeastern Bosnia. Two +days later, early in the morning, two Austrian aeroplanes whirred +over the River Save and circled over Krupani, Shaoatz and Valievo. +The last doubts were then dispelled; the attack was coming from +the east. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +And finally, on August 12, 1914, the message flashed over the wires +that the outposts had seen boats in movement, full of soldiers, +behind an island on the Drina, opposite Loznitza. Near that town, +and in fact along the whole lower course of the Drina, the river +has frequently changed its channel, thus cutting out numerous small +islands, which would serve as a screen to the movements of troops +contemplating a crossing. Pontoon bridges could be built on the +farther side of almost any of these islands without being observed +from the other shore. This was exactly what the Austrians were +doing. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Suddenly, on August 12, 1914, there came a burst of rifle fire +and the boom of heavy field guns, and a fleet of barges, under +cover of this fire, emerged from around both ends of one of these +islands and made for the Serbian shore. The two battalions of Third +Reserve Serbians, stationed there as an outpost, trained their +old De Bange field guns, of which they had two batteries, on the +oncoming swarms and began firing. But the Austrian fire became +heavier and heavier; a blast of steel pellets and shells swept +through the cornfields and the plum orchards, tearing through the +streets of the village and crumpling up the houses. The breastworks +of the small Serbian detachment were literally the center of a +continuous explosion of shells. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +When a full tenth of their number lay dead or disabled, the Serbians +began retiring across the cornfields and up the slopes leading +to the heights behind Losnitza. There, on higher ground, which +offered more effective shelter, they made a determined stand and +continued their fire on the Austrian masses. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Having crossed the river, the Austrians threw up defensive breastworks +and dug elaborate trenches, thus fortifying their crossing. Next +they built a pontoon bridge, and then the main Austrian army poured +across; a whole army corps and two divisions of a second. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Meanwhile, on the same day, August 12, 1914, a similar event was +happening at Shabatz, on the Save, where that river takes a sharp +southward turn and then swings up again before joining the Danube +at Belgrade. Here the country is a level plain, really the southern +limit of the great plain which stretches up to the Danube, past +Belgrade and so into Hungary. Here, too, the Austrians screened +themselves behind an island in the river, then hurled their forces +across, driving the feeble detachment of Third Reserve Serbian troops +back across the plain up into the hills lying to the southeast +of Shabatz. Then the advance guard of the Austrian Fourth Army +occupied the town, strongly fortified it and built a pontoon bridge +across the river from their railroad terminus at Klenak. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Further passages of a similar nature were forced that day, August +12, 1914, at other points by smaller forces; one at Zvornik and +another at Liubovia. In addition the Austrians also threw bridges +across the river at Amajlia and Branjevo. Thus it will be seen +that the invasion covered a front of considerably over a hundred +miles and that six strong columns of the enemy had crossed, all of +which naturally converged on Valievo. For Valievo was the terminus +of a small, single track railroad which joined the main line at +Mladenovatz. Thus the Austrians would have a convenient side door +open into the heart of Serbia which was, of course, their main +objective. To this Belgrade was merely incidental. With this line +of transport and communication in Austrian hands, Belgrade would +fall of itself. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +From Losnitza, where the main column of Austrians crossed the Drina +to Valievo, runs the River Jadar, along a level valley, which narrows +as it nears Valievo. On the left-hand side of the Jadar Valley rise +the southern slopes of the Tzer Mountains, covered with cornfields, +prune orchards, with here and there a stretch of thick timber. +Continuing southward, slightly to the eastward, up the Jadar Valley +another range rises, slightly smaller than the Tzer Mountains, +forming a smaller valley which branches off eastward. Along this +runs the River Leshnitza, parallel with the Jadar until it makes +an independent junction with the Drina. Still farther up the valley +the foothills of the Iverak ridges are lost in a series of fairly +important summits which closely flank the Jadar River. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +To the south of the Jadar River the valley stretches into a rolling +plain, which rises abruptly into the giant Guchevo Mountains. It is +this range, converging with the Tzer and Iverak Mountains toward +Valievo, and forming the plain of the Jadar Valley, which was presently +to become the center of the first great battle between the Serbians +and Austrians. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +A military movement against Valievo, therefore, demanded complete +possession of these two ridges, which overlooked the line of march. +This the Austrians knew well enough, even before the first of their +troops had crossed the Drina. As is well known, the best maps, not +only of Serbia but of all the Balkan countries, have been made by +Austrian engineers. There was probably not a spur, not a fissure, +certainly not a trail, of these mountains that had not been carefully +surveyed and measured by engineers of the Austrian staff. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The Austrians knew the country they were invading quite as well +as did the native Serbians. All through it may be said that it was +not through want of accurate knowledge that the Austrians finally +met disaster. Rather was it because they misjudged the relative +values of their facts. And one of their first mistakes was in +overestimating the effects of the two Balkan Wars on the efficiency of +the Serbian army. First of all, as was obvious from the leisureliness +with which they proceeded to occupy the two mountain chains in +question, that they vastly misjudged the capacity of the Serbian +troops to make rapid movements. Even as the first shots were being +fired across the Drina at Losnitza, the Serbian forces were on +the move, westward. Two army corps were at once rushed toward the +Valley of the Jadar; part of a third was sent to block the advance +of the Austrians from Shabatz. Meanwhile the Austrians took their +time. For two days they busied themselves fortifying the bridge +at Losnitza. +</p> + +<hr> + +<h2><a name="chapter_XLIX">CHAPTER XLIX</a></h2> + +<p class="subtitle">THE GREAT BATTLES BEGIN</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On August 14, 1914, began the first battle of the Serbian campaign. +The Austrians proceeded to storm the heights from which the small +outpost detachments had all the time been bombarding them with +its old-fashioned guns. The Serbians, though few in number, made +a desperate resistance. It was their business to hold back the +enemy as long as possible, even until the reenforcements should +arrive. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Early in the morning of August 14, 1914, the Austrians advanced +in a great mass, then charged up the hillsides toward the Serbian +position. The Serbians waited until they were well up the steep +slopes and the rush of the enemy had subsided to a more toilsome +climb. Then they sent down volley after volley from every available +weapon. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The Austrian soldiers, who had until then never experienced anything +more warlike than field maneuvers, lost their nerves; the first +line broke and ran at the first fire. However, that was likely +to happen to any troops under fire for the first time. Down in +the plain they formed again, and again they swept up the slopes. +This time they did not turn at the first volley. On they came, +with fixed bayonets. And presently the first line reached the top +of the heights, and the fighting was hand-to-hand. For a moment the +Serbians, overwhelmed by numbers, were on the point of fleeing. But +these same men had been through many a hand-to-hand encounter with +both Turks and Bulgars; that experience stood them in good stead. +And again they swept back the attacking masses of Austria-Hungary. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +By evening, August 14, 1914, the Austrians had not yet taken the +heights. But the Serbians, most of them middle-aged and old men, +had spent their vitality. As the dark night lowered over the scene, +they fell back, until, at Jarebitze, they met the first advance +guards of the oncoming Serbian main army. And here they halted, and +the united forces proceeded to dig a trench on a ten-mile front, +extending from north to south, through the town and clear across +the Jadar Valley. Nor did the Austrians then attempt to follow up +this first success. Thus the Serbians were allowed to intrench +themselves unmolested until, next day, August 15, 1914, they were +joined by the balance of their forces. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Now, by studying the map, it will be seen at a glance that it was +only the Tzer Mountains which separated the Austrian column crossing +the Drina at Losnitza and the column which had crossed the Save and +had occupied Shabatz. Should the Austrians from over the Drina get +possession of the Tzer ridges, they would thus effect a junction +with the forces in Shabatz, and so form a line that would cut off a +large portion of northwestern Serbia. Aside from that, they would +have a solid front. But should the Serbians possess themselves +of the Tzer ridges first, then they would have driven a wedge in +between their two main forces. This would make it difficult for +either to advance, for then they would be exposing a flank to the +enemy, who would also have a great advantage in position. Moreover, +the Serbians would be in a position to turn immediately toward either +of the Austrians' columns, whichever might need most attention. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Meanwhile, the Serbian cavalry had made a reconnaissance toward +Shabatz. They immediately sent back reports of overwhelming forces +occupying the town. It was out of the question to make any attack +there for the present. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +It was now learned, for the first time, that another of the enemy's +columns had crossed the Drina far down in the south, and was marching +on Krupanie, just below the Guchevo Mountains and on the way to +the upper part of the Jadar Valley. However, as the first report +seemed to indicate that this was only a minor force, a small force +of third reserve men was detached to hold this force back and prevent +its entrance into the main field of operations. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +During the day and night of August 15,1914, the two opposing forces +were moving into position for battle: setting the pawns for the +game of strategy that was to be played. The Austrians at Losnitza +were advancing up the mountain slopes and took possession of the +Tzer and Iverak ridges, straddling the Leshnitza Valley. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Up in Shabatz, Austrian troops were pouring across the pontoon +bridges. A flanking column, coming from the Drina, had arrived +at Slepehevitch. Another force was stationed with its left and +center on Krupani, its right spread out into the mountains north +of Liubovia. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the Serbian side the right wing of the Second Army, screened +by the cavalry division, were preparing to cut off the Austrian +forces in the north from their juncture with those advancing along +the Tzer ridges; the center and left was marching on the enemy on +the Iverak ridges, in conjunction with the right of the Third Army, +then north of Jarebitze. The center of the Third held the positions +south of Jarebitze, while its left, split into small detachments, +had been directed to oppose the invasion toward Krupanie and the +advance from Liubovia. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Such were the positions of the various forces as dawn broke brightly +on the morning of August 16, 1914. As the growing light made objects +visible, the extreme right division of the Serbian front, which +was creeping northward to cut off Shabatz, discovered a strong +Austrian column moving along the lower spurs of the Tzer Mountains. +Obviously this body was clearing the ground for a general descent of +the forces up along the ridges; a whole army corps. This movement +threatened to become a serious obstacle to the Serbian plan of +separating the Austrians in Shabatz from those farther south. But +the situation was saved by one of those incidents which sometimes +stand out above the savagery of warfare and give to it a touch +of grandeur. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +A young artillery officer, Major Djukitch, of the Fourth Artillery +Regiment, asked permission to go out and meet this body of advancing +Austrians with but a single cannon. He would create a diversion which +would give the Serbians time to adapt themselves to the changed +conditions, though the chances were very largely in favor of his +losing his life on this mission. Permission was granted. Calling +on volunteers from his command, he advanced with his single cannon +and took up a position in the path of the approaching enemy. The +moment he opened fire the Austrians, naturally not realizing that +only one cannon was opposing them, and believing that a large Serbian +force had surprised them, broke into a panic. Half an hour after he +had opened fire, the Serbian field commander sent a messenger to +Major Djukitch, ordering him to retire. In reply he sent a message +to the commander, describing the confusion he had created in the +Austrian ranks, and instead of retiring, he asked for reenforcements. +The balance of his own battery, a detachment of infantry, and a +cavalry division was sent him. The result was that the Austrian +column was temporarily driven back into the mountains. Hastily +re-forming, the Austrians now massed along a line extending from +Belikamen to Radlovatz, while the Serbians deployed along a front +running from Slatina through Metkovitch to Gusingrob. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +At 11 a. m., August 16, 1914, the two opposing forces opened fire +in earnest, up and down the line. All day the cannon roared and +the rifles and machine guns crackled; now and again the Austrians +would shoot forth from their line a sharp infantry attack, but these +were repulsed, with more and more difficulty as the day advanced, +for the Serbians were much inferior in numbers. Toward evening their +situation became very critical. Yet every part of the line held +out desperately, knowing that reenforcements were being hurried +forward from the rear as fast as men could move. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +And just before dark, along the roads from the eastward, came the +distant cheers from the advancing columns. An officer dashed up +on horseback shouting encouragement to the battered men in the +trenches. A cheer arose, which rolled up and down the line. Again +it rose, then, even before it had died out, with wild yells the +Serbians sprang over their breastworks and swept madly across the +intervening space to the Austrian lines; smashing through cornfields, +over rocks, through the tall grass of orchards. At their heels +followed the reenforcing soldiers, though they had that day marched +nearly sixty miles. Over the Austrian breastworks they surged, +like an angry wave from the sea, their bayonets gleaming in the +sunset glow. It was the kind of fighting they knew best; the kind +that both Serbians and Bulgars know best, the kind they had practiced +most. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Small wonder if the inexperienced peasants from the plains of Hungary, +unused till then to any sight more bloody than a brawl in the village +inn, trembled before this onslaught. Their officers shouted +encouragement and oaths, barely audible above the mad yells of +the Serbians. Nevertheless, they gave way before the gleaming line +of bayonet blades before them. Some few rose to fight, stirred by +some long-submerged instinct generated in the days of Genghis Khan. +But the majority turned and fled, helter-skelter, down the sides of +the mountains toward the valleys, leaving behind guns, ammunition, +and cannon. One regiment, the Hundred and Second, stood its ground +and fought. As a result it was almost completely annihilated. The +same fate befell the Ninety-fourth Regiment. But the majority sought +and found safety in flight. By dark the whole Austrian center was +beaten back, leaving behind great quantities of war material. +</p> + +<hr> + +<h2><a name="chapter_L">CHAPTER L</a></h2> + +<p class="subtitle">FIRST VICTORY OF THE SERBIANS</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The Serbians had made their first move successfully on that day of +August 16, 1914. More important than this mere preliminary defeat +of the enemy was the fact that the Austrians in Shabatz were now +definitely cut off from any possible juncture with the Austrians +in the south. For the present they were debarred from entering +the main field of operations. This freed the Serbian cavalry for +action elsewhere. Meanwhile a portion of the right wing of the +Serbian line was detached to keep the Austrians inside Shabatz. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Farther to the south the Serbians were not so decidedly successful. +The center of the Serbian Second Army, that directed against the +southern slopes of the Tzer Mountains and the Iverak ridges, had +arrived at Tekerish at midnight. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +As dawn broke on August 16, 1914, they perceived a strong Austrian +column descending from above, coming in the same direction. +Unfortunately the Serbians were in the midst of bald, rolling foothills, +while the Austrians were up among the tall timber which clothes the +mountain slopes at this point. The Serbians deployed, extending +their line from Bornololye through Parlok to Lisena, centering their +artillery at Kik. The Austrians made the best of their superior +position. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +For some hours there was furious firing, then, at about eight o'clock +the Austrian gunners got the range of the Serbian left flank with +their field pieces, which was compelled to fall back. But just +then timely reenforcements arrived from the rear, and the Serbians +dug themselves in. By evening the Serbians had lost over a thousand +men, though they had succeeded in taking 300 prisoners and several +machine guns from the Austrians. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The left wing of the Second Army had, in the meantime, arrived +against Iverak. That this division was able to arrive at such a +timely juncture was due to its having made a forced march of fifty-two +miles over the mountain roads during the previous day. Yet before +dawn on the morning of August 16,1914, it was ready to continue +its march to Poporparlok. But then came the news that the Austrians +had driven back the left wing of the Third Army from that position +and had occupied it. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The situation in which this division found itself was by no means +clear. Nothing had been heard from Shabatz. The division operating +along the Tzer ridges had been badly hammered. The Third Army had +lost Poporparlok. The commander decided to stay where he was and +simply hold the ground against any advance of the enemy from Iverak. +This division was, therefore, intrenched along a line from Begluk +to Kik, and a strong advance was thrown out toward Kugovitchi. +During the morning this advance guard made a strong attack against +Kugovitchi, drove the Austrians out, and established themselves +there. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +At dawn, August 16, 1914, the left flank of this division, at Begluk, +was shelled by the Austrian artillery, which was followed by infantry +attacks. These were easily repulsed during the day. But then the +enemy was reenforced, and late that night they came on again in great +masses. The Serbians allowed them to almost reach their trenches: +then, emptying the magazines of their rifles at them, they piled +themselves over their breastworks and into them with bayonets and +hand bombs. This was too much for the Austrians; they fled in wild +disorder. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Least encouraging was the experience of the Serbian Third Army, +which was defending the territory south of the Iverak Mountains. +Here the Austrians developed a vigorous and persistent offensive, +hoping to turn the Serbian left and thus capture the road to Valievo. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The attack on the positions at Jarebitze commenced at daybreak on +August 16, 1914. Here the Serbians held good ground: rocky summits, +but so limited in extent that there was room only for a few companies +at a time. On the other hand the ground before them was broken up +into hollows screened by growing corn. This enabled the Austrians +to deploy their lines beyond the Serbian flanks unseen. They did +execute just such a movement, and attempted to circle around toward +the Serbian rear. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +At the same time the Serbians here were attacked from in front +by another hostile column which had come from across the plain on +the south side of the Jadar valley, where hollows, sunken roads, +and fields of corn again formed ample screening. However, in spite +of all these movements, the Serbians were able to hold their own. +The Austrian attacks were all beaten back. Their position might +have been held indefinitely, but developments to the south were +taking on a threatening form. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +It will be remembered that an Austrian force had been reported +approaching from the south, moving on Krupanie, and that it had +seemed so insignificant that a small detachment of third reserve +troops had been sent to hold it back. But this enemy force now +developed into three mountain brigades. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Reenforcements of infantry and mountain artillery were hurried +down to support the retaining force, but the Austrians were able to +force their way on toward Zavlaka. Seeing Valievo thus threatened, +the Serbians retired from their position at Jarebitze and took up +a new position along a line from Marianovitche to Schumer, thus +enabling them to face both the enemy columns. This retreat was +fortunately not interfered with by the Austrians, though in executing +it the Serbian artillery, which had been in position on the right +bank of the Jadar, was obliged to pass along the Austrian front +in single file, in order to gain the main road. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Early the next morning, August 17, 1914, the Serbians were in position +and had extended their line to Soldatovitcha, whence the detachment +from Krupanie had retired. Summing up the day's fighting, and +considering it as a whole, it will be seen that the Austrians had +pretty well held their own, except on their extreme left, where +they had failed to get in touch with their forces in Shabatz. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +After the defeat of the Austrians at Belikamen on August 16, 1914, +the cavalry division was reenforced by some infantry and artillery, +then sent on the delicate mission of driving a wedge in between +the Austrians in Shabatz and those along the Drina. Spreading out +across the Matchva plain, its left wing up against the slopes of +the Tzer Mountains, and its right wing within reach of Shabatz, +it advanced as far as Dublje in the north. At the same time it +was able to assist the column advancing along the Tzer ridges by +playing its artillery on the Austrian position in the mountains at +Troyan. Throughout all the fighting this cavalry division rendered +notable service by its dismounted action. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +On the morning of August 17, 1914, the extreme right of the Serbian +front now turned toward Shabatz. Though only half the number of the +forces they were proceeding to engage, they continued onward. But +on closer approach it became apparent that they could do nothing more +than hold the Austrians inside the town. So well and so thoroughly +had the Austrians fortified themselves that it was hopeless for +so small a force to attempt an attack. Thus this section of the +Serbian front settled down to wait for reenforcements. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The center and left of the Second Army now prepared to advance +along the Tzer and Iverak ridges. The Austrians in this section, +who had suffered so severely the day before at Belikamen, were +now concentrated around Troyan, the most easterly and the second +highest peak of the chain. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +At dawn on August 17, 1914, the Serbians located the Austrians. +Immediately they began a heavy artillery fire on this position, +then proceeded to infantry attack. Two regiments hurled themselves +up the slopes, and with bayonets and hand bombs drove the Austrians +back. After that no further progress was possible that day, the +Serbians having to wait for their artillery to come up. The Austrians +now began intrenching themselves on the heights of Kosaningrad, +the loftiest portion of the Tzer range. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Along the Iverak ridges the Austrians made a determined advance. +The situation of the Serbian troops in this section, the left wing +of the Second Army, was extremely dangerous, for their left flank +was becoming exposed by the continued retreat of the Third Army. +The only hopeful aspect of their situation was that the Austrians +were also having their left flank exposed by the retreat of the +Austrians along the Tzer ridges. Evidently the opposing forces +realized this fact, for they made a fierce attempt to drive back +the Serbians opposing them, so that their danger from the north +might be lessened. Half an hour later they were severely repulsed. +But heavy reenforcements came up to the Austrians just then, and +again they attacked, this time more successfully. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +By noon, August 17, 1914, the Austrians had extended their line +over to the Serbian right wing. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Unfortunately, at about that time the Third Army again called for +assistance, and this hard-pressed division was compelled to send +it. The result was that it was compelled to withdraw gradually to +the heights of Kalem. The retirement was executed in good order, +and the Austrians satisfied themselves with occupying Kugovitchi. +Intrenching themselves in their new position, the Serbians awaited +further attacks. Only an ineffectual artillery fire was maintained +by the enemy. Meanwhile came the good news of the success of the +Serbians along the Tzer ridges, so preparations were made for another +advance on the following day, August 18, 1914. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +As has already been stated, the extreme south wing of the Serbian +front, the Third Army, had retreated the day before so that it +could present a solid front against not only the forces opposing +it, but also another column coming up from the south, whose advance +had been inadequately covered by third reserve men. Here the Austrians +attempted to pierce the Serbian line in the extreme south and come +out at Oseshina. But though vastly outnumbered, the Serbians held +their ground stoutly until late afternoon, when, as already shown, +they were compelled to ask the division operating along Iverak for +assistance. When this help came they were able to resume their +defense. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Thus ended the second day of the general battle. On the whole the +Austrians had suffered most, but the general situation was still +somewhat in their favor. The Austrian center, along the Tzer ridges, +had been pushed back. To retrieve this setback the logical course +for the Austrian commander in chief was to curl his wings in around +the Serbian flanks. That he appreciated this necessity was obvious, +to judge from the furious onslaughts against the Serbian Third Army +in the extreme south. But to weaken the Serbian center by these +tactics it was also necessary to free the Austrians in Shabatz, or, +at least, it was necessary that they should assume a strong offensive +against the extreme right of the Serbians, and, if possible, flank +them. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +But the Serbians anticipated the plans of the Austrians. Additional +reenforcements were sent to the extreme right with orders to spare +no sacrifice that would keep the Austrians inclosed within their +fortifications around Shabatz. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +And true enough, next morning, August 18, 1914, shortly after the hot +summer sun had risen over the eastern ridges, the Austrians emerged +from Shabatz and attacked the Serbians. The Austrian onslaught was +furious, so furious that, step by step, the Serbians, in spite of +their reenforcements, were driven back. Fortunately toward evening +the Austrian offensive began losing its strength, and that night +the Serbians were able to intrench along a line from Leskovitz +to Mihana. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +This obliged the cavalry division, which had been cooperating with +the Serbian center and was driving the Austrians toward Leshnitza, +to retire along a line from Metkovitch to Brestovatz. Naturally the +advance of the Austrians from Shabatz was endangering its right +flank. Moreover, a reenforced column of Austrians also appeared +before it. But this opposing force did not press its advance. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Meanwhile, on the same day, August 18, 1914, the Austrians were +reenforcing their position on the Tzer ridges. They had also strongly +fortified the height of Rashulatcha, which lay between the heights +of Tzer and Iverak, whence they could direct an artillery fire +to either field of activities. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +But the difficulties which the Serbians operating along the Iverak +ridges were meeting also hampered the Serbians who were attempting +to sweep the Austrians back along the Tzer ridges. If they advanced +too far they would expose their flank to the Austrians over on +Iverak. As a general rule, it is always dangerous for any body of +troops to advance any distance beyond the general line of the whole +front, and this case was no exception. However, though delayed, +this division did advance. Oxen were employed in dragging the heavy +field pieces along the trails over the rocky ridges. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +With savage yells the Serbian soldiers leaped over the rocks, up +the jagged slopes of Kosaningrad. Again they had fallen back on +their favorite weapons, bayonets and hand bombs. The Austrians +put up a stout resistance, but finally their gray lines broke, +then scattered down the slopes, followed by the pursuing Serbians. +Having gained possession of Kosaningrad Peak, the Serbian commander +next turned his attention to Rashulatcha, which, in conjunction +with the Serbians over on Iverak, could now be raked by a cross +artillery fire. He had previously left a reserve force behind at +Troyan. This he now ordered to reenforce his left, which had been +advancing along the southern slopes of the Tzer range. This force he +now directed against the heights, but the movement was not vigorously +followed up. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Over on Iverak the Serbians had succeeded in making some headway. +Forming into two columns, this wing marched out and attacked the +Austrians at Yugovitchi and succeeded in driving them from their +trenches. But immediately the Austrian artillery on Reingrob opened +fire on them, and they were compelled to dig themselves in. And +late that night, August 18, 1914, the Austrians delivered a fierce +counterattack. But night fighting is especially a matter of experience, +and here the Serbians with their two Balkan campaigns behind them, +proved immensely superior. They drove the Austrians back with their +bayonets. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +During that same day, August 18, 1914, the Austrians had renewed +their pressure on the Third Army and the Third Ban men. Soldatovitcha +was their first objective. During the day reenforcements arrived +and the commanding general was able to hold his own, retaking +Soldatovitcha after it had once been lost. Thus ended the day of +August 18, 1914, the third day of the battle. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Early next morning, on August 19, 1914, the Austrians in Shabatz +renewed their efforts to penetrate the Serbian lines to the southward. +So determined was their effort that finally the Serbians in this +sector were driven back over on to the right bank of the River +Dobrava. All day the fighting continued, the Serbians barely holding +their position, strong as it was. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +This success of the Austrians hampered the cavalry division, which +had not only to secure its flank, but had also to keep between the +Shabatz Austrians and the Serbians operating on Tzer, whom they +might have attacked from the rear. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Along the Tzer ridges, however, things were going well for the +Serbians. At noon they had taken Rashulatcha, which left the column +free to continue its pursuit of the fleeing Austrians along the +ridges. From the heights above the Serbian guns fired into the +retreating Austrians down along the Leshnitza River, turning the +retreat into a mad panic. By evening the advance guard of this +division had arrived at Jadranska Leshnitza. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In the early morning, August 19, 1914, the Serbians over on the +Iverak ridges had attacked in deadly earnest. Naturally the huge +success and rapid advance of the Serbians over on the Tzer ridges +were of great importance to them. Here the Austrians were put to +rout too. At 11 a. m. the Serbians stormed Velika Glava and took +it, but here their progress was checked by a strong artillery fire +from the west of Rashulatcha. Then rifle firing broke out along +the whole line from Velika Glava to Kik. Near Kik the Austrians +were massing in strong force, and the Third Army was reported to +be again in danger, this time from a hostile turning movement. +Fortunately general headquarters was able to come to the rescue with +reenforcements. This lessened the danger from Kik. Whereupon the +advance along Iverak was continued. By the middle of the afternoon, +when the Austrians were driven out of Reingrob, the Serbians controlled +the situation. The defeat of the Austrians was complete. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The Third Army was again in trouble during this day, August 19, +1914. Its left flank continued its advance from Soldatovitcha, but +the Austrians attempted to pierce their center. But finally this +sorely tried section of the Serbian front emerged triumphant. Before +evening the Austrians were driven back in scattered disorder, leaving +behind them three hospitals filled with wounded, much material, +and 500 prisoners. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Here ended the fourth day of the bloody struggle—August 19, +1914. In the north around Shabatz the Austrians had made some advance, +but all along the rest of the line they had suffered complete disaster. +The two important mountain ridges, Tzer and Iverak, which dominated +the whole theatre of operations, were definitely in the hands of +the Serbians. And finally, the Third Army had at last broken down +the opposition against it. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Next morning, August 20, 1914, dawned on a situation that was thoroughly +hopeless for the Austrians. Even up around Shabatz, where they +had been successful the day before, the Austrians, realizing that +all was lost to the southward, made only a feeble attack on the +Serbians, who were consequently able to recross the Dobrava River +and establish themselves on the right bank. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +The cavalry division, whose left flank was not freed by the clearing +of the Tzer ridges, hurled itself against the Austrians in the +plains before it and threw them into wild disorder. First they +shelled them, then charged. The panic-stricken Magyars fled through +the villages, across the corn fields, through the orchards. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +"Where is the Drina? Where is the Drina?" they shouted, whenever +they saw a peasant. A burning, tropical sun sweltered over the +plain. Many of the fleeing soldiers dropped from exhaustion and +were afterward taken prisoners. Others lost themselves in the marshy +hollows and only emerged days later, while still others, wounded, +laid down and died where they fell. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In the Leshnitza similar scenes were taking place. From the ridges +above the Serbian guns roared and poured hurtling steel messages +of death down into the throngs of retreating Austrians. Some few +regiments, not so demoralized as the others, did indeed make several +attempts to fight rear-guard actions, to protect their fleeing +comrades, but they again were overwhelmed by the disorganized masses +in the rear pouring over them. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +In the Jadar valley another disorganized mob of Austrians was fleeing +before the Serbians up on the Iverak ridges, who also were pouring +a hot artillery fire into their midst. Presently the Third Army +joined in the mad chase. And now the whole Austrian army was wildly +fleeing for the Drina River. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +There remained only one exception during the early part of the +day, August 20, 1914. This was the Austrian forces on Kik, to the +northwest of Zavlaka. The Serbian reenforcements which, it will +be remembered, had originally been directed toward Marianovitche, +had been afterward sent westward, and at dawn on August 20 they +approached Kik in two columns. The left column occupied Osoye without +resistance, but in descending from that position, the Austrian +artillery opened fire on it. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +An hour later the right column came up and opened an artillery +fire, and under cover of this bombardment a Serbian regiment reached +the foot of the mountain. As was afterward learned, the Austrians +at this point had had their machine guns destroyed by the Serbian +artillery fire, and by this time their own artillery had been sent +back, in preparation for the retreat. Consequently they were only +able to receive the Serbian attack with rifle fire. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +At the height of this skirmish the extreme left of the Serbians +on Iverak, which had remained to guard against attack from this +quarter, moved over against the Austrians. The cross-fire was too +much for them; they turned and fled, leaving behind over six hundred +dead, the Serbians in this affair losing only seven killed. Jarebitze +was now occupied; the rest of the Serbians joined in the general +pursuit. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +That night, August 20, 1914, the Austrians swarmed across the Drina, +fleeing for their lives. By the next day the whole river bank was +cleared of them. Serbian soldiers lined the whole length of the +frontier in this section. There remained now only the Austrians +in Shabatz to deal with. The whole Serbian army was now able to +concentrate on this remaining force of the enemy left in Serbian +territory. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +Early on August 21, 1914, the attack began, and the Austrians here +fought stoutly. Indeed, all that day they held the Serbians off +from behind their intrenchments. On August 22, 1914, the Serbians +made a general assault. Fortunately they found a weakness in the +fortifications on the western side of the town. To create a diversion, +the Austrians delivered a counterattack along the road toward Varna. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +By the morning of August 24, 1914, the Serbians had brought up a +number of heavy siege guns. But when the general bombardment had +already commenced, it was found that the Austrians had evacuated +the town during the night, and retreated across the river. And +so the first Austrian invasion of Serbia came to its disastrous +end. +</p> + +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<hr class="full"> +<p>***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE STORY OF THE GREAT WAR, VOLUME III (OF 12)***</p> +<p>******* This file should be named 18213-h.txt or 18213-h.zip *******</p> +<p>This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:<br /> +<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/1/8/2/1/18213">http://www.gutenberg.org/1/8/2/1/18213</a></p> +<p>Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed.</p> + +<p>Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution.</p> + + + +<pre> +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/license">http://www.gutenberg.org/license)</a>. + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS,' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://www.gutenberg.org/about/contact + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Each eBook is in a subdirectory of the same number as the eBook's +eBook number, often in several formats including plain vanilla ASCII, +compressed (zipped), HTML and others. + +Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks replace the old file and take over +the old filename and etext number. The replaced older file is renamed. +VERSIONS based on separate sources are treated as new eBooks receiving +new filenames and etext numbers. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + +<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org">http://www.gutenberg.org</a> + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + +EBooks posted prior to November 2003, with eBook numbers BELOW #10000, +are filed in directories based on their release date. If you want to +download any of these eBooks directly, rather than using the regular +search system you may utilize the following addresses and just +download by the etext year. + +<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/etext06/">http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/etext06/</a> + + (Or /etext 05, 04, 03, 02, 01, 00, 99, + 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90) + +EBooks posted since November 2003, with etext numbers OVER #10000, are +filed in a different way. The year of a release date is no longer part +of the directory path. The path is based on the etext number (which is +identical to the filename). The path to the file is made up of single +digits corresponding to all but the last digit in the filename. For +example an eBook of filename 10234 would be found at: + +http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/1/0/2/3/10234 + +or filename 24689 would be found at: +http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/2/4/6/8/24689 + +An alternative method of locating eBooks: +<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/GUTINDEX.ALL">http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/GUTINDEX.ALL</a> + +*** END: FULL LICENSE *** +</pre> +</body> +</html> diff --git a/18213-h/images/fig001.jpg b/18213-h/images/fig001.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6e5e601 --- /dev/null +++ b/18213-h/images/fig001.jpg diff --git a/18213-h/images/fig002.jpg b/18213-h/images/fig002.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..09e50f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/18213-h/images/fig002.jpg diff --git a/18213-h/images/fig003.jpg b/18213-h/images/fig003.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2261a6a --- /dev/null +++ b/18213-h/images/fig003.jpg diff --git a/18213-h/images/fig004.jpg b/18213-h/images/fig004.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..db61351 --- /dev/null +++ b/18213-h/images/fig004.jpg diff --git a/18213-h/images/fig005.jpg b/18213-h/images/fig005.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..bc54bcb --- /dev/null +++ b/18213-h/images/fig005.jpg diff --git a/18213-h/images/fig006.jpg b/18213-h/images/fig006.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c34fb17 --- /dev/null +++ b/18213-h/images/fig006.jpg diff --git a/18213-h/images/fig007.jpg b/18213-h/images/fig007.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..28d8b5b --- /dev/null +++ b/18213-h/images/fig007.jpg diff --git a/18213-h/images/fig008.jpg b/18213-h/images/fig008.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..eb3622f --- /dev/null +++ b/18213-h/images/fig008.jpg diff --git a/18213-h/images/fig009.jpg b/18213-h/images/fig009.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..326350a --- /dev/null +++ b/18213-h/images/fig009.jpg diff --git a/18213-h/images/fig010.jpg b/18213-h/images/fig010.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b62fcb1 --- /dev/null +++ b/18213-h/images/fig010.jpg diff --git a/18213-h/images/fig011.jpg b/18213-h/images/fig011.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..61e6b0e --- /dev/null +++ b/18213-h/images/fig011.jpg diff --git a/18213-h/images/fig012.jpg b/18213-h/images/fig012.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5e0012d --- /dev/null +++ b/18213-h/images/fig012.jpg diff --git a/18213-h/images/fig013.jpg b/18213-h/images/fig013.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4c38550 --- /dev/null +++ b/18213-h/images/fig013.jpg diff --git a/18213-h/images/fig014.jpg b/18213-h/images/fig014.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..10f43aa --- /dev/null +++ b/18213-h/images/fig014.jpg diff --git a/18213-h/images/fig015.jpg b/18213-h/images/fig015.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..400d0f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/18213-h/images/fig015.jpg diff --git a/18213-h/images/fig016.jpg b/18213-h/images/fig016.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2138edd --- /dev/null +++ b/18213-h/images/fig016.jpg diff --git a/18213-h/images/fig017.jpg b/18213-h/images/fig017.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c325941 --- /dev/null +++ b/18213-h/images/fig017.jpg diff --git a/18213-h/images/fig018.jpg b/18213-h/images/fig018.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..cae3b41 --- /dev/null +++ b/18213-h/images/fig018.jpg diff --git a/18213-h/images/fig019.jpg b/18213-h/images/fig019.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..41e8a95 --- /dev/null +++ b/18213-h/images/fig019.jpg diff --git a/18213-h/images/fig020.jpg b/18213-h/images/fig020.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5cf8f7f --- /dev/null +++ b/18213-h/images/fig020.jpg diff --git a/18213-h/images/fig021.jpg b/18213-h/images/fig021.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..cca6a8f --- /dev/null +++ b/18213-h/images/fig021.jpg diff --git a/18213-h/images/fig022.jpg b/18213-h/images/fig022.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ff289eb --- /dev/null +++ b/18213-h/images/fig022.jpg diff --git a/18213-h/images/fig023.jpg b/18213-h/images/fig023.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5cab89a --- /dev/null +++ b/18213-h/images/fig023.jpg diff --git a/18213-h/images/fig024.jpg b/18213-h/images/fig024.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2f69d8b --- /dev/null +++ b/18213-h/images/fig024.jpg diff --git a/18213-h/images/fig025.jpg b/18213-h/images/fig025.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6f65c9b --- /dev/null +++ b/18213-h/images/fig025.jpg diff --git a/18213-h/images/fig026.jpg b/18213-h/images/fig026.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..80466f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/18213-h/images/fig026.jpg diff --git a/18213-h/images/fig027.jpg b/18213-h/images/fig027.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a7fe95b --- /dev/null +++ b/18213-h/images/fig027.jpg diff --git a/18213-h/images/fig028.jpg b/18213-h/images/fig028.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..417a8f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/18213-h/images/fig028.jpg diff --git a/18213-h/images/fig029.jpg b/18213-h/images/fig029.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..95a536d --- /dev/null +++ b/18213-h/images/fig029.jpg diff --git a/18213-h/images/fig030.jpg b/18213-h/images/fig030.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c920dfe --- /dev/null +++ b/18213-h/images/fig030.jpg diff --git a/18213-h/images/fig031.jpg b/18213-h/images/fig031.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..94fcd5d --- /dev/null +++ b/18213-h/images/fig031.jpg diff --git a/18213-h/images/fig032.jpg b/18213-h/images/fig032.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a386d4e --- /dev/null +++ b/18213-h/images/fig032.jpg diff --git a/18213-h/images/fig033.jpg b/18213-h/images/fig033.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1a2281a --- /dev/null +++ b/18213-h/images/fig033.jpg diff --git a/18213-h/images/fig034.jpg b/18213-h/images/fig034.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..17b9d58 --- /dev/null +++ b/18213-h/images/fig034.jpg diff --git a/18213-h/images/fig035.jpg b/18213-h/images/fig035.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..251f8cb --- /dev/null +++ b/18213-h/images/fig035.jpg diff --git a/18213-h/images/fig036.jpg b/18213-h/images/fig036.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..dbb355a --- /dev/null +++ b/18213-h/images/fig036.jpg diff --git a/18213-h/images/fig037.jpg b/18213-h/images/fig037.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d45ae34 --- /dev/null +++ b/18213-h/images/fig037.jpg diff --git a/18213-h/images/fig038.jpg b/18213-h/images/fig038.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a2f750b --- /dev/null +++ b/18213-h/images/fig038.jpg diff --git a/18213-h/images/fig039.jpg b/18213-h/images/fig039.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..791bc6e --- /dev/null +++ b/18213-h/images/fig039.jpg diff --git a/18213-h/images/fig040.jpg b/18213-h/images/fig040.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..8fa7e78 --- /dev/null +++ b/18213-h/images/fig040.jpg diff --git a/18213-h/images/fig041.jpg b/18213-h/images/fig041.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..67b5d1d --- /dev/null +++ b/18213-h/images/fig041.jpg diff --git a/18213-h/images/fig042.jpg b/18213-h/images/fig042.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6f1dd23 --- /dev/null +++ b/18213-h/images/fig042.jpg diff --git a/18213-h/images/fig043.jpg b/18213-h/images/fig043.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..21c1ba6 --- /dev/null +++ b/18213-h/images/fig043.jpg diff --git a/18213-h/images/fig044.jpg b/18213-h/images/fig044.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..31b42d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/18213-h/images/fig044.jpg diff --git a/18213-h/images/fig045.jpg b/18213-h/images/fig045.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1f2c952 --- /dev/null +++ b/18213-h/images/fig045.jpg diff --git a/18213-h/images/fig046.jpg b/18213-h/images/fig046.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..bdede0d --- /dev/null +++ b/18213-h/images/fig046.jpg diff --git a/18213-h/images/fig047.jpg b/18213-h/images/fig047.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..40038f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/18213-h/images/fig047.jpg diff --git a/18213-h/images/fig048.jpg b/18213-h/images/fig048.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5cd55ff --- /dev/null +++ b/18213-h/images/fig048.jpg diff --git a/18213-h/images/fig049.jpg b/18213-h/images/fig049.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..88d99cb --- /dev/null +++ b/18213-h/images/fig049.jpg |
